X

Inspiring Ideas for Modern Home

Back in the day, people would use basements and attics mainly for storing things, but those days are long gone.

In recent times, since the concept of utilizing every bit of space in the house has picked up, people are using every room for something. From attic bedrooms to garage offices, there is no limit to the ideas people come up with. Additionally, turning the basement into living space has also become quite popular. 

In fact, many people are turning the basement into full-fledged apartments for guests or renting out. Whether you want to turn the basement into an extra kitchen or set it up as a studio with a kitchen, we've got your back. We have carefully curated a list of ideas for basement kitchens and kitchenettes that we hope will be helpful to you. 

So, without further ado, let's get to it.

Basement Kitchens and Kitchenettes Ideas

Basement Kitchens and Kitchenettes Ideas

  1. Get A Theme Going

One of the best things you can do for the basement kitchen is getting a theme going. Assuming there is a primary kitchen in the house for the everyday stuff, this one can become a little escape. Besides, who wouldn't want a space that helps them leave the mundane behind and enter a whole new world?

This can essentially be anything, be it sports or movie night or even something magical. The idea is to have a uniform decor in the basement, with the focal point being the kitchen. Let's explore a few popular basement kitchenette themes. 

  • Movie Night Theme

Movie Night Theme basement bar idea

This is quite a popular theme for all the movie buffs out there. If you are the kind of person who likes to watch movies (and even TV shows) daily, why not have a dedicated space for it. It can prove to be a great alternative to sitting on the bed or the living room surfing through Netflix specials. 

One of the things that can be done is to transform the island counter into a concession stand. It does not have to be a concession stand with a glass display, although that does seem to add to the charm. Alternatively, you can stock up the counter with sweet and savory snacks and a mini popcorn machine. 

You can either go for nude shades, so the snacks can pop out, or give the kitchenette a quirky makeover. For this, bright tiles and appropriate lighting always do the trick.

  • Sports Theme

Sports Theme kitchenette and bar in the basement

Another popular theme is a sports bar or game night. Ideal for sports enthusiasts, a themed basement kitchenette like this will allow you and your friends to enjoy it fully. Moreover, this allows everyone to immerse themselves in the world of sports without leaving the house. 

Ideally, the kitchen counters and cabinets can be darker than the rest of the room to give a more pub-like effect. Along with that, some high chairs and liquid-resistant mats on the counter can also be an excellent addition. Alternatively, you can decorate the whole area based on the colors of your favorite team or sport, like in the picture above.

  • Beach Theme

Beach Theme kitchen inspiration

Do you like to hear the sound of the waves, feel the warm wind on your hair, and sand in your toes? Then you probably are in love with the beach. The thing is, it's not always possible to head to the beach, but that doesn't mean it can't come to you. 

For a beach-themed basement, coastal colors are the best. Since this includes many blues, greens, and whites, it is easier to find standard colors. When used in combination, it can create a beautiful, "light on the eyes" kind of space that brings calmness and peace, just like the water.

We suggest taking inspiration from the picture above if you are looking to have a beach-themed basement kitchenette. Having kitchenware to match the blue and white tiles and additional décor items like seashells will solidify the theme.

  • Contemporary Chic Theme

Contemporary Chic Theme

Now, just because we said "theme" does not mean the basement kitchenette has to look like Disneyland. If you are looking for something less niche or are renting out the space to someone else and need sober decor, check out contemporary chic styles. 

This kind of style is ideal if you're using the basement as a space for guests or just need a uniform modern decor throughout the house. Contemporary chic incorporates many light and dark elements to give a stylish yet airy look to the room.

As a setup, you can look into having a mix of marble and dark wood on the counters and cabinets. Any seating would have to follow suit, so modern furniture and light-colored accent seating would be the ideal fit. Lastly, add minimal lamps and adequate lights to complete the look.

  1. Let There Be Light

The thing about basement kitchens/kitchenettes is that they tend to become the focal point in the room. Since the basement itself is just one large space, a cluster of appliances on one side does tend to catch people's eye. This is why this is the ideal time to focus on some light fixtures.

Adding any type of light fixtures to the kitchen area will highlight it even more. Even with lights, you can easily follow a theme or just go the traditional route. Either way, it will enhance the look of the area and provide adequate lighting for practical purposes. 

Let's explore a few popular themes and ideas.

  • Small Fixtures 

Small Fixtures in kitchen bar design

One popular idea among people that have low ceilings is small light fixtures. Usually, they can be small hanging ones or even ones that are installed in the walls. Furthermore, a lot of people opt for installing lights in cabinets as well. 

These small fixtures can make a tremendous difference if you have an otherwise dark-themed kitchen. The lights will provide more than adequate lighting against the darker shades and enhance the look of the kitchen even more. Plus, when there is lighting in the cabinets, it makes it much easier to look inside. 

  • Hanging Lights 

golden Hanging Lights in kitchenette basement

These lights are usually installed in sync with the smaller fixtures as it creates a bit of uniformity and more well-rounded light coverage. Hanging lights look best over island counters but can also be installed right in the middle of the kitchen. This is to create a focal point within the kitchen itself. 

If you have a theme going like sports or movie night, it will look better if the hanging lights are more appropriate to the setting. In most cases, contemporary or vintage styles do not go with a lot of themes. Hence, it will be beneficial to look for something simple and minimalistic so that it blends in well. 

  • Industrial Style Lights 

Industrial Style Lights basement bar

There is a certain charm attached to lighting in old-school factories and industrial spaces. That is probably why industrial-styled lights have gained so much traction in the last few years. It does not matter whether the basement kitchen has a dark rustic look or a light modern one; industrial-style lights look amazing in every interior.

The best way to get a good feel of the industrial-style lights is to team it up with old-school Edison bulbs. These bulbs bring out the wrought iron body of the lights effortlessly, making them perfect for wrought iron pipe chandeliers or hanging lamps.

  • Modern Lighting 

Modern Lighting  design ideas for basement bar

Lighting in the kitchen does not have to be over the top; there are plenty of more minimal and elegant designs that stand out. Lights over the island counter in any kitchen are a common theme, so why not do the same thing with a bit of twist? This is where modern light fixtures come in. 

Less conventional lighting in the kitchen, especially over the kitchen counter, helps direct the focus to the counters. Plus, it works as a "statement" piece decor if the rest of the kitchen is simple and minimalistic. 

  1. Glass Elements

Glass Elements kitchenette

One of the best things you can do for light and dark-themed kitchens/kitchenettes is to incorporate glass elements. This will allow the light to fall beautifully on the glass and brighten up the space, which is a good change from a dingy basement. 

Glass elements can be incorporated in multiple ways; Take the image above, for example. You can install glass cabinets and even glass decor on the counter. Additionally, clear light fixtures like a mini chandelier or built-in white lights can help bring the beauty out of the glass elements.

Another thing that can be done is to have a glass storage hutch if you do not wish to change cabinet doors. 

  1. Essentials Only 

simple bar design

It is possible that a basement might not have enough space to set up an elaborate kitchen, and that's okay! There are plenty of things you can do with smaller spaces as well. One of the popular ideas is to just stock the basement kitchen with essentials.

This could be beneficial in multiple cases, like if the basement was being rented out or kept as a spare. The idea is to stock it up with only essentials like a microwave, mini-fridge, and an induction cooktop. Additionally, storage space in these types of kitchenettes is crucial but difficult to manage since the area is already small.

The best way to go about it will be only to have essential plates and other cutlery. This kind of setup is ideal for one to two people since not much equipment is needed to have a full-functioning kitchen. 

  1. A Splash Of Color   

A Splash Of Color geometric colorful basement bar

If the basement is minimal and light, we suggest adding a pop of color to the kitchen area using vibrant tiles or wallpaper. Additionally, if the wallpaper or tiles are already set up, you can also change the cabinet colors or add bright-colored decor. 

The color contrast is more noticeable and appreciated when it is done in a light-colored kitchen instead of dark. However, if you are looking to create a contrast with a dark kitchen, we suggest adding glass, white, or light blue elements on the counter. 

  1. Bring The Party Home

masculine basement bar with black rock backsplash

As the days keep going by and schedules become busier, it can be challenging to find time to relax. Life can get in the way of essential outings like a girl's night out or a game night with the boys. So, why not bring all of that fun to your basement?

If you already have a primary kitchen and have a spare one in the basement, take advantage of it by converting it into a bar. The cabinets in the kitchen can be used to hold all the glasses and bar essentials. Furthermore, if you need it, a lower cabinet can be made into a wine rack. 

When trying to create a bar-like setting, one crucial add-on to the kitchenette is glass holders under the cabinets. That additional rack gives you more storage space and aesthetically looks better when trying to recreate a bar. 

If you have an island counter in the kitchen, that can be used as a serving/drink space. Couple that with a few high chairs and coasters on the table, and you're good to know; Oh, and don't forget the snack bowls!

  1. Traditional Kitchen 

Traditional Kitchen 

With the basement being an additional space in the house, most ideas to decorate them are modern or quirky. However, if you are setting up a basement kitchen as your primary one and need it to be sober, there are plenty of traditional layouts that can be achieved. 

To begin with, the kitchen has to have a neutral and simple color. You can opt for something in a light color palette or even light shades of brown. Most traditionally styled kitchens have a ton of wooden elements in brown, white or black, which is something to consider. 

The next most important thing is the lighting - it has to be simple and has to blend in well. They can be fixed into the walls, or you can even opt for simple hanging bulbs over the counter. And, if there is an island counter, a few high chairs or stools can be incorporated into the setup. 

A traditional and minimal kitchen like this is easy to manage and makes styling the living area effortless. Make sure this kitchen has essentials like a microwave, a fridge, and a cooktop. 

  1. Maximizing Storage 

Maximizing Storage 

One of the things you can do to make the most of any space is to add more storage space to it. This is especially ideal when the storage space is less, and there is a need to make every nook and cranny useful. 

Cabinets and drawers will always be there in the kitchen, so why not opt for more storage by adding extra cabinets, racks, or a hutch? Adding more elements that can hold all the essentials needed in the kitchen makes it more user-friendly and enjoyable to use.

If you have enough space between cabinets in the kitchenette, a few shelves can be added to turn it into a hutch. Having a buffet-style kitchen counter optimizes storage and keeps things in arms reach, which can be super beneficial. 

  1. Dine-In 

Dine-In kitchenette

Not all basements are made the same. While some might allow you the luxury to set up elaborate kitchens and dining areas, most don't. This is where the mixing of two spaces comes into the picture. 

If the basement kitchenette is small, but there is enough space to keep a small table, make it into a dine-in kitchen. This can be done in two ways - either have a chair and table set up or install a slide-out table from under the counter. 

Either way, the main idea is to save some space for other furniture and create a dining space near the kitchen. 

  1. Open Shelves for Easy Access

Open Shelves for Easy Access for basement bar

Not all kitchens have cabinets on the wall, especially in the basement. Certain spaces are built smaller with the intention that only one or two people will use them. However, if you plan to rent out the basement or use it frequently, we suggest adding a few shelves. 

The thing about cabinets is that things can be shifted to the far end, making it difficult for people to get to it. This issue can be eliminated by installing shelves instead of cabinets, so everything is at the forefront. 

Finding everything you need in the kitchen will become much easier if you have everything in one line. Moreover, shelves are a lot easier to clean since they aren't as deep as some cabinets.

Additionally, shelves are a boon for people that have uneven ceilings and walls. Instead of trying to get the cabinets to align with the walls, shelves are a better alternative.

  1. Keep It Rustic 

Keep It Rustic 

This one is probably the easiest to execute if the structure of the house is exposed in the basement. You can keep it minimal by just having the brick exposed while setting up the rest of the kitchen - be it shelves, cabinets, or anything of the sort. 

The exposed brick will give the basement a bit of a rustic feel which can be made even more appealing by adding industrial-style lights. You can add more lighting to the walls to highlight the color of the brick as well. 

In terms of the general theme in the kitchen, metal and wooden elements will bind the rustic feel together a bit more. As these elements - the brick, wood, and metal decor - are darker and denser, having light-colored cabinets and counters will give the eyes a rest. Additionally, light marble counters look good against brick walls. 

What To Consider

Setting up a basement kitchen is never easy because, let's face it, the basement was not made to be used that way. However, based on the ideas we have given you, it is clear that it is not an impossible task. Here are a few things you must consider when setting up a basement kitchen/kitchenette. 

  • Circulation

Air circulation is one of the main things to look into when setting up a basement kitchen. As it will be used for cooking, the air has to circulate correctly, so it does not become a hazard. It is best to contact a professional contractor to get this done. 

  • Size

Basements aren't the biggest parts of the house most of the time, so the kitchen has to fit appropriately. If there is not a lot of space, set up a small kitchenette with essentials rather than an elaborate full-size kitchen,

  • Safety

This basement space could potentially be someone's home, so it is essential to make sure it is safe. Ensure there are smoke and CO detectors and proper exits in case of emergencies. 

Basement Kitchens and Kitchenettes FAQs

Why Do I Need A Basement Kitchenette?

This can be for multiple reasons. The most common reason most people set it up is to use additional space in the house. You could also set up the kitchenette and make the basement into a studio apartment to rent out.

Is It Easy To Set Up A Kitchen Like This?

It depends on if you are only setting up a basement kitchenette or a full-fledged studio. If it is just the kitchen, the only thing to keep in mind is installing fans, lights, and maybe storage fixtures. Additionally, you will need to install fire safety systems.

However, if you are setting up a small living space, there might be more to it than just this.

Basement Kitchens and Kitchenettes FAQs

Final Words

And with that, we come to the end of our guide on ideas for basement kitchens and kitchenettes. Did any of these ideas appeal to you? Let us know if we were able to help make your dream kitchenette come true.

Before we leave, we would like to reiterate that setting up a basement kitchen is a great way to utilize additional space in the house. You can use the space as a spare kitchen, for entertainment, or even to rent out - the possibilities are endless. Just make sure to follow all the safety rules, and you should be good to go.

On that note, we shall sign off, but we will be back very soon.

See you next time!

8 Best Basement Cement Floor Paints

11 Best Paint For Concrete Walls In Basement

How Much Does Basement Waterproofing Cost?

15 Mind-Blowing Basement Remodeling Projects to Consider

43 Insanely Cool Basement Bar Ideas for Your Home

Easy Creative Bedroom Basement Ideas – Tips and Tricks

How To Transform an Old Basement Into A Chic And Functional Home Office

In the world of crafts, imagination and creativity thrives before anything else, regardless of scale, regardless of materials involved, the creative process is something that cannot suffer comparison and today, in the little league we have no less than 49 incredibly beautiful acorn crafts worth pursuing. Each and every craft can be realized from the comfort of one`s home, no power tools, nothing that a diy amateur can`t tackle.

The simplicity of the crafts and their versatility are an encouragement and a recommendation for parents to realize these with the little ones, children will love to see something take shape from their bare hands. Take a minute and cast a glance over the gallery, we would love to hear from you in the comment section below !

49 Incredibly Beautiful Acorn Crafts to Pursue

1. use acorn caps with glitter 

1. USE ACORN CAPS WITH GLITTER 

To shape extraordinarily beautiful Christmas ornaments, a simple diy endeavor to be realized with your family.

via sweetsomethingdesign.blogspot.com

2. create acorn initial ornaments

2. CREATE ACORN INITIAL ORNAMENTS

These can designate one`s place at the dinner table, the glitter and white can fit any decor easily but in simplicity they truly shine.

via mynearestanddearest.com

3. create a fall tribute in a wreath

3. CREATE A FALL TRIBUTE IN A WREATH

Acorns, pine-cones, walnuts are elements of great beauty all  by themselves yet together they`re able to change any decor; use them with burlap and yarn and win the day !

via livemaster.ru

4. learn to preserve acorns

4. LEARN TO PRESERVE ACORNS

In fall decor acorns are key, needless to say that they are an amazing element when it comes to crafts for preschoolers.

via stayingclosetohome.com

5. create beautiful fairies 


5. CREATE BEAUTIFUL FAIRIES 

Leaves, pine-cones and acorns can sculpt simple decorations.

via willodel.blogspot.fr

6. decorate your CHRISTMAS tree with acorns

6. DECORATE YOUR CHRISTMAS TREE WITH ACORNS

via susanhillson.blogspot.com

7. create adorable acorn toadstools

7. CREATE ADORABLE ACORN TOADSTOOLS

Red and white acrylic paint is all you need. A memorable craft for toddlers and parents alike.

via twigandtoadstool.blogspot.com

8. use mason jars and candles

8. USE MASON JARS AND CANDLES

Contain acorns beautifully in a mason jar surrounding a candle that will share the scent of winter from a very graphic package.

via savingbydesign.com

9. create miniature easter installations

9. CREATE MINIATURE EASTER INSTALLATIONS

Epic simple installations can be challenging and quite interesting, a craft worth tackling with little ones !

via twigandtoadstool.blogspot.ca

10. acorn lights can animate pine-cones

10. ACORN LIGHTS CAN ANIMATE PINE-CONES

The color of fall in a bowl.

via gardeners.com

11. craft an acorn photo frame

11. CRAFT AN ACORN PHOTO FRAME

It speaks of nature and it proudly showcases it, a beautiful gift for the adventurous, a beautiful gift for nature lovers all-around.

via anextraordinaryday.net

12. halloween acorn crafts

12. HALLOWEEN ACORN CRAFTS

Spray paint or acrylics can do the deed, a sharpie can aid with details.

via etsy.com

13. create acorn necklaces

13. CREATE ACORN NECKLACES

via Bullseye beads via Etsy

14. petite installations for children

14. PETITE INSTALLATIONS FOR CHILDREN

A small game, a big challenge for little ones. Create the extraordinary at a small scale using acorns only !

via twigandtoadstool.blogspot.com

15. Mod Podge and Fabric

15. MOD PODGE AND FABRIC

A craft for mod-podge enthusiasts, a beautiful way to display textile samples in a presentation.

via Patchwork Pottery

16. sculpt art with nature

16. SCULPT ART WITH NATURE

If this owl surprises you imagine the immense joy on the face of your children when you are to craft this with them !

via broogly.com

17. use a multitude of acorns in a wreath

17. USE A MULTITUDE OF ACORNS IN A WREATH

The extraordinary result can be painted to match your porch-theme afterwards or it can simply be left bare to exude naturalness.

via craftionary.net

18. use small glass recipients along acorns

18. USE SMALL GLASS RECIPIENTS ALONG ACORNS

Little family portrays can be depicted using small glass recipients, glass paint, acorns and creativity.

19. simply paint acorns

19. SIMPLY PAINT ACORNS

At a small scale they adorn the most creative illustrations, get creative.

via plandiiy.blogspot.com

20. christmas tree shaped with acorns

20. CHRISTMAS TREE SHAPED WITH ACORNS

A paper cone can nestle this simple, beautiful Christmas tree alternative for your office, get crafting and spread Christmas joy.

21. Create a candle holder

21. CREATE A CANDLE HOLDER

The simplest decoration for a candle can be constituted out of acorns and a few pearls.

via dishfunctionaldesigns.blogspot.com

22. felt and glitter

22. FELT AND GLITTER

Replace the acorn fruit with white felt and dip the small cap in glitter for something really remarkable.

via anabellearts via Etsy

23. create acorn garlands

23. CREATE ACORN GARLANDS

Decorate your home with fall.

via TheJuise.BlogSpot.com

24. Emphasize a boring vase

24. EMPHASIZE A BORING VASE

Acorns can change everything, give acorns a chance.

via EclecticallyVintage.com

25. use acorn caps to form floating candles

25. USE ACORN CAPS TO FORM FLOATING CANDLES

A romantic setting with a simple craft.

via ThinkCrafts.com

26. use acorns to define a table setting

26. USE ACORNS TO DEFINE A TABLE SETTING

Leather and acorn can function in any interior decor yet it is in rustic designs and among fall decorations they truly thrive.

via yankeemagazine.com

27. decorate a mirror with acorns 

27. DECORATE A MIRROR WITH ACORNS 

Start by categorizing acorns by size and proceed by sticking them with the glue gun in concentric circles around the mirror.

via craftionary.net

28. Acorn christmas globe

28. ACORN CHRISTMAS GLOBE

One sphere, acorns and a piece of yarn, that is all you need for an epic Christmas decoration.

via duncraft.com

29. Nail paint and acorns

29. NAIL PAINT AND ACORNS

Simple solutions for simple crafts.

via blog318.com

30. happy acorn necklaces for children

30. HAPPY ACORN NECKLACES FOR CHILDREN

Super graphic and immense happiness in a craft to realize with children.

via satsumadesigns.com

31. small decorative acorn globes

31. SMALL DECORATIVE ACORN GLOBES

Simple joy in a small package.

via sayyes.com

32. create fall acorn necklaces 

32. CREATE FALL ACORN NECKLACES 

via littleyellowcouch.com

33.  textiles and acorns

33.  TEXTILES AND ACORNS

via zemphira.blogspot.ca

34. create super epic magnets

DIY-neon-acorn-magnets-1

One slice of wood and colored acorns shaping epic kitchen magnets.

via bliss-athome.com

35. one acorn width wreath

glittered-acorn-wreath

A beautiful design to welcome guests, family and friends on the front porch.

via thatsmyletter.blogspot.ca

36. create an acorn basket for your harvest

Make-an-Acorn-Vase

Interesting to say the least.

via craftionary.net

37. diy pumpkin acorns

37. DIY PUMPKIN ACORNS

Color expressing joy and simplicity for Halloween.

via gigglehearts.com

38. transform PINE-CONES into acorns

38. TRANSFORM PINE-CONES INTO ACORNS

Creativity at its best.

via lifeisaparty.ca

39. acorns and mason jar motives

39. ACORNS AND MASON JAR MOTIVES

via itallstartedwithpaint.com

40. Wall art on a slice of wood

40. WALL ART ON A SLICE OF WOOD

A very beautiful craft to take up with children, a beautiful gift for parents, soon to become family heirloom.

Source Unknown

41. remake simple boxes

41. REMAKE SIMPLE BOXES

A cherry or an acorn on the top and everything changes.

via coroflot.com

42. petite colorful candles

42. PETITE COLORFUL CANDLES

A small colorful memory for an interesting experience.

via etsy.com

43. fall display wall art

43. FALL DISPLAY WALL ART

Color can emphasize any medium, regardless of support.

via modpodgerocksblog.com

44. tailor acorn flowers

44. TAILOR ACORN FLOWERS

A beautiful expression with no expiration date.

via bhg.com

45. teal felt in acorn

45. TEAL FELT IN ACORN

A beautiful match of colors defining a dinner setting.

via thegirlinspired.com

46. funky acorn rings 

46. FUNKY ACORN RINGS 

A treat for children and parents alike.

via hellohydrangea.com

47. simple white with a little red

47. SIMPLE WHITE WITH A LITTLE RED

A heart worth sharing in a splendid decor, an extraordinary match for a cozy-airy setting.

Source Unknown

48. Color in the natural ENVIRONMENT

48. COLOR IN THE NATURAL ENVIRONMENT

Spread a game of color with acorn caps in your family circle, children will love it !

Source Unknown

49. a simple pair for your christmas tree

49. A SIMPLE PAIR FOR YOUR CHRISTMAS TREE

One of the simplest crafts might be the one to win the Christmas tree ! A simple pair, ready to rock !

Source Unknown

Acorns might not be the first thing that comes to mind when one thinks of diy projects and crafts but yet their potential is extraordinary and they`re quite resourceful, lucrative, they can solve a lot of problems despite their small form-factor ! What do you think about acorn crafts? We would love to hear from you in the comment section below !

We step on them everyday and don't really pay much attention to their design. But a properly designed floor is the foundation of your entire interior and exterior design line. It reflects your taste and personality in a discreet way, inviting, guiding you through your home in unexpected ways. Marble floors, hardwood floors or the already classical DIY pallet floor, the possibilities are numerous and vary according to taste and budget. Which one is your favorite and would opt for? Choose from the gallery showcased below of 32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard the right design for you.

Cool Floor Designs

#1 transparent leveling compound over a concrete floor resembling water

32 Highly Creative Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (1)

Tutorial @ hgtv.com

32 Highly Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (2)

via houselogic.com

#2 build a giant map for your workplace

32 Highly Creative Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (3)

via uncovet.tumblr.com

#3 Construct a tape hopscotch for short play brakes

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (4)

via haga26.se

#4 use molds to stamp concrete and obtain a wood floor look

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (5)

Tutorial @ thelilhousethatcould.com

#5 use HUNDERTWASSER inspired optical illusion on the floor to manipulate perception

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (6)

via sliptalk.com

#6 use salvaged wood to create your wooden floor

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (7)

#7 exquisite HUNDERWASSER like bathroom design

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (8)

via goodshomedesign.com

#8 paint a few blocks of your regular floor and beautify through color

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (9)

via abeautifulmess.com

#9 use wooden pallets to make an outdoor deck

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (10)

via 1001pallets.com

#10 use mesmerizing mosaics

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (11)

via eliassantosportfolio.blogspot.com

#11 build a penny floor with patience

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (12)

Tutorial @ adetailedhouse.com

#12 Insert decorative gravel between wood tiles

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (13)

via essentialbaby.com.au

#13 combine wood boards with bricks to obtain a neat rustic look

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (14)

Tutorial @ 1900farmhouse.blogspot.com

#14 Make large stripes on the floor to bring the wooden texture to light

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (15)

via curbly.com

#15 Stain your concrete

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (16)

via strattonexteriors.com

#16 use river rocks in your background flooring

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (17)

via cindab.com

#17 use complex interlocking floors

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (18)indoor-and-outdoor-floor-woohome-17

via evolulignum.blogspot.no

#18 wooden paths surrounded by river rocks are a great combo

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (19)indoor-and-outdoor-floor-woohome-18

via trendir.com

#19 paint your hallway floor in a beautiful creative way

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (20)

Tutorial @ alisaburke.blogspot.com.es

#20 use wooden textures as guidance in your home

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (21)

via hardwoodfloorsmag.com

#21 use colorful homemade mosaics

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (22)

via inspirationsandwich.wordpress.com

#22 sliced wooden trunks used as organic natural flooring

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (23)

via houzz.com

#23 be brave enough for wild colors

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (24)

via blog.hgtv.com

#24 Use brick in the Kitchen floor

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (25)

via thehandmadehome.net

#25 Use stencils to add beautiful motifs to your floor

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (26)

Tutorial @ remodelista.com

#26 one tone floor offering stability through color

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (27)

via housebeautiful.com

#27 Wineries inspired wooden floors

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (28)

via lisaroy.ca

#28 use smart transition between materials

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (29)

via remodelista.com

#29 spray paint faux stone to transform a simple concrete patio

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (30)

via dumpaday.com

#30 Re-purpose old belts creatively

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (31)

Tutorial @ thesuels.blogspot.com

#31 add a creative art floor in your laundry room

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (32)

#32 use little wooden tiles in your backyard or balcony

32 Highly Creative and Cool Floor Designs For Your Home and Yard homesthetics design (33)

via apartmenttherapy.com

What do you think about the gallery showcased above? Are you ready to transform your design through floors only? We would love to hear your opinion in the comment section below.

Food Safe Epoxy Guide 101 [All You Need To Know]

Sanding Epoxy Resin Guide 101 [All You Need to Know]

Acrylic Pour Painting [All You Need To Know]

Water-Based vs. Oil-Based Polyurethane Floor Finish 

The walls are the one protecting us in our very own shelter. These are elements that are providing us comfort in all its shapes, slowly creating an imaginary box in which we feel safe, we feel at home. If we realize this or not it goes without a saying that these walls that are protecting us are also directing the interior décor directly, imposing our furniture positioning, our circulation flow in the home and calling indirectly the activities that a room can accommodate and carry. They are a highly important element in our home from absolutely every point of view and as a result they should also carry our personality, a drop of our character and our taste. Through  Wall Art you can dictate all of these, through cool no-money decorating projects you can ensure that your house becomes your home without influencing your pockets.

You do not need huge resources to personalize your décor and moreover you do not need anything others telling you what your walls should wear. We have featured underneath a selection of inexpensive decorating project meant to feed your imagination and help you start your own wall art décor projects.

43 Wire Art Sculptures Ready to Emphasize Your Space

Cool No-Money Decorating Projects

#1 DIY Washi Tape Pattern Wall Art

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (1)

 

#2 Paint Stars Above the Bed or Crib With Glow in The Dark Paint

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (2)

 

#3 Decorate Your Wall By Attaching Fabric With Liquid Starch

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (3)

Source: numberedstreetdesigns.blogspot.com

#4 Simple Gold Dots Beautifying a Wall Through the Metallic Finish

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (4)

Tutorial: thehomesihavemade.com

#5 Musical Scores Shaped Into Extraordinary Hearts

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (5)

#6 Start a DIY Moroccan Style Wall Art Project by Simply Using a Wall Stencil

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (6)

Tutorial: whiletheysnooze.blogspot.com

#7 Simply Extraordinary DIY Wall Murals

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (7)

Tutorial: apartmenttherapy.com

#8 Wallpaper Like Design Materialized With Foil Tape

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (8)

Tutorial: karapaslaydesigns.com

#9 Create Frames With Washi Tape For Your Favorite Snapshots

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (9)

 

#10 Use Wine Corks for Wall Art Installations

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (10)

Tutorial: projectrowhouse.blogspot.com

#11 Simple Moss Graffiti Beautifying a Vertical Plane

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (11)

Tutorial: wikihow.com

#12 Colorful Honey Comb Treatment Beautifying and Interior Decor

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (12)

Tutorial: vintagerevivals.com

#13 Metallic Gold Contact Paper Empowering a Blank Wall

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (13)

 

#14 Chic Wall Art Idea

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (14)

#15 Paper Toilet Core Up-cycled Into Wall Art

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (15)

#16 Use a Paint Roller to Create a Neat Wallpaper Look

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (16)

Tutorial: bitrebels.com

#17 Colorful Temporary Wallpaper Art Made out of Washi Tape

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (17)

Tutorial: brit.co

#18 Simple Clouds Near Hot Air Balloon Sculptures

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (18)

#19 Add a Grass Like Texture to Your Wall With a Simple Broom

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (19)

Tutorial: ehow.com

#20  Heart Shaped Memory Corner

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (20)

Source: instiz.net

#21 DIY Paper Butterflies Wall Décor

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (21)

Source: goodshomedesign.com

#22 Art Supplies Organized in Gradient Wall Décor

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (22)

Source: wired.com

#23 DIY Rainbow Colored String Wall Art

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (23)

Tutorial: instructables.com

#24 Simple Painters Tape Used to Create Patterns

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (24)

 

#25 Old Laundry Basket Used to Obtain Polka Dot Walls

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (25)

Source: thelilhousethatcould.com

#26 Extremely Graphic Vintage Pallet Wall Art

25+ Cool No-Money Decorating Projects That Will Beautify Your Decor Through Wall Art homesthetics decor (26)

Source: countrydesignhome.com

We would love to hear valuable feedback in the comment section below on these Cool No-Money Decorating Projects. What are your walls wearing?

The bathroom is the most relaxing room in our homes. A well designed bathroom can simple erase the stress gathered throughout the day and induce peace and tranquility. You have the power to create with little to no effort, in your own home, a calm, a soothing atmosphere animated by ambient light, pastel colors, wooden textures of various kinds and plants, all these being the ingredients of an extraordinarily successful recipe. 19 beautiful affordable decor ideas that will add the spa style to your bathroom have showcased below, we invite you to cast a glace at the gallery and notice how little efforts can have huge results into your design line.

Affordable Decor Ideas

1. Use Wooden Textures as Accents and Add Coziness and Warmth

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (1)

via houzz.com

2. Use Reclaimed Wood to Build a Chic Bathtub Caddy

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (2)

via  yahoo.com

3. Create Low Shelves to Accommodate Candles and Towels

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (3)

via  hgtv.com

4. Create Homemade Bathroom Salts For Your Own Spa at Home

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (4)

via  latoyaedwards.net

5. Use Floating Candles to Add Peace and Tranquility to Your Sanctuary

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (5)

via pfisterfaucets.com

6. Materialize a Tiny Spa-Like Bench

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (6)

via  domesticdiehard.blogspot.com

7. Use Ikea`s Outdoor Decking Solutions to Build a Spa-like Bath Mat

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (7)

Tutorial @ houseofhepworths.com

8. Wood Shelves Built Into the Wall

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (8)

Source unknown.

9. Transform Your Bathtub Into a Pool

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (9)

via houzz.com

10. Set the Ambient Right and The Results Will Be Extraordinary

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (10)

via marshallsabroad.com

11. Use Wooden Bathroom Floors

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (11)

via cuded.com

12. Sculptural Shapes and Textures Carved Into Breathtaking Wooden Sinks

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (12)

via improvenet.com

13. Soft White Towels at Your Grasp Nestled in Style

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (13)

Tutorial @ the-whiterabbit.com

14. Add Greenery to Filter the Air and Beautify the Space

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (14)

via theguardian.com

15. One Day a Week Go All the Way

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (15)

Source unknown.

16. Create a Goodies Pack

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (16)

via pinterest.com

17. One Little Wooden Bench Can Change the Scenery Through Storage and Texture

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (17)

via ana-white.com

18. Pebble Candles Surprising Through Texture and Shape

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (18)

via harabuhouse.com

19. Add Outdoor Wooden Floor to Your Shower Floor

19 Extremely Beautiful Affordable Decor Ideas That Will Add The Spa Style to Your Bathroom Homesthetics Spa Like Bathrooms (19)

via typeinteriors.com

The gallery above showcases rapid solutions able to change various design lines with little to no effort. We would love to hear your opinion on the matter and hear how you would intervene in your bathroom with small little acts able to make a change.

In the 1990s, the United Arab Emirates began experiencing a massive building boom known as the New Dubai. Projects like the Palm Islands, Burj Al Arab Hotel, Dubai Mall, and the most extravagant of all, the Burj Khalifa, became icons of an ever-changing city. The battle between architects, engineers, and designers commenced, each striving to leave a mark on the magnificent Dubai, offering architectural challenges that were both well and poorly received. From a city with strong traditional roots, Dubai transformed into a beacon of modernity and, some say, excess.

In fifty years, Dubai has undergone such a dramatic change and development that it has become unrecognizable. The urban built area exceeded 500 square kilometers, and the foundation for what would soon be the tallest building in the world was being laid. The construction of skyscrapers has lost its original purpose of being built in city centers that lacked space and required dense construction. Skyscrapers have become symbols of modernity and capitalism – when you have the power to go big, why limit yourself?

In the quest to establish its newfound modernity, Dubai sought to create iconic buildings to attract investors.

Anthropologist Kanna Ahmed writes in Dubai: the City as Corporation:

"Downtowns have transformed from contexts primarily for functional centrality to centers of symbolic capital. With the development of both information and design technologies, it has become possible to design increasingly radical and flamboyant (or “iconic”) buildings and to disseminate images of this photogenic architecture instantaneously on a global scale. Images of downtowns replete with aesthetically fanciful buildings, instantly consumable for their vividness and superficiality, are now standard implements in the advertising toolkit of both established major urban centers and, like Dubai, cities attempting to establish a cutting-edge reputation for themselves."

While considered "pointless," the Burj Khalifa has become Dubai's icon, polarizing everything.

Karmin Blair wrote for Architectural Record in 2010:

"Iconic skyscrapers, especially those that strive for the fleeting title of “world’s tallest building,” are rarely the progeny of cold logic. Their backers are invariably motivated by ambition and ego. The architect does not control whether or where such behemoths are built. He or she can only ensure that they are proud and soaring things, not Frankenstein-esque, XXL-size monstrosities. Such is the considerable achievement of Adrian Smith, FAIA, and his former colleagues at the Chicago office of Skidmore, Owings & Merrill (SOM) in the gargantuan yet persuasive Burj Khalifa."

Its structure is an elegant creation of steel, concrete, and glass, designed to be graceful and refined, and to refocus attention away from the Palm Islands. Although the Burj Khalifa is not an exemplary model of green design, its double-pane low-E glass panels make up a skin system that traps condensation that would otherwise evaporate. While a small act for a building that will consume almost a million gallons of water a day in a region where water is a scarce resource, it nonetheless cuts back on water requirements by 20 percent.

The Burj Khalifa's design spirals upward with a series of setbacks that gradually taper the tower to a slender end with a 700-foot spire. It was deliberately conceived to be more organic, partly due to an effort to echo local forms. The Hymenocallis blossom, a desert flower common in the Arabian Peninsula, inspired the tower’s triple-lobed footprint. The architects assert that the design contains motifs of Islamic art, and that when viewed from the base or the top, the tower “recalls the onion domes of Islamic architecture.”

Homesthetics Conclusion 

Dubai’s rapid transformation had positive but also negative effects. The criticism continues, especially from the West, and it's ironic that the Burj Khalifa, and the entire Dubai for that matter would be criticized by the ones who designed and built it.

Rem Koolhaus writes:

“What has fascinated me in Dubai is how dominant our reading is. By “our” I mean the West. Dubai happened; we participated in its construction. We were complicit in its extravagance. But we were also the first to denounce its absurdity. What I fear, now that we have declared the “end-game,” is that we will also be the first to tell Dubai not to be itself anymore, to tell Dubai that it’s over and to declare prematurely an end, not only to an experiment, but also to a real cultural change that has been taking place in and underneath all of this, and that still deserves to reach its own conclusions.”

The New Dubai and its Symbol: The Burj Khalifa Tower sketch The New Dubai and its Symbol: The Burj Khalifa Tower luxury The New Dubai and its Symbol: The Burj Khalifa Tower old The New Dubai and its Symbol: The Burj Khalifa Tower

Related Articles

45 Of The Most Famous Buildings In The World With Unconventional Architectural Structures

5 Buildings Destroyed During WW2 Now Rebuilt From Ashes

 

 

Two bathrooms can often demand more space than available, and that’s where the Jack and Jill model comes to the rescue. 

These are perfect for families with two kids or couples living together in adjoining rooms. Now, you can choose among numerous Jack and Jill designs and plans, but please note the space available and the budget before settling for an option. 

You can also combine different designs for your bathroom, ensuring that two or more doorways lead to the place from adjoining bedrooms. 

Moving on, we will tell you all about the top Jack and Jill bathroom ideas in the following section. You should find minimalistic, colorful, neutral-shaded, and country-style design variations to explore. 

So, read on! 

Top 35 Jack And Jill Bathroom Ideas

Simple bathroom with walk-in shower and two hand wash basins

1. Setting Up The Mirror

Setting Up The Mirror

A mirror is an essential addition to a Jack and Jill bathroom layout. So, you can opt for a larger one that covers both the sinks or settle for two small mirrors placed next to each other. 

2. Improved Storage Space

Improved Storage Space

Since two people will use the bathroom, there needs to be ample storage space for utilities and gadgets. We recommend designs that involve well-placed cabinets and storage racks under the sink or along the walls. 

3. Using Shower Curtains

Using Shower Curtains

You will need privacy while using the bathroom at some point in time. Living together may have its perks, but that does not mean you have to give up your personal space. 

Invest in a good shower curtain that will keep the shower area hidden from the rest of the bathroom. We suggest that you look for good quality, waterproof and durable material that is easy to clean. 

4. Easy Access

Easy Access

A shared bathroom needs to have open floor space for both parties to move about freely. In this picture, you will see a bathtub and a cabinet on both sides, with a walking space in between. More than two people can also move around the bath space easily without disturbing each other. 

5. Shower Door

Shower Door

Jack and Jill bathroom design does not generally involve a shower with glass on the sides. That would make it entirely transparent and might hinder your privacy. Instead, it can have walls on both sides with just a glass door fitted with a shower curtain giving you all the needed privacy. 

6. Glossy Finish

Glossy Finish

You can enhance the look of the bathroom by adding a glossy finish to the frame design of the furniture. This makes the place look sophisticated, and the woodwork looks very elegant. The separate cabinets below the double sinks can then be used to store essentials separately. 

7. Wooden Finish

Wooden Finish

If you are looking to complement the Jack and Jill layout, then a wooden finish can be used on the furniture. This enhances the interior design while you can have enough space to store personal things. 

As you can see in the picture, there are two washbasins and three mirrors on the wall. The space between the basins is wide, giving people enough space. Plus, the walkway in between will provide you with room to walk through or keep a chair. 

8. All-White Bathrooms

All-White Bathrooms

If you find the color white to be soothing, you can use it for the entire bathroom. It will make the shared space look bigger while adding to the style. To do this, you can opt for white furniture, a white framed mirror, basins, and a white shower curtain. 

Warm white light will complement the interior space and the dark wall color. You can also paint the walls in a dark gray shade and add white wainscoting around the bathroom. 

9. Small Bathroom Design

Small Bathroom Design

If you own a small bathroom but want it to look aesthetically pleasing, this simple bathroom design will work out well. Here you can see how a small space has been used to fit in the sink, toilet, and shower room on the side. White color is used around the place to make it look more attractive. 

Moreover, white has the power to make a space look bigger, and you should keep that in mind while purchasing. 

10. Two Vanity Sinks

Two Vanity Sinks

If you have a large space, utilize it to create two vanity sinks instead of one. They can have two mirrors and two separate cabinets with a tub. Install wall lamps on both sides of the mirror, and you will have created a beautiful bathroom. 

In the picture, the entire interior has been done in pure ivory white, which makes it all the more radiant. We recommend adding some golden highlights to lift the ambiance further. 

11. Eco-friendly Lights

Eco-friendly Lights

You may not always be using the toilet area at the same time as your partner or housemate. That would mean a heavy consumption of electricity if all the lights in the bathroom need to be switched on whenever one is using it. 

Hence, we will recommend opting for eco-friendly lights wherein you can place an accent light on top of each mirror. They should have separate switches so that you can switch on one of them at a time. 

12. Double Or Single Vanity

Double Or Single Vanity

If you are confused between choosing a single or double vanity, this design can be opted for. It is a single vanity cabinet, but there is more space than other options. It will provide you with greater storage space but will take up less floor space. 

We totally loved the sleek and compact design that it sports. Pair it up with accent mirrors and lighting to enhance the look. 

13. Vinyl Floors

Vinyl Floors

In case you are looking for a unique yet affordable type of floor design to choose from, then using vinyl for the flooring will be a great idea. Vinyl is easy to lay, and you will not have to spend a lot of money purchasing and installing it. 

14. Stone Finish

Stone Finish

This is one of the most elegant designs that we have come across to date. You will find a bathtub sitting in the middle with enough space for two people to get in at a time. Then there is a hand basin with a wooden base on the side. This goes very well with the stone finish of the walls. 

15. Tight Space

Tight Space

For bathrooms with very tight spaces, you will not be able to install dual sinks. Instead, settle for a small sink and a cabinet underneath. We love the sleek and slim design, which does not make the space look overcrowded. Add an open side cabinet for the rest of your products, and you should not have any further problems. 

16. Calm And Classy Interior

Calm And Classy Interior

Are you looking for a calm and classy Jack and Jill bathroom to indulge in after long work hours? You can create one of your own with the help of wood and white walls. Check out the image, and you will see that one side of the wall is made with wood while the other side is painted in white shades. 

There is a bathtub in the center with a double washbasin on the side, and a wooden stool is placed right beside the bathtub. Plus, we love the minimalist design and the use of space here in this Jack and Jill bathroom layout. 

17. Brick Tiles

Brick Tiles

While paint and wallpaper are often used in Jack and Jill bathrooms, you will be surprised to see how well white brick tiles can add to the overall design. These tiles can immediately make the walls stand out. Add ivory white brick tiles and pair them up with a dark-colored wall. Your guests will surely be impressed by your bathroom space. 

18. Large Window

Large Window

If the space is very confined and you want to make it feel more open, then installing a large window strategically inside the Jack and Jill bathroom can work. You can install blinds to ensure people from outside cannot see you. Plus, the window will allow fresh air to come inside the place, making it more ventilated. 

19. Luxurious Design

Modern wooden vanity with a mirror in a gold frame and sconces on the wall, a low table with decor and a rug with a chandelier. 3d rendering. Luxurious Design

A beautiful Jack and Jill bathroom can be made with a touch of luxury. Yes, you can invest in creating a long and beautiful countertop with seats on the side. Design them well with a mirror on one side which adds to the space. 

You can then have two towering cabinets on both sides that will add to the overall design. That is not all, as you cannot miss out on the Jack and Jill sinks on the other side of the room. 

These bathroom designs work for multiple people using the same space. You might even end up spending most of your time at home in this space, considering the elegant and sophisticated design. 

20. Contemporary Zen

Contemporary Zen

If you are looking to create a peaceful and comfortable Jack and Jill bathroom, this can be a great design to choose. The place has an open floor with only two dominant colors in the space. 

Additionally, you will see a wooden backsplash and an adjustable wooden panel for privacy. We can almost imagine scented candles burning with a few reed sticks on the side. Install a good speaker, and you can have relaxing music to go with the space. 

21. Marble Floors And Walls

Marble Floors And Walls

This is a unique design wherein the floor has been matched with the walls. There is parity in all the surfaces, keeping them in sync, and the marble surfaces reflect light creating a very interesting ambiance inside the bathroom. 

That is not all, as blue lighting has been used for the bathtub, which adds to the overall design. 

22. Attic Jack And Jill Bathroom

Attic Jack And Jill Bathroom

Attic spaces with two doors leading to two bedrooms can be utilized in a beautiful way. Check out this geometric design with angled walls, and you should have a great example, to begin with. 

Adding on, natural lighting has been used to create more space, and the mosaic wall, along with a frameless mirror, makes it all more beautiful. Some greenery has been used around the place, and a green towel is placed at the corner to bring a burst of colors. 

23. Rustic Countryside Design

Rustic Countryside Design

A bathroom can feel warm and cozy if you opt for this countryside vibe. Here, you can see a Jack and Jill bathroom open floor plan with neutral shaded carpets all along the floor. Hence, you can move around barefoot easily. 

Also, notice that beige, brown, and natural stone color has been used widely in the space to create a warm vibe. You can use round framed mirrors to add to the effect. Pair it up with some artificial flowers in the corner, and you have a gorgeous homely place. 

Moreover, the bathtub faces a window offering you a view of the outside. 

24. Geometric Design

Geometric Design

This can be a great design for a formal-looking bathroom meant for minimalist contemporary houses. It comes with a well-partitioned area with a geometric wall divider in the middle. Notice that shades of gray have been used for the interior space, and a frameless mirror has been placed over the countertop. 

On the other side of the double sink, there is the shower area and the toilet. You can use the retractable enclosure when privacy is needed. 

25. Black And White

Black And White

This yin yang Jack and Jill bathroom design will surely enhance the beauty of the bathroom area. The black and white contrast colors make it all the more appealing. Plus, the marble walls, as well as the light streaming in on the white corners, make it look very aesthetic. Circular mirrors have been used to give the yin yang feel. 

Also, the open cabinets make the space look even larger and more open. 

26. Partitioned Compact Design

Partitioned Compact Design

If you have a compact bathroom, then this Jack and Jill design can help in making the space look bigger. A marble divider has been installed in the center, which complements the green tiles along with the glowing white color of the walls. 

On one end of this wall, you will find the dual sinks along with two mirrors installed. The toilet seat is on the other side of the divider, and it is placed in the wall to save space. Plus, the ladder towel rack allows a lot of open space, making the area look bigger. 

You can also check out other space-saving bathroom ideas which work with most types of bathrooms. 

27. Columned Sinks

Columned Sinks

This design redefines the idea of a semi-private Jack and Jill bathroom design. You will be able to see a chest of hardwood cabinets on both sides of the two sinks. These can be used by two people to keep their things separately. Also, the smooth granite top is very functional and can be used to keep essentials. 

Additionally, the curved mirror design along with lighting on both sides enhance the look of the bathroom. 

28. White And Beige

White And Beige

White, beige, and glass walls can truly lift up the ambiance of a place and make it look beautiful. Check out this design where beige has been used for the walls, while the rest of the place is done up in ivory white. Mirrors cover a large section of the wall making the space look a lot bigger. 

This is a minimalist design, but you can add greenery to the space to lift it up even more. There are other minimalist designs that you can check out if you desire a simple bathroom with one sink. 

29. Couple Shower

Couple Shower

If you are sharing the space with a significant other, then you might want to enjoy taking showers together. So, why fight over one shower when you can have two at the same place. We loved this innovative Jack and Jill bathroom design where two showers are placed next to each other. 

30. Popping Colors

Popping Colors

Do you want the bathroom to have a bright color scheme? We will recommend using a bright pop red color on one of the walls, which can then be matched with white walls on the other side. The design here contains walls at an angle, which adds to the overall look. Plus, the cherry red wall has a beautiful deer head art piece and white double sinks that fit right in. 

31. Mounted Shelves

Mounted Shelves

A great way to enhance existing space and make it look bigger are mounted shelves. While this involves dual sinks, you can get mounted shelves for both and keep the base area open. Pair it up with a glass shower room, and you should be good to go. 

32. Neutral Shades

Neutral Shades

Here, importance has been given to creating clean lines, a modern vibe along with a minimalistic color scheme. The gray and white color scheme goes very well together, creating a very chic and contemporary vibe. Plus, there is ample lighting, thanks to the large glass window on one side. You can use drapes to cover the area and preserve your privacy. 

You can also explore other gray bathroom ideas on the internet. 

33. Tile On Tile

Tile On Tile

You will find a great tile contrast used here for this Jack and Jill bathroom. There is a contrast between hexagonal and subway wall tiles, enhancing the effect. And the compact design has been made in such a way that enough light streams in and makes the space look bigger. The white color stands in contrast with the wooden sink cabinet. 

Further, you can use a few colorful accessories as accent pieces in the place. 

34. Asymmetrical Design

Asymmetrical Design

If you wish for an angled look, then this uncommon bathroom design truly stands out. There are two countertop sinks placed at an angle to each other. In between, there is a bathtub placed with sleek sides. You will see windows lining up the wall, which adds to the scenic view. 

Now in case you live by the beach, this can provide a very chic and coastal look. The powder blue walls add to the white of the window pane and cabinets. 

35. Multifunctional Design

Multifunctional Design

Here, we have a large floor plan with sinks placed in an asymmetrical design. The two sinks are accompanied by a closet that is present in the center of the hallway. This Jack and Jill bathroom plan will not make you feel like you are trapped in a small space. Moreover, it will work very well for people with two kids or more. Each can go about their business without disturbing anybody else. 

Jack And Jill Bathroom Ideas FAQs

Q1. What Is A Jack And Jill Bathroom?

A Jack and Jill bathroom is generally a shared bathroom with two or more entrances. They are generally made between two bedrooms and will have doors on both sides. It is best for couples or families sharing spaces or living in two adjoining bedrooms. 

Here, you will find separate sinks but a shared bath and toilet. There is ample space for all those who are using the bathroom to keep their essentials. 

Q2. Why Is It Called A Jack And Jill Bathroom?

The name “Jack and Jill” has been derived from the famous nursery rhyme, which is about two siblings. Jack and Jill bathroom plans are generally designed in such a way that there is ample space for parents and children both. There can be double doors or more depending on the number of people using the space.  

Q3. Are Jack And Jill Bathrooms Outdated?

These bathroom styles are not seen a lot today because they generally require a lot of space. Apartments are no longer so big that you can accommodate a big bathroom with two sinks. Plus, they were popular with families who had five kids or more. Today, families have also become smaller, making it unnecessary to create such large bath spaces. 

Q4. What Makes A Bathroom A Jack And Jill?

A bathroom needs to have at least two doors, and they should be sandwiched between two rooms or more. They are like an ensuite bathroom but made for two bedrooms or more. 

Q5. Does Having A Jack And Jill Bathroom Add Value?

A Jack and Jill bathroom may not add separate value to a place, and the return on investment will generally be moderate. However, if it fits well with your family and you plan to stay in the house for long, then this is a great bathroom idea to settle for. 

Q6. What Is The Smallest Size For Jack And Jill Bathroom?

Essentially, you will need at least 40 square feet to ensure that there is a sink, tub, and toilet. Now, this would mean using one sink in the space. If you wish to have two sinks, then an asymmetrical layout may help you experiment with a small space. 

Q7. How To Get Rid Of A Jack And Jill Bathroom?

If you must have two separate bathrooms, then you can make that happen by renovating and converting a large Jack and Jill bathroom. But that would mean you already have a large bathroom to work with. In case it is small, you can just block the second door and allow only one entrance to remain. 

The compact bathtub with glass wall and bedroom. Jack And Jill Bathroom Ideas

Jack And Jill Bathroom Ideas Final Words

You will need to combine style and quality to come up with beautiful and functional bathrooms. And we assure you that most of the Jack and Jill bathroom ideas mentioned here will give you that. 

Just make sure that you add a pop of colors wherever possible to enhance the space. And remember that greenery always makes a bathroom look vibrant and cheerful. 

You can also indulge in other bathroom ideas that can be found online. If you are still confused, then a licensed designer can be hired to design the Jack and Jill bath area. With this, we have reached the end of this guide, and it is time to wrap up. 

You can now use your creativity to bring up the vibe of a bathroom model. Until next time, take care. 

Wonderful Elegant Grey Bathroom Ideas

18 Shabby Chic Bathroom Ideas

Add Glamour With Small Vintage Bathroom Ideas

15 Black And White Bathroom Inspiration Ideas

66 Epic Wood in Bathroom Design Ideas

20 Smart Bathroom Storage Ideas

Ideas On How To Create A Masculine Bathroom

17 Rustic And Natural Bathroom Inspiration Ideas

99 Super Cool Shower Curtains to Transform Your Bathroom

19 Unexpected Bathroom Artwork

Walk-in Showers 101 | Pros & Cons, Tips & Tricks, Design Ideas

The Jubilee Church is formally known as Dio Padre Misericordioso and located in Tor Tre Teste; the main purpose of the project was to revive the community and the area. It is one of the most renowned buildings and a truly inexhaustible source of inspiration for designers.

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

The designer won the international project competition in 1996 because of the brilliant shapes of the building, inspired by the purity of the cube and the sphere. The Church's triangular site is divided into four main parts: first, the precinct, including the church and community center; second, the northeast terrace; third, the northwest recreation court; fourth, the west parking area.

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

The form generates a series of spaces which along with the great concrete mass control the internal temperature, minimizing energy consumption. The conceptual religious ideas can be found on the inside too; the internal space was carefully designed so that it would respect Christian beliefs and at the same time provide a fully functional space. The main interior attraction is the organ, integrated in a cubical element, another shape that stands at the base of Christianity.

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

The first and most noticeable thing about the building is the presence of the three concrete shells that arch in graduate heights from 56 to 88 feet. Derived from the shape of the sphere, they contrast with the rest of the structure because of their round shape. Between them and on top too, the designers placed glass ceilings and skylights so that the interior would be flooded with as much natural light as possible, a central motive in Christian religion. During the night, the church’s presence becomes even more significant because of the light emanating from within, animating the surrounding landscape.

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

The form generates a series of spaces which along with the great concrete mass control the internal temperature, minimizing energy consumption. The conceptual religious ideas can be found on the inside too; the internal space was carefully designed so that it would respect Christian beliefs and at the same time provide a fully functional space. The main interior attraction is the organ, integrated in a cubical element, another shape that stands at the base of Christianity.

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

The exterior site is laid out in two parts: the western side featuring two courts separated by a paved causeway and a recreational garden and the seond court featuring a reflecting pool, providing a meditation space for the visitors. On an urban level, the Jubilee church has become a landmark for the region; the perfectly balanced proportions and forms along with the materials, the colors generate a wonderful example of how the project of a modern church should be treated, providing inspiration for any architectural project.

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Homesthetics conclusion:

There is no need to conclude anything this time. Richard Meier is a renowned architect who has impressed us with his perfectly balanced design which have inspired many designers, teaching us what architecture is all about. However, I do have to say that the Jubilee Church is in my opinion one of his most awesome designs, probably the best.

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Iconic Modern Architecture-Jubilee Church in Rome by Richard Meier and Partners Homesthetics

Architects: Richard Meier and Partners, New York, USA
Location: Tor Tre Teste, Rome, Italy
Client: Vicariato of Rome
Structural engineers: Ove Arup and Partners, Italcementi
Mechanical engineers: Ove Arup and Partners, Luigi Dell’Aquila
Concrete prefabricated panels: Italcementi
Lights and illumination: FMRS, Erco
Year of the competition: 1996
Year of completion: 2003
Constructed area: 830 m2 church, 1671 m2 parish complex
Photographs: Andrea Giannotti, Gabriele Rossetti

45 Of The Most Famous Buildings In The World With Unconventional Architectural Structure
5 Buildings Destroyed During WW2 Now Rebuilt From Ashes

This iconic glass skyscraper’s official name is 731 Lexington Avenue and houses business, commercial and residential spaces in the heart of one of the most beautiful cities of America, New YorkThe 731 Lexington Avenue tower is divided in two main functions: a six-story base that serves as an entrance to the Bloomberg Company and access to all the public spaces among which New Yorker’s can find shops, banks and restaurants; the rest of the ensemble is dedicated to residential areas like luxury condominiums( beyond the 31st floor) and offices. The Bloomberg Tower Ensemble is in fact composed of three buildings: on Lexington Avenue-a 55 story structure, on Third Avenue- a 11-story building and the 7-story One Beacon Court that links the first two volumes and merges the entire structure into a one of a kind single building.

 

This iconic glass skyscraper reaches 245,62m / 806ft which make it the 14th highest structure in New York and the 42nd in America. It was designed by César Pelli & Associates and developed by Vornado Realty Trust. This massive structure was constructed entirely of glass and steel, which allow it to integrate perfectly in New York’s environment and architectural style. It simple rectangular shape resembles the encircling neighborhood and the entire city as well. It’s not unique or revolutionary in any way but it adds value to the appeal of New York through its high rise and illuminated top. The living areas are located as high as possible to offer the maximum amount of privacy and the best view toward Central Park, whilst the public spaces like offices and shops were placed below to provide easy access. The massive building structural systems include a tuned mass damper that reduces swaying, especially due to powerful winds.

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

The crown jewel of this iconic glass skyscraper is the One Beacon Court, built in the shape of a horseshoe, was inspired by other public buildings of New York, like Grand Central Station and the skating rink at Rockefeller Center. It’s curious yet imposing shape has a powerful effect on the visitors, creating an enclosed, welcoming and protected intermediate space, between the city and the privacy of the structure. Its elliptical space is ideal for vehicular drop-offs because it offers the proper in and out route. The dramatic, enveloping shape can be taken as a giant atrium, a one of a kind way to meet the public and allow them to enter the ensemble. Vlad Leto is a New York City photographer who specializes in surprise proposals, engagements, weddings, music, parties, fashion & other types of photography.

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Iconic Glass Skyscraper in New York-The Bloomberg Tower Homesthetics (1)

Type: Offices / residential
Location: 731 Lexington Ave, New York City, NY 10022, USA
Construction started: 2001
Completed: 2004
Management: Vornado Realty Trust
Antenna spire: 286 m (938 ft)
Roof: 246 m (807 ft)
Floor count: 55
Floor area: 1,400,000 sq ft (130,000 m2)
Architect: César Pelli & Associates
Developer: Vornado Realty Trust
Structural engineer: Thornton Tomasetti

45 Of The Most Famous Buildings In The World With Unconventional Architectural Structure
5 Buildings Destroyed During WW2 Now Rebuilt From Ashes

Shorter days, longer nights, bonfires, bitter winds, thick ice - if you haven’t guessed it already, let us tell you we are talking about winters. 

Winter is certainly everyone’s favorite season, but the question is, how do you make your fishing expeditions successful? For fishing during the winter months, you will have to drill holes in ice. Only then will you be able to catch some fish for a hearty meal. 

Ice anglers are great but not that effective for drilling holes in ice. That’s when electric ice augers come into the picture. Anyone who loves fishing round the year will certainly love this little device. 

However, with a plethora of options, getting the right one for yourself might appear challenging. That said, we are here to help you out with our review-based guide. 

After extensive research, we’ve rounded five top-notch options available on the market. Also, we’ve added a buyer’s guide to help you further. So, let’s dive right in! 

Best Electric Ice Augers 

Fisherman with an auger on the frozen lake Granby, Colorado.

1. ION ‎Electric Ice Auger Series

This high-performance electric ice fishing auger is one of our top picks for all the right reasons. Thanks to the excellent battery life, this electric ice auger can drill as deep as 1000-inch on just a single charge. Weighing only 22 pounds, this electric ice auger is perfect for all your fishing expeditions. 

ION 33405 8 Inch Power Auger 3 Amp
  • 3 AMP HOUR, GEN 1 BATTERY: A high-performance, 3 Amp Hour,...
  • ION REVERSE: Reverse eliminates the need for an ice skimmer...

Why Did We Like It?

Of course, we were instantly drawn towards its sleek and stylish design, but there’s more to this auger than what catches our eyes. With its 3 Amp-hour, 40 MAX Lithium-Ion battery, this is one of the most powerful electric ice augers on the market. 

Also, this electric auger doesn’t require frequent charging and can dig up to 1000 inches deep into ice in just a single charge. Thus, it is an excellent alternative to gas-powered augers. 

Moving on, this electric auger has a reverse button that lets you flush drilled ice down the hole. Hence, you need not spend extra bucks to buy an ice skimmer. On top of it, this electric ice auger doesn’t make any noise which means you can drill ice in peace. 

What’s more, this auger weighs only 22 pounds which makes it one of the lightest ones augers on the market. Thus, carrying this with you will not be difficult at all.  

What Could’ve Been Better?

Considering its efficiency and performance, this is one of the best electric ice augers on the market. That said, it comes with an expensive price tag. So, if you’re on a budget, this might not be an ideal option for you. However, if you can spend a little more, this is the best bet. 



Pros

  • Lightweight and portable
  • High-performance battery
  • Doesn’t make noise while drilling
  • Stylish design




Cons

  • Comes with an expensive price tag



2. StrikeMaster Lithium 40v Electric Ice Auger

If you are looking for electric augers that will cut through ice in a breeze, this Lithium 40v ice auger by StrikeMaster is worth considering. Thanks to the strong blades, this electric auger can drill up to 100 holes. Overall, this equipment is perfect for those looking for electric ice augers for their fishing adventures. 

Why Did We Like It?

One of the best alternatives for gas augers, this auger by StrikeMaster has an excellent battery life and can drill up to 100 holes in ice on a single charge. 

On top of it, this device features two serrated laser blades that cut through ice smoothly and effortlessly. Moreover, they are made of stainless steel, so you can rest assured that they are resistant to corrosion. Thus, this electric ice auger is highly durable. 

Furthermore, this battery-powered auger is pretty lightweight as it weighs only 24 pounds. Thus, portability will not be an issue with this device. Simply tuck it in any corner of your car, and you’ll be good to go. 

What’s particularly striking is that this auger has an internal battery management system that ensures the longevity of the battery. Along with the electric auger, the package consists of a battery and a charger. 

But that’s not all; the brand offers a two-year warranty on the motor, battery, and charger of this electric ice auger.  

What Could’ve Been Better?

Easy to use and lighter than a gas-powered auger, this is one of the best electric ice augers on the market. Despite being a top-quality ice auger, we suggest you store this device properly as the body is made of plastic. So, it may get damaged easily. Considering the price paid, this product is a bang for the buck! 



Pros

  • Can drill through ice effortlessly
  • Excellent battery life
  • Easy to transport
  • User-friendly device




Cons

  • Plastic body



3. Landworks Electric Ice Auger

Looking for battery-powered ice augers with LED lights so that you can drill ice in the dark without any issues? Then take a look at this ice auger by Landworks. With its high-intensity LED light, this auger is perfect for fishing during the evening. Moreover, it features ergonomic handles that let you carry this auger without any difficulty. 

Landworks Ice Auger Power Head w/Steel 8"x39" Bit Heavy Duty...
  • ECO-FRIENDLY & SAFE: Unlike gasoline auger, battery-powered...
  • EFFICIENT: Our Power Head is designed with a 3-Planetary...

Why Did We Like It?

This battery-powered ice auger features a 48v motor that drills through ice most efficiently. Once fully charged, the battery is powerful enough to dig 60 holes in one go. 

In addition to that, the blades are carved out of alloy steel that prevents the blades from damage from the exterior elements. And that’s why it can bite through any surface smoothly and swiftly. 

Thanks to the threaded bolt design, the auger, and the blade are locked securely so you can work without worrying about your safety. 

Highly striking is its ergonomic handle, which lets you carry this ice auger from one spot to another without any difficulty. While the left handle features a reverse control button to eject the auger quickly from ice, the right handle lets you control how deep you want to drill. 

Weighing only 22 pounds, this ice auger offers easy mobility. Along with an auger, the box consists of a two-amp-hour Lithium-Ion battery and a charger.  

What Could’ve Been Better?

Undoubtedly, this is one of the best electric ice augers because of its sturdy body and super quiet motor. However, we wouldn’t recommend this device to beginners as they might find it challenging to use. And so, this will not be an ideal option for them. 

But, this is an excellent option for professionals who are experienced in handling electric ice augers. 



Pros

  • Lightweight and portability
  • Sturdy blades can withstand the exterior elements
  • Ergonomic handles
  • Higher transmission efficiency




Cons

  • Beginners might find it challenging to use



4. StrikeMaster Lithium 24v Lite-Flite Auger

Lightweight and sturdily built, this electric ice auger by StrikeMaster is perfect for fishing adventures. With its 8-inch height, this electric ice auger can drill up to 50 holes on a single charge. Overall, this compact and sturdy device will be your perfect companion for those who love to ice fish on chilly December mornings. 

Why Did We Like It?

If you haven’t found a sturdy electric ice auger for fishing expeditions, your search ends here. With its five-amp hour lithium-ion battery, this auger has enough torque to cut through ice and let you fish to your heart’s content. 

Thanks to the internal battery management system, this electric ice auger has a durable battery. Not only that, but it also features a deadman safety switch that will stop the device from causing accidents or mishaps.

Unlike other augers on the list, this one weighs around 27 pounds. However, it is still lightweight and can be carried from one spot to another without hassle. Also, it has a forward and reverses button so you can control the auger the way you want. 

What’s more, it has built-in LED lights which makes it easy to use this auger in dark areas. Similar to the previous StrikeMaster product, this one also comes with a two-year warranty on the battery, charger, and motor. Plus, it is reasonably priced.  

What Could’ve Been Better?

Easy to use and easy on the pockets, this electric ice auger is the best alternative to manual ice augers. However, we suggest you go through the instruction manual properly before charging the battery. Or else, it might stop midway, and your adventures will come to a halt. Of course, we are sure you wouldn’t want that to happen. So, make sure you charge it properly. 



Pros

  • Sturdily built
  • Lightweight and easy to transport
  • Comes with a two-year warranty
  • Easy on the pockets




Cons

  • Not charging it properly will cause unwanted problems



5. RAZR ‎40v Lithium Ice Auger

Another durable option, this ice auger by RAZR features the highest capacity battery that ensures you enjoy your fishing expeditions to the fullest. Moreover, it has a convenient push-button LED light that allows you to continue with your fishing activity even when the sun goes down. Overall, it is perfect for those who enjoy fishing during winter. 

Why Did We Like It?

Albeit low in rank, this electric ice auger deserved the spot on this list because of its affordable price. Thus, its affordability makes it an excellent choice for those on a budget. 

Kudos to the brand for adding a seven amp-hour lithium-ion battery that allows you to drill holes of about 1785 inches in ice on a single charge. This long battery life makes it a must-have for all your fishing adventures. 

Thanks to the reverse function, you can clear the slush from the hole effortlessly. Moreover, it has two stainless steel curved blades which make drilling ice all the more an easy task. So, bid adieu to your hand auger and get this one because of its excellent and reliable performance. 

Also, it features a die-cast aluminum transmission that lets you drill as many holes as you want within a couple of minutes. With its built-in LED lights in the base of the power head, you can also drill in low-light areas. 

What Could’ve Been Better?

Certainly, this is one of the best electric ice augers available on the market, mainly because of its affordability and performance. However, it isn’t as lightweight as other augers on the list. Hence, this might prove to be a hitch for some people. But, considering the price paid, we are sure you will ignore this minor issue. 



Pros

  • Curved blades make the digging process easy
  • Easy on the pockets
  • Comes with a reverse function
  • Has a quiet and brushless motor




Cons

  • Is slightly bulkier than other augers



ice auger drill background ice, winter sport tool hobby fishing

Electric Ice Auger Buying Guide 

Now that you know the best electric ice augers available on the market, were you able to choose one? Certainly, not. Even though knowing the top options helps to a great extent, choosing the right one remains a daunting task. 

That’s because there are a lot of factors that come into play that you must pay attention to while buying an ice auger. On that note, we’ve listed some of the important factors you must note before shopping. Hence, make sure you go through the points carefully before you invest in one. 

1. Blades 

One of the most important factors you must pay attention to while buying an electric ice auger is the blades. That’s because the primary aim of buying an ice auger is to drill through ice so that you can catch as much fish as you want. 

Since there are a plethora of options on the market, the blades of electric augers vary from one another. Generally, people go for 6-inch, 8-inch, and 10-inch blades, but it is important to consider the type of fish you want to catch. 

For larger fishes, it is recommended to go for larger blade ice augers. Also, make sure to go for ice augers that produce enough torque. Or else, drilling large holes will be difficult. 

Though going for sharp blades is great, we suggest avoiding too sharp blades as it can be dangerous and lead to accidents. Thus, make sure you check the blades properly before purchasing. 

2. Weight 

The next important factor you must pay attention to is the weight of ice augers. Since you will be carrying the electric augers to a fishing spot, you must buy one that is significantly lightweight. 

Electric augers don’t feature heavy engines, and that’s why they are lighter than gas augers. Thus, it is the best alternative to gasoline augers. Though electric ice augers weigh between 20 to 35 pounds, the one you go for typically depends upon your needs. 

If you’re looking for ice augers that can deliver more torque while drilling, you must go for heavy ones. However, if you rarely go on fishing expeditions, opting for lightweight ones will be the best bet. 

Those going for heavy ones can use an ice fishing sled to carry the auger to their fishing spot. Also, if you’re fishing with pets or children around, going for lightweight augers is a wise thing to do. 

3. Length Of The Auger 

Of course, you’re buying electric ice augers to drill through ice smoothly, and that’s why the length of the auger is one of the most important factors to consider. 

One way to figure out whether you should go for long or short ice augers is by having an idea of the approximate thickness of the ice. By doing so, you will be able to know which option will be the right one for your needs. 

However, if you fish in different spots, we suggest you opt for long augers as they will drill through both thick and thin ice without posing a problem. Moreover, if ice is too thick for your auger to drill through, you may purchase an auger extension. Or, you may even buy a kit that offers an extension with it. 

4. Battery 

After considering the blades, weight, and length, you must also take a look at the battery of the electric ice augers. As against gas augers where there is gas involved, electric augers run on battery. 

Of course, you’re investing in electric ice augers to drill through the ice and catch as many fish as you want. Thus, getting an electric ice auger with strong battery life is the best bet as it will let you drill more than 80 holes in one go. 

That said, we suggest you look for options that come with a battery of over five amp-hour. To be on the safe side, investing in ice augers that have a seven amp-hour battery is the best bet. Though this may cause you to pay extra pennies, it will prove fruitful in the long run. 

Also, here’s a pro tip - don’t forget to recharge the batteries of your electric ice auger each time you decide to go on fishing expeditions. Apart from letting you drill dozens of holes, it will also ensure the longevity of the battery. 

5. Price 

Those who have been using augers for years and are looking for options to replace their old equipment know how costly electric ice augers are. And that’s why it plays a crucial role in determining which electric auger will be the best for your needs. 

Though this must not be the only deciding factor, make sure you set a budget so that you will be able to filter the options accordingly. Thankfully, there are plenty of options on the market that are reasonably priced and offer excellent features, so those on a budget can easily get one for themselves. 

If you’re not on a budget, we suggest paying extra and investing in a high-quality auger as it will be loaded with top-notch features. Thus, we suggest taking a look at your budget and then deciding which option will be perfect for you. 

ice auger drill background ice, winter sport tool hobby fishing. Best Electric Ice Auger

Verdict

With that, we finally reach the end of our guide. Electric ice augers are the best alternative to gas-powered augers and are a perfect companion for drilling through the ice during cold weather. However, make sure you invest in a top-notch ice auger so that it will last you for years. 

Before we sign off, let us tell you our favorites from the list. The ION ‎Electric Ice Auger Series is the overall winner because of its lightweight and durability. However, if you’re looking for a user-friendly device, the StrikeMaster Lithium 40v Electric Ice Auger is the best bet. 

That said, we shall now take your leave. Feel free to shoot your queries in the comment section below. We’ll be more than happy to help you. 

Till then, happy ice fishing! 

Related Articles 

11 Best Auger Bit

13 Best Snow Joe Electric Snow Blowers

11 Best Snow Blower for Gravel Driveways

10 Best Snow Blowers For Large Driveways

5 Best Honda Snow Blowers

4 Best Simplicity Snow Blower

5 Best Commercial Grade Snow Blowers

10 Best Auger For Rocky Soil

Wood, with its delicate cozy texture and warm hues, intricate patterns offers a beautiful background material for a wide variety of DIY crafts and projects available all over the Internet. Stark white Scandinavian decors complete the serene homey décor with wooden touches in the form of branches, driftwood and gorgeous slices, making it the central piece of the entire interior décor scheme. Today we have focused our attention on the twig decorations chapter, all beautiful and unique in their own particular strong way. They come in to complement any décor with delicacy and finesse whilst introducing the natural element into focus. Choose your favorite from the 18  DIY Twig Decorations featured below and start crafting today.

Adorn Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations

1. delicate twig candle holders for a fresh interior atmosphere

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (7)

Source songbirdblog.com

2. twig seahorse wall  art piece completing a marine theme

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (6)

Source diy-enthusiasts.com

3. twig sun mirror frame making a statement

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (1)

Source hautelook.com

4. using twigs to ornate your lighting fixture and cast intricate shadows

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (10)

Source matrixworldhr.com

5. a fun colorful method of storing your jewelry

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (3)

Source stagetecture.com

6. wavy willow twigs displayed in a tall glass vase

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (4)

Source designimprovised.com

7. EMBELLISHING your side table lamp with neutral tones

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (2)

Source spaaz.de

8. cozy rustic twig lamp shade to cast complex shadows

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (9)

Source Sourcetheshabbycreekcottage.com

9. interesting elegant twig candle holder

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (8)

Source songbirdblog.com

10. perfectly cut complex twig wall art creation

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (1)

11. an UNCONVENTIONAL twig wreath for your front door

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (11)

Source homesthetics.net

12. using twigs and pieces of logs to create a wooden chair

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (5)

Source trucsetbricolages.com

13. exposing natural beauty in a simple rectangular frame

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (2)

14. crystal decorated twigs perfect for holiday decorations

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (14)

Source growcreative.blogspot.com

15. creating delicate Christmas tree decorations

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (13)

Source markkintzel.com

16. small golden, natural and silver twigs adorning glass candle holders

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations
Source freutcake.com

17. unconventional colorful dinner party decor

Adorne Your Home With DIY Twig Decorations-homesthetics (12)
Source Ruffled

18. the natural merged into an elegant décor

diy twig decor-homesthetics.net
Source Better Homes and Gardens

What do you think about these delicate DIY twig decorations? Feel free to share your ideas in the comment section below.

57 Tea Party Decoration Ideas for a Delightful Event

Wood in all its glorious forms and shapes makes the world an extraordinary place. Whether we talk about oak or bamboo, whether we think about wooden stumps, branches or even twigs, all types of wood are used as much as possible throughout the world thanks to their extraordinary capabilities and aesthetic values, all these magnificent attributes nestled in the complexity of a renwable resource that we can all access, we can all plant and harvest with ease today. With this though in mind we invite you to plant one tree and in the same day or week go wonder about and salvage wood for your next DIY wooden Lamp Projects; 15 ideas have showcased below, 15 wooden lamp crafts able to enhance your decor through both aesthetic values and functional beautiful ambient lighting alike.

Having a plant growing on your desk or a tree in your backyard while using a piece of its ancestors on your desk to make your life more beautiful and more comfortable is an extraordinary rewarding feeling. You`ve made a change, you`ve contributed to the world that helped your obtain the piece of salvaged wood otherwise doomed to destruction. Make a change today, plant a tree and start your own wooden DIY project!

DIY Wooden Lamp Projects

1. Organic wooden lamp created out of dried willow tree part

1. Organic wooden lamp created out of dried willow tree part

Source

2. Geometric ensemble filtering light

2. Geometric ensemble filtering light

Source

3. Simple minimalist lamps perfect for Scandinavian decors

3. Simple minimalist lamps perfect for Scandinavian decors

4. Driftwood piece in a modern interpretation

4. Driftwood piece in a modern interpretation

5. Retro arrow sign nestling light bulbs

5. Retro arrow sign nestling light bulbs

Source

6. Geometric design letting some light escape its shape

6. Geometric design letting some light escape its shape

Source

7. DIY wood cube pendant light for modern interiors

7. DIY wood cube pendant light for modern interiors

Source

8. Wooden sconce created out of plain wood

8. Wooden sconce created out of plain wood

9. Wooden elements add warmth to rough interior designs

9. Wooden elements add warmth to rough interior designs

Source

10. Recycle wooden parts combined in an unusual manner

10.Recycle wooden parts combined in an unusual manner

Source

11. Glossy white wooden branches composition

11. Glossy white wooden branches composition

12. Recycled wooden board holding on to beautiful mason jars

12.Recycled wooden board holding on to beautiful mason jars

Source

13. Wooden stripes merged into a light ball

13. Wooden stripes merged into a light ball

Source

14. Or transformed into a lampshade

14. Or transformed into a lampshade

Source

15. Driftwood pieces serving as a lamp body

15. Driftwood pieces serving as a lamp body

We would love to hear your opinion on these diy wooden lamp projects in the comment section below and of course, some feedback on the idea plant a tree, start your own diy project !

Still need lights in your home? Epic Himalayan salt lamps can be found here and sculptural and practical architect lamps here, you can also find more DIY lighting fixture ideas below!

Brilliant, innovative, smart kitchen utensils have been showcased below. A total of 15 items in different colors, textures and with different purposes that will aid you in your cooking endeavours started in the warmth and comfort of your own shelter. Meant to make you life easier and save you time in both preparation and cooking these 15 items have helped and inspired us, we have found them highly efficient in the shelves of a contemporary kitchen.

Smart Kitchen Utensils

How many fruits do you consume daily? Avocado is from a botanical point of view a large berry that contains a single seed, proportioned to its size. It is consumed mainly because it contains healthy fat, it has a high fiber content and last but not least because it contains valuable vitamins such as B, E and K.

If you consume this fruit daily you already know that peeling it is not the best part of the process. The avocado multi tool showcased below can help you in this endeavour magnificently : it has a slotted scoop for removing avocado flesh from skin, slots in scoop to mash avocados into guacamole, "Teeth" to grip and remove the pit and of course blade for cutting and slicing avocados. You can purchase this item by clicking the title above, we would love to hear you opinion on it.

 

This items requires no introduction or description. It must simply exist in any contemporary kitchen. Whatever fruits or vegetables you are washing this comes in handy. The smart kitchen utensil comes in different colors allowing you to blend the item in your kitchen`s color scheme seamlessly.

 

#3 Holdster USA -Rivet with Handle

This vintage looking holdster slips onto a standard wide-mouth canning jar and simply acts as an insulating sleeve so you can use it for all of your beverage needs wherever you go. This became our favorite "mug" right here. Whether you take the coffee to your office, a grab to eat or simply a tea in the living room, it works and it looks magnificently at any given time.

Holdster USA -Rivet with Handle 1

Holdster USA -Rivet with Handle 1

The Food Huggers are not fresh news in contemporary kitchens yet they should be mentioned in every guide. Highly colorful, fresh and extraordinary practical and useful at the same time. The image bellow is extremely graphic and exudes freshness, we think this pack as well should be in every kitchen. Be fresh and stay healthy whilst being responsible with the fruits and vegetables that you eat!

#5 Barroder Multi Tool -Smart Kitchen Utensils

With this item right here you can crush fruits, herbs or spices to add flavor, you can use it to create twists to garnish drinks, you can extract citrus flavors, pours perfect one ounce or half ounce amounts, separates ice from liquid as you pour, open traditional bottle caps as well as wine bottles and many others. You can call it Jack of all trades. Use it wisely.

Barroder Multi Tool

Simple, smart, innovative. The Giro Apple Slicer can aid you in the graphic endeavors that you would start with a cake or fruit salad. It will slice the apple magnificently without cluttering your kitchen with its slim profile and timeless design.

The Chef`n Citrus Juicer has been envisioned for lemons, limes, clementines, tangerines and small oranges being easy to use and press for anyone. It can become your favorite item in the kitchen if you have a healthy diet and you consume fruit salads regularly.

#8 Rice Cube-Sushi Tool-Smart Kitchen Utensils

Sushi is not everyone's cup of tee. That we know for sure. Yet for some is the icing on cake reason for which we are featuring this simple and graphic sushi tool. With it you can simply push the components in the shape that you want and speed up the process without sacrificing or ruining the aesthetics.

Rice Cub Sushi Tool 2

Rice Cub Sushi Tool 2

 

Snapi becomes the extent of your palm in serving food. It can aid you in serving almost any type of food efficiently and fast.

The Sinkstation is a smart kitchen utensil concept definitely here to stay. It is way too simple and useful for you to miss. Especially efficient when dealing with vegetables preparations for salads. From the day you use it for the first time you'll realize that how much time you have lost previously in preparation. The sinkstation also comes in different colors to match contrast your contemporary kitchen design.

Treat your wine, your lemonade or your sangria properly ! The Sempli or Vaso Aqua Crystal Decanter is making a graphic statement for your beverages by simply transforming the graphic colored content into a sculptural transparent piece of art on your counter. If you do not own a decanter already, this might be the one to start with.

 

These are not a must in every contemporary kitchen design but they certainly add color and bring a smile. They are not only shaped in a slim sculptural shape but they are reflecting and taunting shadows and colors in the cocktail as well. These can be also used to help you guests differentiate alcohol cocktails from the alcohol free cocktails or simply mark a guest of interest" Jack is the one with the green cocktail and blue ornament on top." .We find it simple, creative and useful in a contemporary kitchen.

Sansaire is the smart kitchen utensil in the guide. The smartest kitchen utensil in the guide. Sansaire is a powerful home immersion circulator, ETLus safety approved. It will aid you mix the contents of your bowl at a given speed, saving you time and reducing the possibility of sticking on the bowl, therefore saving your drink or food. It is not for everyone but it is a high end utensil that most chefs will want to have if they do not already own an immersion circulator.

#14 Silpoura -1 Clip-on Spout

Silpoura is a magic piece of plastic. 1 Clip on Spout that will save you time on cleaning your kitchen. You will never miss pouring items again. It`s small, easy to clean and attachable to any kind of pan.

Just by looking at the picture below you will realize how much you need this item. If you are a barbecue enthusiast and you entertain, as it is natural, in the evening, you have definitely had this problem with lighting before. Even if you a powerful source of light to aid you, your shadow or the shadow of your friends by the barbecue will still cause your problems. We use this already in team building hangouts which end with a barbecue. We are sure you will find it very useful as well.

Grillight -Lighted Spatula

 

What do you think of the collection showcased above? We highly appreciate creative and smart kitchen utensils, they help us save time and work far more efficiently long term. We would love to hear which is your favorite item in the list and what else do you use in your smart contemporary kitchen today.

 

Been a long time since you met your friends? Want to hang out with them this weekend? Well you have to plan something then, right? This is where the difficult part comes in. We all want a chance to hang out with our friends during a weekend and just settle down and have a good time. But when it comes to planning the whole thing, everyone struggles. Who’s got the time?

It isn’t really that hard though. You just need to put your mind to it for an hour and start preparing for it. Fortunately for you, you’ve stumbled upon this guide and are now reading this article. Once you’re done you’ll be 19 ideas closer to hosting the coolest Get Together ever! So get reading and start preparing once you’re done!

Featured Image via Vinicius Amano@viniciusamano

  1. Stock up on a great Film Library

    What better way to hang out with friends than to sit back on the couch with all of them around you and catch a great film? This is especially fun if you’re watching a movie that just goes with friendship and relations as its main theme! Stuff like The Hangover or The Fast and the Furious work really great. More light hearted flicks like The Intern also work!Just have a bunch of these available and nearby the television set ready to play whenever your friends decide it is time to catch a movie together!

  2. Stock up on Booze

    Another important thing is to stock up on the Alcohol. There’s a very cost-effective way to go about this. Usually, everyone’s needs are met if you have certain amounts of each type of Alcohol available but make sure you have a lot more beer than the rest. Beer is cheap and pretty much anyone will enjoy it.
    Image via Gabriel Gurrola@gabrielgurrola

  3. Keep a few board games ready

    Another really great idea for get-togethers is Board Games. They’re a great way to bond among multiple people. Games like Scrabble, Monopoly and Carrom are great for this! You could also keep some unorthodox games like Battleship and Chess.Another idea along a similar theme is card games. Uno is one of the best games to play with a group of friends and offers pretty much unlimited fun with all its twists and drama. There’s also Cards Against Humanity.

  4. Plan out a few activities

    Keep a few activities in mind to keep your friends indulged beforehand. You know your friends the best and you’ll also know what kind of activities they’ll love indulging in! It could be anything from drinking games to dancing to outdoor sports!Have a schedule planned out. It could start with something like a simple ice-breaker to get things going, like a game of Truth or Dare. You can then go on to things like watching a film, playing board games, going out there and having some fun playing a sport or some physical activity.Just start out subtle and keep increasing the social indulgence with each activity. You’ll have a ball of a time and it’ll really make your friends want to meet more often too!

  5. Food Preparations

    There are plenty of things you could do here. A great meal goes a long way towards increasing bonding between people and that is a known fact. It's up to you to decide how you’d want to go about this but rest assured there are plenty of ideas to experiment with here.You could order from a nearby restaurant and have them deliver it at the perfect time when everyone would be hungry (Goes in accordance with the planning of your activities). You could prepare the meal yourself if you love cooking or experimenting with cooking.As a matter of fact, you could also invite a few of your friends over to help you with planning out the meal. Come to a collective decision as to what food y’all want to enjoy or what you’d enjoy cooking together. This is as much a bonding activity as any other.

  6. Keep a Food Dehydrator at Home

    If the get-together is at your house, make sure that you have a food dehydrator. Dehydrated food is much better to eat. It feels fresher and it is healthier. It also reduces waste. You won’t have to take the trash out next morning, or you might be too hungover to do that. So, it’s pretty good to have the best food dehydrator as a backup.

  7. Plan an outing

    Who says get-togethers have to be just at home? You could plan a whole outing with an itinerary. Maybe go to the mall and hang out. Go window-shopping, visit the gaming arcade, have a great meal full of fast food! Everything works out!You could also plan a visit to an amusement park or theme park. Call your friends and decide the best mutual date. Make sure all of them are confirming and keep their schedules clear. Go ahead and plan it!
    Image via Muhammad Haikal Sjukri@pantiumforce
    One of the most fun ways to have a get together is a Pool Party! What better way to beat the heat in the summer than to go to the local swimming pool and play some games in the water?

  8. Keep a check on the topic of discussion

    This is an important factor in ensuring that your get-together is going well with your friends and nobody goes home with any doubt or sour moods. Keep the topic of conversation light. Indulge in celebrity topic or discuss a light hearted movie or book. Most importantly, DO NOT allow the conversation to switch to Politics.When it comes to politics, everyone has a world view of their own which is bound to differ with someone else’s at some point. This can really lead to some arguments or bitter fights. Whenever you feel the conversation is headed in this direction change activities or indulge your friends with a different topic.

  9. Have some good music playing in your house.

    Music goes well with just about any gathering. It genuinely is an art that brings people together. Keep a playlist ready and start playing it half an hour to 45 minutes before your buddies arrive. This will ensure that your friends enter your house to some great music while also setting you in the mood for a get together.

  10. Keep the Bathrooms clean and the bedrooms tidy

    This is another important thing to pay attention to. Get-togethers, especially those with alcohol involved can really get out of hand for some people and people tend to need to visit the bathroom or lie down and catch a break quite often. So just go the extra mile here and have your bathroom and a room in your house prepared.Clean up the commode and arrange your bed. Keep your bedsheets in order and the pillows clean with fresh covers.
    Image via Ali Inay@inayali

  11. Arrange for a Karaoke Night at your place

    Karaoke Nights are the best! Call your friends over and tell them you’re having a Karaoke Night at your place. Or you could go to the local pub hosting Karaoke Nights and do the same. But it is a lot more fun if you’re doing it on your own at your place or a friend’s place.The thing about Karaoke is that people love showing off their taste in music to their friends and it is all the more fun if you get a chance to sing it to them. A karaoke night can really liven the atmosphere up!

  12. Keep the meet up during a sports event

    What could possibly be better than hanging out with your friends, enjoying beer watching an NBA or Baseball match? A get-together is really fun when all of your friends are sitting together watching the game in one room. It’s arguably one of the most fun ways to hang out with friends.There’s cheering, sneering, shouts of joy and moments of anxiety. A sport has it all and it is fun to see all your friends expressing so many emotions at the same time. It can be one of the most fun experiences ever!

  13. Movie Marathons

    Another really great get-together idea is Movie Marathons. That’s right. We’ve all wanted to go on that Lord of the Rings or Star Wars marathon with a group of friends and why not? It’s among the most fun things to do in life and you definitely can organize that!Call your friends over for the entire weekend and have a no-sleep policy. Start a series and don’t get up until the end! Keep the popcorn, drinks and food prepared, your Netflix on and connected and you’re good to go!

  14. Video Game Tournaments

    We’ve all wanted to prove that we’re the best player at Street Fighter or Mortal Kombat! Well there’s nothing better than organizing a get-together where you call your friends over, connect the Playstation and get gaming and more importantly, trashtalking about beating each other!

  15. Scavenger Hunt

    Prepare a Scavenger hunt. Plan it out with another friend and invite your group to participate in it! Not only is the scavenger hunt fun in itself but the planning out part of it is a really enjoyable experience and a great group activity to indulge in with your friends, colleagues and co-workers!

  16. Go Camping

    Pack your backpacks with tents, jackets, raincoats, a camera, and a sleeping bag and go camping as a get-together! Camping is a very enjoyable experience and it can especially be fun as a get-together. Catching up with them while roasting marshmallows over a campfire next to a lake is a surreal experience and you should definitely try it!

  17. Start a book club

    If you’re someone who loves reading, chances are you might keep friends around who love reading just as much as you. Call them up, and tell them about this new book club you’re starting and bring them in on it.Not only is this a great way to interact and catch up with friends you already know but also a really fun way to meet new people with similar tastes and interests and hang out with them!
    Image via Brooke Lark@brookelark

  18. House Party

    Host a house party! Invite everybody in the neighbourhood and your friends! Have a disco setup or rent a dance dance revolution machine, stock up on the alcohol and set up an open bar. Send out the invites online or over e-mail.A house party is one of the best ways to hang out, interact with and talk to people while being casual about it! There’s nothing people love more than getting invited to house-parties. It’s a great excuse to get some social interaction going!

  19. Backyard Barbecue

    Host a barbecue night at your place in the backyard. Have the grill ready and invite your friends over for it. Set up some hammocks in your backyard, a dining table with some chairs and get going. Bonding over burgers and the barbecue grill is a really great way to spend some time with your friends!

Well, that’s all we have for you! If you’re reading this now your brain is probably stacking up on some great ideas to organize a get-together with your best buddies! Go on and get planning! Have fun socializing!

While Trane offers some of the most expensive yet reliable models that may last for more than 15 years, Carrier is known for its brand reputation and noise-efficient HVAC systems. Likewise, Lennox models have high SEER ratings for better energy efficiency.

Choosing the right HVAC system can get a tad bit difficult, considering the vast number of brands available out there.

However, Carrier, Trane, and Lennox are the most popular and reputable ones in the HVAC industry. All three brands offer top-notch quality, innovation, and reliability, along with prompt customer service. But which of the three is the right pick for your air conditioning and heating requirements?

Let’s find out!

What Is An HVAC System?

What Is An HVAC System

An HVAC (heating, ventilation, and air conditioning) system is designed to regulate the temperature, humidity, and air quality in buildings, homes, and other enclosed spaces. The system consists of multiple components that work in synergy to offer efficient heating, cooling, and ventilation, hence, the name!

Typically, HVAC systems feature a furnace or heat pump, a thermostat, vents, ductwork, and an air conditioning unit. As you may already guess, the heat pump heats the air while the air conditioner cools the air. Similarly, the ductwork allows the cool/warm air to pass through, while the vents let the air enter the rooms.

The ventilating component of an HVAC system circulates fresh air while eliminating stale air. This, in turn, regulates humidity levels and prevents the buildup of bacteria, mold, and dust. Notably, the ventilation unit may include a heat recovery ventilator or energy recovery ventilator, which helps boost the energy efficiency of the system.

Other parts of an HVAC unit include the compressor, filer, blower, exhaust outlets, air return, and coils.

Trane At A Glance

Boasting a seasonal energy efficiency ratio (SEER) of 14.5-22, Trane is the international leader in the HVAC industry. The brand started off in 1885 by producing low-pressure heating systems and later tried its hand at selling air conditioners.

Today, I must say that Trane offers some of the most expensive systems. However, considering the consistent standard of quality and durability against harsh climates, the brand’s AC units are worth the splurge. Notably, Trane HVAC units last over the industry average of 15 years.

Trane State Availability

Trane HVAC systems are available worldwide, as the brand operates through dealers across the United States. Besides the units, you can find spare parts in supplies in over 360 stores in the US.

Trane Warranties

  • Optional Extended Warranty: covers manufacturer’s defects and cost of labor to fix them, but you will have to purchase this warranty separately
  • Registered Limited Liability: covers manufacturer’s defects for products registered within two months of installation and lasts for ten years
  • Base Limited Liability: covers manufacturer’s defects for products not registered within the aforementioned period and lasts for five years

Carrier At A Glance

Incepted in 1902, Carrier boasts a lineup of 16 HVAC unit systems, some of which are the most energy-efficient and quietest units on the market. Carrier central air conditioners are also priced on the steeper end, but the brand’s reputation and quality make up for it. 

Typically, a Carrier unit features single-stage, two-stage, or variable-speed compressors and must be installed by North American Technician Excellence (NATE)-certified technicians. As such, you can rest assured that the unit will be installed properly. Plus, you can reap the benefits of the 10-to-15-year warranty from a qualified technician.

Carrier State Availability 

Although Carrier central air conditioners are available all over the country, you must find a brand expert and authorized dealers to validate the warranty.

Fine Print

Unfortunately, Carrier’s warranty is not very favorable as it is relatively short and only backs the functional parts of the unit. Another bummer is the fact that the 10-year warranty does not include normal wear and tear and labor. And if you fail to register the product within three months of installation, the period comes down to five years.

Lennox At A Glance

Lennox International was founded in 1895 and has continued to woo homeowners with its energy-efficient HVAC systems. Most Lennox models boast the ENERGY STAR rating, and some were tagged as ENERGY STAR Most Efficient in 2022. 

Besides the durable, high-end Lennox air conditioners, the brand offers various lower-end models, too, all of which are just as efficient. As such, the high upfront cost of Lennox AC units turns into a valuable investment for many. 

Lennox State Availability

You can find a certified Lennox International dealer in all 50 states, so accessibility is never an issue. I suggest checking out the brand website to find a dealer or contractor near you.

Fine Print

  • Dave Lennox Signature Collection: comes with a 20-year warranty/limited lifetime on the heat exchanger, and a 10-year warranty each on the AC compressor and covered parts
  • Lennox Elite Series: comes with a 20-year warranty/limited lifetime on the heat exchanger, 10-year warranty on the compressor, and 5-year warranty on covered parts 
  • Lennox Merit Series: comes with a 20-year warranty/limited lifetime on the heat exchanger, 5-year warranty on the compressor, and 5-year warranty on covered parts

What Do These Three Brands Have In Common?

Albeit unique, all of these brands have a fair share of similarities. Some of them are as follows:

  • Most of their AC units feature a noise-minimizing insulation
  • All of their units use R-410A refrigerant 
  • All three brands offer certified installers for quality installation 
  • All units feature variable fans
  • All AC cabinets boast a corrosion-resistant enamel layer
  • All three brands divide their products into three pricing tiers
  • All of their AC units come with a standard limited warranty
  • All three brands offer single-stage, dual-stage, and variable-stage compressors
  • All ACs are compatible with digital assistants and smart thermostats 

Trane vs Carrier vs Lennox - A Comparative Study

Trane vs Carrier vs Lennox - A Comparative Study

1. Energy Efficiency

The energy efficiency of an AC unit is determined with the SEER (Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio or Rating) scale. This measure takes an entire season into account, precisely speaking, from April 15 to October 15.

The SEER of an air conditioning system is calculated by dividing the cooling output by the total energy consumption of the system during the same period. As such, a higher SEER rating implies better efficiency.

The SEER range of each brand according to the different price tiers are as follows:

Brand Model SEER
Trane XR 14.5-16
XL 17-18
XV 18-22
Carrier Performance 13-17
Comfort 13-17
Infinity 16-26
Lennox Merit 13-17
Elite 15.5-21
Signature 20-28

As you can see, a Lennox air conditioner is likely to offer more energy efficiency than any model from the other two brands. In fact, Lennox’s SL28XCV air conditioner boasts the highest rating of 28.

That said, other factors like insulation quality, regular maintenance, and more can affect the energy efficiency of the HVAC system. But if the SEER range is your utmost priority, go for Lennox.

2. Compressors

The compressor is the most vital part of your central air conditioner. It allows the refrigerant to move through the entire system to absorb warm air from the room and expel cool air through the ducts. The types of compressors offered by all three brands are as follows:

A. Variable Stage

This compressor type delivers the best performance and energy efficiency. Plus, it consists of at least three different settings, allowing it to operate at as low as 25-30% of its maximum capacity.

During hotter months, these compressors can function throughout the day while changing between low and high settings as and when required. Because of these favorable factors, these highly energy-efficient compressors are the priciest in the lot.

B. Double Stage

Also known as dual-stage compressors, this variety can run in both low and high-speed settings. Besides operating at its maximum capacity, a double-stage compressor can run just as well at  60-70% capacity.

Although double-stage compressors operate more often than single-stage compressors, they are more energy-efficient and hence, more cost-efficient. This is because the unit mainly uses the lower speed setting.

C. Single Stage

This type of compressor gets triggered as soon as the room temperature exceeds the thermostat setting. For instance, if the room is set at 70 degrees, the compressor will start operating when the room temperature hits 71 degrees.

Single-stage compressors are only capable of running at their maximum power, which means they start at 100%. Then they turn on and off frequently throughout the day. So, these compressors are quite affordable but also the least energy-efficient.

Trane vs Carrier vs Lennox Compressors

Trane

Trane air conditioners feature Climatuff compressors, and most of them use single or double-stage options. However, two of the premium tier models contain a variable-stage compressor. Notably, Climatuff compressors are well known for their quality and noiseless operation.

Carrier

Carrier air conditioners feature Copeland compressors, and most of the basic and middle-tier units employ a single-stage compressor. But Performance 17 is an exception here with a dual-stage compressor. The brand’s premium tier uses single and double-stage compressors, and only one air conditioning system offers variable capacity.

Lennox

This brand uses Copeland compressors. While the premium tier of AC systems features variable and dual-stage options, the basic tier consists of single and dual options. That said, the middle tier consists of variable-stage and single-stage compressors.

Now, choosing between a single or dual-stage compressor and a variable-stage compressor depends upon your budget, climate, and energy consumption. Overall, in my opinion, Lennox offers the best compressor types across its various models, as both Trane and Carrier offer limited-capacity compressors.

3. Digital Assistant Compatibility

In today’s fast-paced world, when an average person has the attention span of a goldfish, convenience is a must. And what’s better than having your smartphone linked to your AC and other smart home appliances with the help of digital assistant compatibility?

That said, all three brands offer this feature, with Trane’s Nexia, Carrier’s Cor Smart Home, and Lennox’s iComfort technology. Whereas Trane’s technology is compatible with Amazon Alexa or Google Home, you can connect your Carrier AC with Alexa. Lastly, Lennox’s digital assistant can be paired with all of the above as well as Siri.

Smart Thermostat

With a smart thermostat, you can operate your air conditioner from your phone, allowing you to regulate the temperature and check the energy consumption of the system. You can also stay updated about the overall state of your AC, thereby preventing issues from lingering or being overlooked.

Tip

Different brands offer different types of smart thermostats. So, if you upgrade your HVAC system, I recommend calling the same HVAC technician to install the smart thermostat as well. This is because the wireless system performs best when matched with the right HVAC unit.

Trane vs Carrier vs Lennox Smart Thermostats

Trane

Trane offers four types of smart thermostats, with the priciest options employing ComfortLink II technology. On the brand website, the thermostats have received ratings between 3.6-4.8 stars. The Nexia app also boasts a 4.8-star rating from almost 67,000 Apple app store users, indicating their user satisfaction with its quality.

Carrier

Carrier comes with six types of smart thermostats, which may enable you to control up to three or more separate zones in your house. As such, the brand may be a better choice for those living with loved ones who might have different preferences when it comes to comfortable temperatures.

The high-end models use the brand’s Infinite technology to operate. But it’s important to note that the Carrier Cor Thermostat app is not as highly rated as Trane’s Nexia app. In fact, users have complained about the app crashing and not being user-friendly.

Lennox

Lennox offers only three types of smart thermostats that employ its proprietary iComfort technology. Each has received mixed reviews from consumers, with ratings ranging between 2.2 and 3.5 stars.

To sum up, while Carrier offers more in terms of variety, both Carrier and Lennox somehow fail to meet the expectations of their customers. In my opinion, Trane emerges as the winner with its user-friendly app and the ability to integrate easily with other smart home equipment.

4. Warranty

Reliability should be at the top of your priority list when choosing an AC system for your home. After all, HVAC systems are a significant investment, so it makes sense to consider the brand warranty on offer before making a decision. Warranties serve as safety nets, allowing you to trust that the new central air conditioner you invest in will last for years to come. 

That said, all three air conditioner brands offer limited warranties for each of their AC models. Just remember that the warranties don’t cover the labor costs to repair any of the faulty parts.

Brand Models Compressor Warranty Parts Warranty
Trane XI and XV 12 years 10 years
XL 10 years 10 years
Carrier All Models 10 years 10 years
Lennox Elite and Signature 10 years 5 years
Merit 5 years 5 years

While both Trane and Carrier offer similar warranties, Trane’s 12-year warranty on XL and XV models gives it an edge over Carrier. A few Trane models also come with a 20-year heat exchanger warranty, which beats what many other brands offer.

It’s also important to note that the 10-year warranty offered by Carrier is only applicable if you register the AC unit within 90 days of installation. Failing to do so will reduce the warranty to 5 years. 

On the other hand, you’ll have to invest in a high-end Lennox air conditioner if you want a 10-year warranty on Lennox parts. So, if you ask me, I’d say purchasing an AC unit from the Trane brand would be a better option in the long run.

Tip

If required, you can purchase extended warranties for all three brands from third-party HVAC companies. 

5. Price

There’s no way to pinpoint the exact pricing for AC units from Trane, Carrier, or Lennox since there are many factors that determine the final cost. For instance, the installation cost of a model may vary based on the weather and location. Other factors, such as additional efficient equipment, installing more than one HVAC system, and pre-installed ductwork, influence the final pricing.

Moreover, all three brands partner with HVAC companies, acting as service providers between customers and the brand. The authorized dealers tend to set their own prices when it comes to materials and labor.

That said, the total price range (installation fee + unit price) for Trane AC models is the highest compared to Lennox and Carrier, with the cost mentioned on its website. On the contrary, Carrier and Lennox models are comparatively lower (mid-range). But Carrier doesn’t list its pricing stating the influence of varying factors on the total cost of the air conditioner.

Choosing The Right HVAC Technician

It’s not just about choosing the right AC brand and model. Finding the right HVAC tech is equally crucial. After all, poor AC installation can lead to problems, such as leaking ducts, which in turn, may lower the energy efficiency of the unit by 30% or even more. Consequently, the SEER rating will fall, and your energy bills will soar.

The best way to find the right tech to install the air conditioning system is by getting quotes from local HVAC contractors. And cross-check the quotes with two or more contractors from the neighborhood. It’s also important to remember that a very low quote might be too good to be true. They might not be thorough or experienced enough for the job at hand.

Make sure that the HVAC contractor you hire provides proof of being licensed and insured to carry out AC installations. 

HVAC Related FAQs

HVAC Related FAQs

  • What are the different types of HVAC systems?

    There are several types of HVAC systems, including central air conditioning systems, heat pumps, furnaces, boilers, and ductless mini-split systems. ‘

  • How can I improve the energy efficiency of my HVAC system?

    Besides upgrading to a more energy-efficient system, you can try sealing air leaks, improving insulation, and regularly maintaining and cleaning your HVAC system. Using a programmable thermostat and adjusting your temperature settings can also help save energy and lower your utility bills. 

  • How often should I have my HVAC serviced?

    It is best to have your HVAC unit serviced by a professional at least once a year, ideally before the start of the heating or cooling season. 

  • Final Words - Trane Vs Carrier Vs Lennox - The Clear Winner

    Final Words - Trane Vs Carrier Vs Lennox - The Clear Winner?

    Only you can decide on the clear winner in this comparative guide based on your cooling needs. For instance, a Trane air conditioner model may be your best bet if you don’t plan on shifting in the next decade. The brand offers a lengthy warranty of 12 years on certain models, and its highly-rated Nexia app is hard to beat. 

    On the contrary, a Lennox system will ensure better energy efficiency, allowing you to save money on energy bills. It’s a more affordable investment in the long run. 

    Likewise, Carrier, known as an industry leader for a long time, offers some of the most noise-efficient AC units. Moreover, its parts are easily available, making repairs inexpensive and more convenient. And, of course, make sure you find a qualified and licensed HVAC technician to get your AC unit properly installed. 

    If you’ve found this article helpful, you may also consider checking out my Amana Air Conditioner Troubleshooting guide. 

    Replacing an AC would be a sound decision if your unit is over 10 years old, runs on R-22 or needs frequent repairs. However, if your unit requires minor repairs, hiring an HVAC repair technician would be the best bet. 

    Is your age-old air conditioning unit failing to deliver optimum cooling? 

    Deciding between repairing and replacing air conditioners is challenging for every property owner. Sometimes, repairing a central air conditioning unit costs less than replacing it. But other times, the repair costs exceed the cost of replacement. 

    So, if you’re stuck at a crossroads and unable to decide between repair and replacement, this guide will help you.

    Air Conditioner: To Repair Or Replace?

    Air Conditioner: To Repair Or Replace?

    Contrary to popular belief, replacing your current system with a new one is more cost-effective than repairing it. Wondering how? Let me explain that to you. 

    Suppose the compressor of your old central air system stops working, and you spend a few dollars on replacing it with a new one. After the repair is done, your air conditioner is functioning normally. However, a few months later, the compressor malfunctions, or let’s say that the pump motor starts acting up. 

    If every few months, you call an HVAC technician to repair your current air conditioner, the maintenance costs will keep increasing. So, in such scenarios, replacing your old AC system with a new HVAC unit will be the best bet. 

    Before you head over to get a new air conditioner for your home, take a look at the major components of the system and the money required to get them repaired. 

    Parts Of An Air Conditioning Unit: How Long Do They Last?

    Much like other electronic equipment, AC units don’t cease functioning suddenly. Over time, with regular wear and tear, each of its parts starts to weaken and eventually fail. A few components, despite the HVAC equipment being operated at normal conditions, fail faster than others. 

    Repairing or replacing those parts is labor-intensive, especially in older units. That said, let’s take a look at the major components of AC units and their lifespan.

    1. Compressor

    The compressor is one of the most important components of an air conditioner, which is responsible for releasing the heat from the refrigerant. 

    Nestled inside the HVAC system, the compressor consists of both mechanical and electrical parts. The average lifespan of the compressor ranges between 12 years and over 20 years. In certain scenarios, a well-maintained compressor can last for more than 40 years. 

    Mostly, air conditioner compressors fail for two reasons:

    • Internal lock up 
    • Electrical short

    Note that once compressors start malfunctioning, they can hardly be repaired. That means replacing them is the only option for your system to function normally. 

    2. Condenser Or Outdoor Coil

    The condenser (heat transfer) or outdoor coil converts high-pressure gas, which it receives from the compressor to liquid. 

    Forming the outer wall of the AC unit, condensers are among those few components that have a low failure rate. That means they come with a longer lifespan than other components; of course, regular maintenance will determine their average lifespan. 

    3. Evaporator Or Indoor Coil

    Located inside an air handler or the top of the furnace (central heating), the evaporator or indoor coil absorbs heat from the indoor air and directs it to the compressor. 

    In newer AC units, evaporator coils are either made of steel, aluminum, or copper. Unlike condensers, they don’t come with a long lifespan; refrigerant leak may occur as early as 12 years. But in the majority of the ACs, evaporator coils leak refrigerant between 15 and 20 years. 

    The average repair costs of both condenser and evaporator coils are pretty much the same. 

    4. Other Parts 

    Other parts, though small, play an equally important role in the functioning of the air conditioner. 

    In both the new unit and the old system, the contractor is in charge of turning the air conditioner on and off. 240 volts pass through the residential AC units, but, over time, the metal develops pits due to operation, and the contactor burns, inhibiting electrical passage. 

    Moreover, the fan motor in air conditioner units keeps the air moving. With regular usage, the fan blades bend or lock up, preventing the air conditioner from functioning normally. Usually, fan blades last for about 10 to 12 years; however, they can exceed their average lifespan with proper maintenance. 

    Another small yet significant part of an air conditioner is the capacitor that supplies the initial burst of electricity needed by the unit to function properly. The power comes in a single phase, but the speed isn’t consistent. Low refrigerant, dirty coils, and extreme heat are responsible for a malfunctioning capacitor. 

    The Average Repair Cost Of Air Conditioners

    The Average Repair Cost Of Air Conditioners

    High energy consumption in air conditioners will eventually lead to an increase in energy bills. Whether it’s the capacitor or the fan blower that is malfunctioning, air conditioners call for immediate attention. 

    If you’re thinking of repairing your current AC unit, considering the average costs of repair is important. Here’s a quick rundown of the average repair cost of the important components of the air conditioner

    Replacement Components Average Cost
    Condenser $1,700 and above
    Evaporator $1,500 and above
    Compressor $2,000 and above
    Small Components $300 to $800

    Remember, at times, these may appear as a simple repair but can turn out to be something major upon diagnosis. 

    Efficient Energy Use: How Efficient Is Your Air Conditioner?

    Air conditioner efficiency is another factor that determines the cost. As previously mentioned, a malfunctioning air conditioner can shoot up your energy bills. But did you know that even older units tend to consume a lot of energy when running? 

    Although routine maintenance and repairs of your heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC system) can be conducted by an experienced technician, an inefficient cooling or heating system can never be fixed. 

    In air conditioners, efficiency is measured by the seasonal energy efficiency ratio or SEER rating. Basically, it’s a computation of the amount of heat released in relation to the amount of energy utilized by an air conditioner. 

    Though the SEER rating starts at 8, there is no absolute limit to how high it can go. Most efficient HVAC units usually fall between the 20 and 25 SEER range. 

    Remember, an older system wouldn’t have a high SEER rating. But the seasonal energy efficiency ratio isn’t the sole element to gauge the performance of an air conditioner. Other factors, such as the condition of the electrical components, refrigerant amount, and professional maintenance, contribute to the output of your air conditioner. 

    5 Signs Of A Malfunctioning HVAC System

    Irrespective of whichever AC brand you purchase, the average lifespan of every unit ranges between 15 and 20 years. However, a lot of factors come into play, like climate, the frequency with which it’s used, and maintenance. 

    Even the most well-maintained unit runs into some problems after a period of wear and tear. Here are some signs of a malfunctioning HVAC system, so if you notice any of these, calling for HVAC professionals would be the best bet. 

    1. Your AC Is Making Strange Noises

    Never will a properly functioning air conditioner make noise; rather, it will run quietly. 

    An HVAC system becomes noisy as it starts getting old or with regular usage. Less noise indicates that a few parts in the unit have loosened, so your air conditioner will need minor repairs. For instance, when the fan doesn’t work properly, the unit makes minor sounds. 

    But if strange noises like grinding or squealing are produced by your HVAC system, there could be a major fault. In some cases, replacing the faulty component will help, but you will have to replace the unit if there’s severe damage.

    Whether you intend to repair or replace, calling for licensed technicians from a local utility company will be the best way forward. 

    2. Unexplained Upsurge In Energy Bills 

    Yes, energy usage varies from season to season, but the total cost each month, during the off-season, should be more or less similar. A sudden upsurge in energy bills is an indication that your HVAC system isn’t functioning properly. 

    There could be numerous reasons behind the sudden hike in your utility bills due to your air conditioner. However, there are a couple of things that I suggest doing before calling a professional for AC repair. 

    First off, clean the air vents, look for lumps and knots in the condensing oil and change the filter. Failing parts and air leaks also contribute to high electricity bills. The only way to increase your energy savings or energy conservation is by replacing your old air conditioner with an energy star-certified unit. 

    3. Excessive Dust In The House

    The function of an air conditioner isn’t limited to making a space comfy and cozy but also improves indoor air quality by countering air pollution. An efficient air conditioner will eliminate dander, dirt, debris, and dust from your space. 

    Excessive dust in your room means your HVAC unit isn’t as effective as it was formerly. Before you call an HVAC technician, try cleaning the air filters. But even after that, if the indoor air quality is poor, your best bet is to call a technician who can inspect the HVAC unit and identify the issue. 

    4. Unusual Odors From The Air Conditioner Unit

    Strange or unusual odors coming from the air conditioner unit are certainly a sign that the system isn’t working efficiently. 

    More often than not, ACs emit odd smells because of dirty filters, mold in the duct (flow), or damaged insulation. Even after cleaning the filters and ductwork or repairing the insulation, the awful smell doesn’t go away, you will have to book an AC replacement service. 

    5. Corrosion Or Acid Formation In The AC Unit

    Corrosion or formation of acid in air conditioners is never a positive sign. In such scenarios, you should hire an HVAC technician for AC repair right away, or you will have to incur hefty expenses. 

    The continued buildup of acid will reduce the lifespan of the cooling system and damage it to the extent that it will cease functioning. Corrosion or acid formation occurs due to a variety of reasons, such as:

    • Air leaks via a condensate pump
    • Contaminated refrigerant
    • Inconsistent, poor upkeep, or incorrect repairs
    • Exposure to extreme heat

    Through swift intervention, acid buildup in an AC unit can be controlled, if the motor of the compressor isn’t rusted. But if the unit is corroded, replacing it is the only solution because no amount of repairs will restore it to its normal condition. 

    Replacing Or Repairing Your Air Conditioner

    4 Questions To Ask Yourself

    Whether you should repair or replace your air conditioner is a big decision for every homeowner. Not only does it affect your finances, but also your safety and comfort. For homeowners confused between the two, I have put together a few factors that you need to consider when making a decision. 

    1. What Is The Age Of Your Current System?

    As I have already mentioned, AC units last for about 15 to 20 years, although a lot of factors come into play in determining their longevity. 

    If your air conditioner runs almost all year round, its life expectancy will be lower than those that are used seasonally. In addition to that, exposure to sulfur, salt water, and high humidity levels takes a toll on the efficiency of the unit. 

    Proper installation and regular maintenance are other factors that have a direct impact on the lifespan of the system. However, as a general rule of thumb, I’d say that you should replace your AC if it’s older than 10 years. 

    2. Is Your Home Air Conditioner As Efficient As The New Ones?

    I’ve already discussed the SEER rating that determines the efficiency of AC units. 

    As per the SEER rating, a system consumes less energy if it has a high rating. And these days, AC units (ductless ones) come with ratings of 14 to 25 SEER. 

    So, if you upgrade your 10 or 15-year-old 11 SEER AC unit to a 17 SEER one, you’ll save a lot on cooling costs. And if you wish to save more, upgrading to a unit with an even higher SEER rating will be wise. 

    Remember, saving energy isn’t only beneficial for you but also for the environment– so think wisely! 

    3. How Much Will The Repair Cost?

    Repairs like replacing a burnt capacitor or cleaning a clogged drain are minor ones. That means their replacement costs wouldn’t be so high that you should consider replacing your current unit with a new one. 

    But, in case you need to repair an AC that is at least 10 to 12 years old, the expected repair expense would be close to 50% of its worth. Therefore, replacing the unit makes more sense than spending money on repairs. 

    You should also consider how frequently your system requires maintenance. Ask yourself– has the AC been functioning normally without a hitch, or do you call technicians more often than not? 

    In the second scenario, upgrading to a new system like those with smart thermostats or variable speed technology is more cost-effective than spending money on repairing an old system.

    4. Is Your AC Still Running On R-22 Or Freon?

    Officially, R-22 has been phased out in the United States since January 1, 2020, because of its harmful effects on the ozone layer. Import and production are also prohibited, so obtaining it is extremely expensive. 

    Despite that, many old ACs still run on R-22 (a substance causing ozone depletion), which means you will have to use recycled refrigerant if there’s a refrigerant leak in your unit. 

    On the other hand, Puron or R-410A is the current standard refrigerant, an eco-friendly alternative to R-22, found in newer units. So, if you have an AC older than 8 to 10 years, your system runs on R-22 or Freon, and upgrading to a non-ozone-depleting chlorofluoromethane will be ideal. 

    Tip

    When choosing between repairing and replacing your AC, I suggest you consider how long you intend to stay in the same house. Like, replacing your old unit won’t be a sound investment if you plan on selling your home. Also, if your AC doesn’t cool the room as it should, upgrading to a new one will be the best bet.

    AC Replacing Or Repairing FAQs

  • Is it better to repair an old AC unit or replace it with a new one?

    Deciding between repairing and replacing your air conditioning system is certainly challenging for every homeowner. Nevertheless, taking into consideration certain factors can help you decide if you should repair or replace your AC unit. 

    They are as follows:

    • It’s older than 10 years or more than that
    • It’s making unusually loud noises even after servicing
    • It’s breaking down more often than not
    • Your energy bills are higher than they were in the past few years

    In such cases, repairing a unit won’t work because your air conditioning system is losing its efficiency. While you can go ahead and get the unit repaired, keep in mind that the problems will relapse, and the unit will break down again in a few months. 

    Another way to figure out if repair or replacement is the solution is to go by the 5000 rule. All you need to do is multiply the age of your AC by the repair cost. If it equals or exceeds $5000, the answer is simple: your air conditioning unit needs to be replaced. 

  • How much will it cost to upgrade to a new air conditioning unit?

    Approximately, it will cost between $2,750 and $12,095, although this depends on a variety of factors. The unit you choose and the size of your home play a crucial role in determining the replacement cost of an air conditioner. 

    If you don’t want to spend a fortune, portable units will be the best bet because they are relatively affordable. Even split systems aren’t that expensive, but they call for professional installation. 

    However, be prepared to shell out extra cash if you’re replacing a central air conditioning system. That’s because they are the most expensive AC units on the market, so you’ll have to spend a good amount of money on replacing them. 

  • How often should an air conditioning system be serviced?

    Ideally, an air conditioning system should be serviced once a year, with regular inspection after every 3 to 4 months. 

    Also, never try to service your air conditioner yourself because the interior of the AC consists of a lot of components which may get damaged if not handled carefully. Always hire a professional HVAC service company so that its licensed technicians will service your AC efficiently without damaging any component. 

    However, remember that the servicing period varies from model to model. Additionally, how often you use the AC unit determines if your AC needs to be serviced once a year or once after every few months. 

  • Why does an air conditioning unit stop blowing cold air?

    At times, air conditioning units do turn on, but they stop blowing cold air. There isn’t one but several reasons behind this problem. 

    Like, the air filter might be clogged with dirt, dust, pet danders and other impurities. Or, there may be power or thermostat issues, because of which your AC unit isn’t blowing cold air. 

    Low refrigerant levels, ice buildup and dirty compressor, could also be the reason why your air conditioner is malfunctioning. 

  • Should the outdoor unit be covered in winter?

    Yes, it’s necessary to cover the outdoor unit in winter to prevent leaves, debris, seeds, shrubs and nuts from getting inside the system. However, make sure to remove the cover when summer arrives before turning on the unit. Otherwise, the airflow will be restricted and trapped within the unit. As a result, it will cause hefty damage to the air conditioning system. 

  • How to extend the lifespan of an air conditioning system?

    As already mentioned, air conditioning units can last up to 20 years, provided it’s maintained properly. Here are a few ways through which you can extend the lifespan of your air conditioning systems.

    1. Clean the area around the outdoor unit periodically to ensure the dirt or shrubs don’t make their way inside the unit. 

    2. Remove the air filter and clean them with lukewarm water to remove dirt and impurities. 

    3. Check the vents regularly to ensure they aren’t clogged. In case they are clogged, the unit won’t work efficiently and will consume more power than usual.

    4. Install a smart thermostat because thermostats cut down energy costs. 

  • Replacing Or Repairing Your Air Conditioner

    Final Thoughts

    Every AC breaks down after a period of time, although the warning signs aren’t very obvious. And that’s why choosing whether to replace your HVAC system or repair it is difficult. 

    Though much of it depends on personal preferences, there are a few scenarios where replacing it makes more sense. Any unit that calls for frequent repairs or causes an upsurge in the utility bills should be replaced without second thoughts. 

    Meanwhile, you can call an HVAC repair technician in case of minor repairs like cleaning air vents or fixing the thermostat. Also, don’t forget to consider the tax credit, warranty, and manufacturing rebate when making a decision. 

    The average cost of air duct cleaning is $377, but it can range from $268 to $490, depending on various factors. These factors generally include the duct type, size, number of vents, the labor involved, and geographical location. 

    One of the most effective ways by which you can improve indoor air quality is air duct cleaning. 

    These ducts prevent impurities from entering your home, ensuring proper air circulation. But with time, they can get clogged up with dirt and debris, affecting their functioning. In such cases, you will need to get them professionally cleaned.

    And this guide will let you know how much air duct cleaning costs.  

    Why Do Air Ducts Require Cleaning?

    Why Do Air Ducts Require Cleaning

    Most modern homes rely on an air duct system, which is a network of air ducts connecting to the heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems. These ducts work with the air handler to allow the passage of air to heat up or cool down the room as required while filtering impurities like dust and dirt.

    But over time, these dirt and dust particles can adhere to the sides of the ducts, restricting the airflow. This can lead to problems like mold growth, which is why getting your air ducts cleaned regularly is essential to prevent dirt buildup. 

    According to the United States Environmental Protection Agency, air duct cleaning should be undertaken when there is visible mold growth in various areas of the heating and cooling system. Such cleaning also becomes crucial if there are signs of a rodent, like a mouse or an insect infestation, or if the ducts have become clogged.

    Similarly, they may need to be cleaned if the ducts release the particulates in an area where people can inhale them. Cleaning them during a home improvement project can also help eliminate house dust mites and harmful bacteria. As for the actual air duct cleaning cost, this depends on various factors, like ductwork size and the number of vents, which I've discussed below. 

    Factors That Affect Air Duct Cleaning Cost

    Factors That Affect Air Duct Cleaning Cost

    1. Ductwork Size     

    The cost of air duct cleaning depends upon the size of the ductwork, which can be determined by the layout of your home. Houses with a larger ductwork size require more cleaning, resulting in a higher cost. That is why some air duct cleaning services charge according to the size of the property. The cost of cleaning air ducts per square foot ranges from $0.14 to $0.25. 

    Alternatively, the air duct cleaning service can charge by the vent. These vents connect different rooms to the HVAC system, and the charges can range between $25 and $50 per vent. To get an idea about the air duct cleaning cost, you can count the number of vents and multiply them by $35. 

    Thus, for a 1500-square-foot house, the cost of air duct cleaning can range between $225 and $375. Some cleaning services also base their prices on the system, where the average cost is from $200 to $1000. 

    2. Number Of Vents

    Another factor that affects air duct cleaning prices is the number of vents that make up the air duct system. Generally, the cost of cleaning a system with more vents will be higher, and it can lie between $25 and $50.

    However, different air duct cleaning professionals use different pricing methodologies. An air duct cleaning company can charge a flat rate with extra vents, a trip fee for overhead costs, and additional charges for additional vents.

    3. Ductwork Type   

    Different types of ducts require different cleaning methods and tools. For instance, fiberglass and foam board ducts require power brushing, air washing, or vacuuming. In contrast, flex ducts require specialized equipment, so I would recommend speaking with a professional air duct cleaner beforehand. 

    Also, due to its more complicated nature, you may not find many air duct cleaning professionals offering flex duct cleaning services. On the other hand, rigid duct cleaning is easier, and most companies offer such services. 

    4. Accessibility   

    The size and layout of your home will determine how accessible the air duct system is. Some homes provide access to the system through entry points in the utility room, attic, or basement. But if such access points are not present and getting to the system is difficult, the air duct cleaning cost can rise. 

    That being said, the price will often depend upon the air duct cleaning service, project scope, and location. 

    5. Labor Costs

    Many air duct cleaning companies charge by the number of vents or the square footage while also considering factors like the air duct type and accessibility. Generally, it takes around three to eight hours of labor to get your air ducts cleaned. 

    6. Geographical Location 

    The location will affect the air duct cleaning cost since cleaning services in different areas charge different prices. For instance, cleaners in New York charge between $268 and $488, while those in New Hampshire charge between $312 and $538.

    Similarly, those in California charge between $222 and $452, while those in Florida charge between $258 and $518, and the charges in Michigan range from $290 to $429. In Texas, air duct cleaning can cost between $263 and $712. 

    Costs Of Additional Services

    Besides the cost of cleaning the air ducts, you may also need to pay professional cleaners for other services. These can include:

    1. Inspection

    Getting your air ducts inspected by professionals can help you know about the level of contamination. Generally, a video inspection can cost between $75 and $125, or it can be bundled with an annual inspection of the HVAC system. 

    A video camera inspection can help provide the cleaners with information about debris, damage, pests, dust buildup, insulation problems, mold, etc. I strongly recommend getting your air ducts inspected at least once a year. 

    2. Removal Of Pests 

    Rodents like rats and other pests can enter your air vents and the ductwork by chewing through the material. Besides damaging the system, they leave behind droppings, which can lead to respiratory disease. 

    If there is a rodent or insect infestation in the air duct system, pest control services will need to be hired. Removing vermin like a rat or other pests can cost between $150 and $500 and will add to the total cost of the cleaning. 

    3. Removing Mildew And Mold

    Over time, mold and mildew can gather in the air ducts, especially if your home has suffered water damage or is located in a humid environment. Apart from being unpleasant to look at, mold spores can pose health risks. Mold spores are an allergen and can act just like pollen, which is why they should be removed as soon as possible.

    Removing mildew and mold requires special equipment, chemicals, and considerable time. And mold and mildew remediation can cost between $600 and $2000. Air duct sanitizing may also be required, in which an antibacterial disinfectant is sprayed into the ductwork to prevent bacteria, mildew, and mold growth.

    4. Removal Of Asbestos

    Asbestos, a manufacturing material used in the construction of building materials, is an incredibly dangerous chemical substance known to cause air pollution and requires quick removal. Air duct cleaning services generally determine the presence of this hazardous material by inspecting the HVAC system.

    Like mold, asbestos removal requires specialized cleaning procedures, which should only be performed by professionals. Any air duct cleaning process cannot be undertaken until asbestos abatement is complete. The cost of this removal can range from $5 to $20 per square foot.

    5. Cleaning The Dryer Vent

    The clothes dryer vent is among the most heavily used components, and it can get clogged with dust and gunk. Clogged vents can reduce the energy efficiency of your home and may also pose a fire hazard. In fact, many house fires are often caused due to dryer vents that have become clogged. 

    Dryer vent cleaning can cost between $100 and $170 when performed as a standalone service, but it can also be bundled with the annual air duct cleaning. 

    6. Cleaning Of Custom Air Ducts

    If your home utilizes custom air ducts, the charges for cleaning it will be about 25 to 30 percent higher than for cleaning standard ones. The reason is that air duct cleaners require more time on such projects and often need to use specialized tools and techniques. 

    7. Coating Of Air Ducts

    Air duct coating can help prevent the entry of dirt, dust, and other particulate matter into your home, ensuring your home’s air quality remains good. The process involves the application of a protective sealant onto the inner surfaces of the air ducts, which helps keep the air ducts clean.

    However, tests conducted by the EPA show that the sealant fails to cover the duct surface completely and can adversely affect the fire-retardant and acoustic properties of fiberglass ducts. In some cases, applying such a coating may also void the manufacturer's warranty. But for those who require such coating on their air ducts, the cost ranges from $180 to $625.

    8. AC Or Furnace Repairs

    If the air duct cleaning professional detects some damage to your AC or furnace, it may need to be repaired before the dirty air ducts can be cleaned. Timely repairs help you save money and can improve the temperature regulation properties of the air conditioner.

    The cost of furnace repairs or tune-ups can range from $130 to $500, while AC repairs can cost between $160 and $500. 

    Air Duct Cleaning - Difference In Costs

    Air Duct Cleaning - Difference In Costs

    Residential Vs. Commercial Cleaning 

    Air duct cleaning costs I've mentioned so far can help you get an idea of the charges in the case of a residential structure. For commercial buildings, the charges for air duct cleaning will be significantly higher because they are generally much larger than residential ones. 

    If you require air duct cleaning at your office or other commercial workplaces, it can cost between $30 and $50 per hour. 

    Cleaning Yourself Vs Hiring Air Duct Cleaners

    You can clean air ducts using do-it-yourself methods, but these will require a good knowledge of the HVAC ducts and the right cleaning supplies. The most important among these will be a vacuum and a ladder, which can range from $100 to $400.

    Additionally, the air duct cleaning process will require a power drill, an extension hose, and a vent cleaning brush with an extendable handle, which can all be a bit pricey. Other items, like rags, masks, a bristle brush, and goggles, will cost between $10 and $30. 

    That said when compared to the cost of hiring an air duct cleaning company, undertaking the duct cleaning project yourself will be more cost-effective. But I would still suggest hiring professionals for air duct cleaning since they already have the required tools, proper training, and years of experience. 

    Additionally, in the case of custom options, you may not have an idea about how to get the air ducts cleaned by yourself.  

    Tip

    When hiring professional air duct cleaners, it is a good idea to check the Better Business Bureau page and customer reviews. Get quotes from at least three companies and avoid hiring one that charges significantly less than the competition.

    Also, I would recommend looking for companies that comply with National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) cleaning standards. 

    Saving Money On Air Duct Cleaning

    Hiring a professional air duct cleaning service is a better choice, though it can be costly. Fortunately, there are a few ways by which you can save on air duct cleaning costs, which I've mentioned here. 

    1. Proper Maintenance Of The Air Conditioning And Heating System

    The best way to reduce your air duct cleaning cost is to ensure proper air conditioning and heating systems maintenance. Regular maintenance will keep the system functioning optimally, improving indoor air quality and ensuring efficient energy use. And it will reduce the amount of debris and dust entering the ducts, keeping them relatively clean. 

    2. Timely Changing Of The Air Filter

    All HVAC systems need their air filters to be changed at specific intervals, and this period depends on the type of filter. I would recommend consulting the manufacturer of your air filter to know how frequently the filter should be changed. Generally, this can vary between 30, 60, and 90 days. 

    High-quality filters, like HEPA ones, last longer, but if you notice clogged filters, consider changing them more frequently. Similarly, change the filter of your air purifier timely. 

    3. Regular Vacuuming

    Vacuuming around the various vent grills, duct openings, furnaces, and registers can go a long way in preventing dust accumulation. And when using a vacuum cleaner, make sure to use a compatible filter bag that has the highest rating. 

    4. Preventing The Entry Of Moisture

    If water damage or leaks are detected in your home, dealing with them quickly is vital. Doing so can help avoid the growth of mold and mildew, so you won't have to spend money on mold remediation. Also, check that the air ducts are properly insulated and sealed

    5. Regular Cleaning Of AC Coils

    Keeping the air conditioner evaporator coils clean will keep the heat exchanger free of dirt and allow it to function efficiently. This will result in reduced energy consumption and lower air duct cleaning costs.   

    Types Of Air Ducts 

    As I mentioned, the type of air ducts in your home will play a major role in determining air duct cleaning costs. Here are the most common types of air ducts found in homes:

    1. Flex Ducts   

    These are flexible ducts similar to dryer vents and can be installed around tight corners and plumbing more easily than regular ducts. While it is possible to clean such ducts, the process requires greater care since these can get damaged easily, even with little pressure. 

    2. Rigid Ducts

    Rigid ducts are the most common type and are prone to indoor mold and moisture accumulation. Installing rigid ductwork is costlier than flex ones, but it is sturdier and does not get damaged as easily while cleaning. 

    3. Fiberglass Ducts 

    Fiberglass ductwork is usually more common in commercial buildings since it can provide better noise reduction and insulation. But such ducts can break down, adversely affecting the air quality and posing a health risk. Professionals can be hired to power brush or vacuum them regularly to prevent such problems. 

    Air Ducts Cleaning Related FAQs 

  • How often should your air ducts be cleaned?

    According to experts, getting your air ducts cleaned once every two to three years is a good idea. Doing so can prevent a lot of maintenance problems and help avoid a range of health issues. However, if you have children or pets at home, it is better to get the ducts cleaned more frequently. 

  • What are some signs that can indicate your air ducts need cleaning? 

    In most cases, it can be pretty easy to determine that your air ducts require cleaning. Signs such as mold growth, the presence of vermin and pests like rats, poor airflow, and higher power bills can all indicate that the ducts require cleaning.  

  • How long does it take to get your air ducts cleaned properly?

    The time taken to get your air ducts cleaned properly depends on factors such as the size of your home and the ductwork layout. Generally, it will take about three to five hours to get the ducts cleaned in the case of an average-sized home. But larger homes with more extensive networks will require more time. 

  • When is the best time to clean your air ducts?

    Ideally, spring is the best time to undertake an air duct cleaning project. The reason for that is that the weather starts becoming warmer, so it is easier to inspect the ductwork. Also, the amount of moisture in the air increases, which can lead to mold growth. Additionally, insects and rodents that may have taken refuge in the ductwork during the winter can be removed more easily. 

  • How much noise does an air duct cleaning process make?

    Duct cleaning is not a very noisy process, and you won’t experience too much disturbance. In most cases, the sound produced will be similar to that of a vacuum cleaner. However, your heating and cooling unit will need to be turned off, which can actually make the room quieter. 

  • How Much Does It Cost To Clean Air Ducts Final Thoughts

    Final Thoughts

    Depending on the factors I've mentioned in this guide, the cost of air duct cleaning can vary considerably in different regions of the United States. That said, you will need to shell out a considerable amount if the ductwork hasn't been cleaned in a long time.

    This is the reason why regular maintenance is crucial and can help reduce the overall cost. And when it comes to selecting the right service for the job, make sure to check the website and go through the FAQ section. If you have a question regarding any aspect, contact the company to clear them up.

    Doing so will help you avoid air duct cleaning scams and ensure a good experience. 

    The best way to strike a balance between outdoor home décor and comfort is to conceal the AC unit in a creative way. Common methods to achieve functional beauty without blocking airflow, include building wooden AC covers, gardens, tool sheds, door screens, or planting tall shrubs.

    The outdoor unit of your air conditioner can be a real eyesore in your garden, patio, and outdoor space. It would not be very appealing if you were to throw a barbeque or outdoor party with a chunky outdoor AC unit hanging around smack in the middle of your landscaping. But you can’t do away with it either since the outdoor air conditioning unit facilitates heating, ventilation and air conditioning to maintain indoor temperatures. 

    Here are some ready-made and do-it-yourself options to help you choose a method that best suits your home aesthetics. 

    14 Ways To Hide Your AC

    14 Ways To Hide Your AC

    1. Use A Wooden AC Cover

    Use A Wooden AC Cover

    Source: Twitter

    Perhaps the easiest way to hide your air conditioner unit is to build a wooden box around it with simple wood planks. These can easily be made as a DIY project since it just requires nailing the planks in place. However, you must ensure that the wooden box is larger than the AC unit for instances when you might need to add Freon and for proper air circulation.

    If you’re unsure how to make one, you can hire a professional and convey the preferred design, and material. To spruce up the simple wood box, you can add a paint coat and some plants and elevate your décor.

    2. Add A Living Garden

    Add A Living Garden

    Source: Shutterstock

    What better way to hide your AC unit than using some additional plants in your garden intuitively? Simply make a wooden box like the one mentioned above, but this time with some leading-edge slat. Within these slats, you can plant vines or flower stems. If you find planting your garden within the slats difficult, consider hanging tall planter boxes using the wooden slats as leverage. You can also build a picket fence and plant climbing plants around it.

    3. Make An AC House

    Make An AC House

    Source: Pinterest

    This is quite a unique and modern way of partially hiding your air conditioning units. Building a miniature house as an air conditioner cover is also a great way of improving your garden or landscaping. You can use the traditional slanting roof style to help slide off the snow and act as a sun shield as well. What’s more, you can paint it any color and even add decorative items to the surface!

    Before installing a house-like structure, ensure that the lid is removable or at least can be partially lifted to provide access to the air conditioner’s outside unit. This method is ideal for hiding window conditioning systems that often come with a big, ugly AC unit for air circulation.

    4. Disguise Air Conditioner Cover As Tool Shed

    Disguise Air Conditioner Cover As Tool Shed

    Source: Artharrison

    You can make your AC unit cover double up as storage space for your garden tools. You can do this by constructing a mini shed around your outdoor HVAC unit and adding a small tool shed on top. This way, you will have enough space to store tools on top, while you can also store miscellaneous items along with the outdoor air conditioning unit.

    Moreover, you can make the tool shed using simple wood planks, but if you want something more durable, opt for an iron trellis. Just ensure that the items or garden tools don’t get in the way of proper airflow.

    5. Hide It Behind Tall Shrubs Or Bushes

    Hide It Behind Tall Shrubs Or Bushes

    Source: Pinterest

    An organic way of hiding air conditioning units is growing a tall shrub or bush on each side until it is fully covered. For an intense camouflage, plant various shrubs, including vines, ornamental trees, and flowers like hydrangea, rose, clematis, English ivy, etc. However, you must leave a little space between each shrub for air flow and easy access to the air conditioner unit. Also, remember to prune your shrubs regularly so their growth doesn’t get out of hand and there’s enough space for the outdoor AC unit to work properly.

    6. Hide AC Unit With Picket Fence

    Hide AC Unit With Picket Fence

    Source: Shutterstock

    A great idea that can protect your outdoor AC unit and conceal it from guests is by building a picket fence. Making or installing a picket fence is relatively easy and doesn’t require professional help because all you need to do is string together multiple wood planks. You can also level up your fence game by attaching bird houses along the picket fence to provide a safe space for birds to perch and eat.

    7. Box With A Door Screen

    Box With A Door Screen

    Source: Trellisstructures

    This is a more efficient take on the wooden box method of hiding the AC unit in the outdoor space. Here, instead of removing the entire box for monthly or yearly maintenance, you can simply open the door with a latch. The building process is the same as the wooden box, the only difference being attaching a separate door with a few hinges and a latch, which you can find in any hardware store.

    If you want it to serve a decorative purpose, you can add lattice work designs or wood carvings to enhance the overall aesthetic of the AC cover and the outdoor space.

    8. Install An Iron Trellis

    Install An Iron Trellis

    Source: Shutterstock

    Beautifully designed iron trellis has always been a great décor option for the backyard or patio due to its weather-proof and aesthetic features. An iron trellis can prevent large animals and garbage from entering and damaging your outdoor AC unit, so it also helps with maintenance. Let some vines or English ivy grow along the trellis to create natural and organic backyard landscaping. Also, you can use an iron trellis as an AC cover and a privacy screen!

    9. Hide Outdoor Unit With Large Planters

    Hide Outdoor Unit With Large Planters

    Source: Pinterest

    If the weather conditions allow flower plants to grow all year, you can install large planters to camouflage the AC units. Make sure to use large planters big enough to cover the entirety of the outdoor AC unit. An important thing to remember is to use plants that can withstand the heat emitted from the AC unit. You can also add colorful pots that complement your garden or landscaping!

    10. Place The AC Unit Inside Aluminum Slats

    Place The AC Unit Inside Aluminum Slats

    Source: Gardentrellis

    If you have regular backyard parties and family gatherings, you may need more storage space for umbrellas, folding tables, barbeque units, etc. Installing a large aluminum structure with well-ventilated slates can hold all of these, plus your outdoor AC unit. 

    Aluminum is a preferable material in this instance since it is heat-resistant and extremely durable. That means it can withstand the hot air coming from the condenser and also hot weather conditions without being damaged. Add a couple of removable shelves into the AC cover for other storage solutions and store all your backyard essentials, including garden tools! 

    11. Install A Lattice Screen

    Install A Lattice Screen

    Source: Twitter

    Placing a lattice screen in front of the air conditioner unit is the easiest way to conceal it without putting in much effort. Simply fix the screen on the ground, or use multiple screens to create an enclosed box. Avoid plain wooden ones since they aren’t visually appealing, and plant-based screens are too difficult to maintain. Instead, opt for a decorative or designer lattice screen made from durable materials and designated slats for adding vines or large planters.

    12. Create A Whole Shed

    Create A Whole Shed

    Source Unknown

    Building an entire shed to hide your AC unit can be quite intimidating, but hold up! If you have an existing tool shed or backyard room, you can repurpose it as an AC cover. However, if you don’t have one, you can simply have it professionally made from scratch in a few days. A shed can also double up as a storage unit where you can store hardware equipment, garden tools, and even farm produce!

    13. Build A Cement Or Stone Wall

    Build A Cement Or Stone Wall

    Source Unknown

    Want an AC cover that will last for a long time? Consider getting a stone or cement wall to cover your condenser and add a luxurious look to your landscaping. Usually, cement walls for this purpose have small breeze blocks that provide proper ventilation to vent the heat from the unit. You can also utilize these breeze blocks by attaching planters or other decorative pieces within the gaps to enhance the aesthetic. 

    Another great idea to jazz up your outdoor space is painting each individual block with different vibrant colors to add a pop to your otherwise dull yard.

    14. Add A Bamboo Fence

    Add A Bamboo Fence

    Source Unknown

    A climate-conscious way of adding a more oriental look to your garden or backyard is installing a high-quality bamboo fence. It is a popular option for people who want a natural way of hiding the AC unit. However, you will not be able to DIY it since bamboo can be really heavy, so hire a professional to find the right bamboo color for your space. 

    Moreover, you can also add a wood stain on top if you have a wooden house or other outdoor furnishings that may clash with the natural bamboo finish.

    Hiding AC FAQ

  • What Are The Benefits Of Hiding Your Outdoor AC Unit?

    Hiding or covering your outdoor AC units is highly beneficial, especially during fall or winter season. Here are the benefits:

    • Clean internal coils

    Hiding and covering the outdoor unit helps keep the evaporator coils clean and efficient since lower amounts of dust, debris, leaves, sticks, etc. can now settle on them.

    • Prevent Freezing

    Hiding the unit with foliage or solid wooden boxes can reduce the amount of water that settles on the coils to form ice particles. This helps maintain an optimal temperature for the unit during winter, preventing pesky AC freezes.

    • Better Visuals

    One of the main reasons why people decide to cover their outdoor units to alleviate the overall visual aesthetic of their patio or backyard. 

  • Can Hiding Your AC Unit With Wooden Boxes Or Sheds Detrimental?

    Full-length covers, such as wooden covers or sheds can harm your AC unit, especially if you live in warm and humid climates. Such hiding methods can lead to molds, mildew, rust, and lack of proper airflow. However, using methods with better airflow and more surface area can prevent this.

  • Does Hiding And Covering Your Outdoor AC Unit Save Money?

    No, it doesn’t save money or energy – rather, it helps with landscaping and improving the aesthetics of your outdoor area. Many people also resort to covering their units to keep the internal coils clean and prevent freezing.

  • Can You Do Landscaping Projects Around The Outdoor Unit?

    It is possible to do some landscaping around your outdoor unit, given the unit is properly enclosed. Ensure there’s at least two to three feet of space between the enclosed unit and the boundary of your landscaping project. If you don’t keep enough space between the unit and the plants for your landscaping, it can obstruct airflow and cause severe cases of energy inefficiency.

  • How To Hide Your Ac Unit Without Lowering Energy Efficiency?

    Undoubtedly, hiding the outdoor unit by enclosing it or putting foliage and rails around it improves the appearance of your patio or backyard. It’s quite an easy project to execute, but you need to keep some considerations in mind while hiding the unit. For example, keeping enough space around and above the unit for proper air circulation can prevent lowering the energy efficiency of your AC. This way, you can improve the outdoor aesthetic of your home while keeping the utility bills under budget.

  • How To Hide Your AC

    Final Thoughts

    An air conditioner unit ruining your outdoor landscape is a common problem for many homeowners. However, nowadays, there are many options you can opt for to conceal the outdoor AC unit while simultaneously enhancing the beauty of your yard or garden. But if you’re big on landscaping and don’t want to obstruct the natural look of your garden, consider purchasing ducted air conditioning instead of a regular window or split ACs.

    You can also hire reliable landscaping professionals or designers to help you find a suitable method if you’re still confused.

    That said, I’ll be signing off for now. Stick around if you want to read similar guides and informational pieces to help you improve your home and lifestyle.

    Goodbye!

    Related Articles

    10 Best Dual-Hose Portable Air Conditioners

    13 Best Portable Air Conditioner and Heater Combos

    13 Quietest Portable Air Conditioners

    9 Best Ventless Portable Air Conditioners

    Zero Breeze Mark II Portable Air Conditioner

    How To Clean Air Conditioner Coils Properly

    Both heating and cooling units have a system of ducts, known as ductwork that carry cool air to your room. Varying room sizes require different duct sizes, proving crucial for proper ventilation and functioning of HVAC systems. 

    Ductwork can be quite tricky to get the hang of, especially if you're not well-versed with HVAC systems. However, these metal tubes are critical for adequately heating and cooling your home, optimizing airflow in any space. 

    Once I familiarize you with some common duct-related terms, let's look at what size ducts are required for a 12 x 12 room. 

    Where To Start The Ductwork Revolution?

    Where To Start The Ductwork Revolution?

    Some rooms in your home are always too cold or hot, irrespective of what you do to balance out the temperature. This is mainly because several homes may have aging heating and cooling systems, for which you must refurbish the existing size of ductwork. 

    Determining duct size for every room in your home is generally the best solution for issues regarding: 

    • Heating 
    • Air conditioner (HVAC system), and 
    • Ventilation 

    But for enhanced functionality of these units, let's find out how you can take the right measurements. 

    Important Terminology

    Firstly, what is ductwork? Ductwork is the system of ducts that carry air from heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC system) units throughout the house. For well-functioning equipment, correctly installed and maintained ductwork is an absolute necessity. 

    But what do you mean by ducts, and how do they differ from ductwork? A duct can be classified as an individual synthetic or metal pipe, passage, conduit or tube used in ventilation, heating ducts, and air conditioning systems to remove or deliver air. These tubes promote air flow, exhaust air and form part of air return ducts.

    To measure airflow volume, I generally use CFM or cubic foot per minute. This measures the air flow velocity each minute the air moves. For instance, if the air compressor has an output rating of 30 CFM, it indicates 30 cubic feet of air flow through the system each minute. 

    Generally, you will need at least 400 CFM for a 1 ton air conditioner. 

    Yet another term that you must know is BTU or British Thermal Units. BTU is an international energy measurement that indicates heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree Fahrenheit. For residential air conditioning systems, BTU calculates how much heat the device can push out of the room each hour. 

    How To Calculate Duct Sizing For A Room

    To accurately calculate the HVAC duct sizing needed for a room, you would need to know the rate of air flow as well as the overall size of the room. Additionally, knowing the square footage of your entire house can be beneficial since it what air conditioning unit you need. 

    To determine the airflow volume, you must know its Cubic Feet per Minute measurement. Airflow volume refers to the amount of air flowing through in a minute. An ideal way to measure it is by calculating the square footage since every square feet generally requires 1 CFM of airflow. 

    For a room with 400 CFM, you may only require a 4-inch duct but it is possible to go with a larger product if required. However, a large duct can be quite impractical, unless the room has a CFM that is over 400 but under 600. Most importantly, a lack of proper-sized ducts can make the airflow extremely loud and disturbing. 

    How Many CFM Is A 12 x 12 Duct?

    For a room that measures 12 x 12, you will need a CFM of at least 144. This also calls for a supply duct size of 4 x 8 regardless of whether the CFM is 1 or 1 ¼ per square foot. For a room that is sized 144 square feet, this is the ideal size to ensure adequate airflow, be it for a cooling or heating system. 

    If you get a HVAC duct that is too large, it can affect the heating and cooling efficiency of the HVAC system. This is because larger ducts take longer to supply air for a relatively small room. On the contrary, opting for a duct smaller than the required size can result in a lack of proper airflow. 

    For instance, with a 3 x 6 size duct, airflow will be loud, while affecting circulation throughout the room. When the duct is too small, the air within has trouble leaving the HVAC unit. 

    On average, the installation charge for a 4 x 8 duct is $3,225. However, costs may vary depending on your home's square footage, the HVAC equipment layout, and how easily it can be accessed. 

    What Size Duct Do I Need For A 200 Sq. Ft Room

    For a room that is 200 square feet, you would need a HVAC duct size of 8 inches for proper airflow. In addition to 200 square feet, an 8-inch duct would also be ideal for rooms between 180 and 244 square feet. This ensures there is optimal airflow regardless of whether the room has windows. 

    At certain times, a room that has way too many windows can negatively affect the CFM and make calculations more difficult. Windows usually allow air to escape from the room, especially if they are not sealed properly or left open. 

    The general rule of 1 CFM (cubic feet per minute) per square footage can't apply to a room with several windows or poorly sealed windows. In this scenario, you may switch the rule to 1 ¼ CFM per square foot. 

    However, this issue would not be as prominent in a 200 square feet room and adding an 8-inch duct to these rooms can improve the airflow for greater comfort. 

    Factors To Consider Before Calculating Duct Size

    Factors To Consider Before Calculating Duct Size

    Before you begin calculating the right size duct needed for your room, you will have to take these factors into consideration. They are: 

    1. Size Of The Room

    The first and foremost thing to consider is the overall square footage of the area in your home. This allows you to understand how big or small your air conditioner has to be. 

    To calculate the total square footage of your home, measure the width and length of all the rooms and add it all together. Having an idea about the total square feet of each separate room in your home can also be useful in understanding the ductwork required for each room. 

    2. CFM Velocity

    Each room in your home will have a particular velocity at which the air needs to be delivered from the ducts in order to cool or heat the space. 

    To better understand this concept, let me take it step by step. As you know, every room has a maximum velocity CFM measurement which directly corresponds to the required duct size. You also know, as a rule of thumb, that it takes around 1 CFM of air in order to cool down a floor area of 1 square foot. 

    But how can you calculate the maximum velocity for each room? An easy way to do this is using the 1 CFM per square foot method. If you have more than one window in the room, take the measurement as 2 CFM or 1 ¼ CFM per square foot. 

    With this in mind, if you want to calculate the cubic feet per min (CFM) velocity for a 100-square-foot space, the CFM required will be 100. 

    3. Duct Friction Loss

    A duct, much like other materials, has some amount of duct friction, which causes the air moving through it to lose its speed and energy. The longer the path the air has to move through, and the more turns it takes, the slower it comes out of the vent. It is recommended that you call an experienced HVAC contractor to deal with this situation and provide a quick solution. 

    How Many Ducts Are Needed Per Room?

    The answer to this question is entirely subjective, as there is no strict rule regarding the right ductwork sizing for a room. However, having more than one duct certainly results in improved airflow velocity throughout the room. As long as the duct is sized appropriately and has the right CFM requirements, extra ventilation is never bad. 

    Having multiple ducts unnecessarily can result in your HVAC system being damaged, which then results in expensive repairs. The coils within your air conditioner can also end up freezing if there are too many air ducts. Frozen coils, in turn, damage the unit's compressor and is usually quite expensive to repair. 

    Tip

    A room that is sized 100 square feet or slightly bigger can find it useful to have around 2-3 ducts for optimized airflow. However, if the room is smaller than 100 square feet, installing multiple ducts can be an overkill, which makes the extra airflow uncomfortable.

    What Size Duct Do I Need For A 12x12 Room

    Final Words

    To summarize the aforementioned points, a 12 x 12 room would need a duct size of 4 x 8 for optimal airflow. This allows the air to move freely within the AC or heater without causing too much noise or affecting airflow quality.

    Since a smaller duct can be harmful to the air conditioning HVAC unit and a larger duct can make airflow less efficient, getting the proper duct size for your room is crucial. Keep in mind to maintain your duct regularly to ensure they function properly and use a duct calculator to find the proper size. On average, air ducts need to be cleaned every four years to prevent duct damage as well as respiratory problems due to duct runs. 

    Ductless mini split systems offer more features, better control, and cool a larger area. They can also release both cool and warm air, so you can use them all around the year. Meanwhile, portable ACs are energy efficient, easy to move, and cost-effective.

    Not sure whether to install a ductless mini split system or a portable one?

    It could be confusing to make a decision, especially if you are not well-versed in their features. Both types of air conditioners have their own pros and cons.

    If you are looking for a versatile unit, a mini-split would be better. But if you want something easier to maintain, portable ACs are what you need. Need more pointers like these?

    Keep on reading!

    Features Of A Mini Split Unit

    Features Of A Mini Split Unit

    A mini-split is an air conditioning system that lets you adjust the temperature in separate rooms or spaces. It has two main components - an indoor air handling unit (also called an evaporator) and an outdoor condenser or compressor. 

    These units are very easy to install, as they require only a 3-inch wide hole in a wall for the conduit. It houses communication and power cables, a copper tube or duct, and a condensation drain line, which connects the indoor unit to the outdoor one. 

    Mini Splits are a great fit for homes that have non-ducted heating or cooling systems. They are also perfect if you make a room addition in your house and installing or extending ductwork is not possible. 

    Features Of Portable Air Conditioners

    A portable air conditioner is a self-contained cooling device that can be set up anywhere in the house. It primarily sucks in the hot air from the room, extracts the heat from it, conditions it to your preferred temperature, and releases it. 

    These four basic components enable a portable AC to cool the space efficiently - an evaporator coil along with the refrigerant, compressor, condenser coil, and fan. It removes moisture from the air through self-evaporation, gravity drain, and its internal bucket.

    The best part is these units are very simple to install and won’t even require any professional help. They are lightweight and generally come with attached wheels, so you can move them from one room to another conveniently. 

    Differences Between Mini Split And Portable Air Conditioners 

    Now that I have told you about the basic features of mini-split systems and portable air conditioners, let’s understand the differences between the two. This will give you some idea about which option is better and why.

    1. Appearance

    Mini split and portable air conditioners vary a great deal in terms of appearance. The former is perched high on your ceiling or wall. It also comes with streamlined and sleek jackets that usually blend with the room décor. And for aesthetic installation, the outdoor unit can be installed up to 50 feet away from the indoor one.

    Portable air conditioners, on the other hand, can be an eyesore in your home. Not only do they take up space, but they also need a flexible hose to function, which can disturb the décor and stand out from the rest of the room. So, in terms of appearance, a mini-split is definitely a better choice than a portable AC unit.

    2. Functions

    Mini-splits are essentially mini heat pumps that can both cool and heat your home. They are quite versatile when it comes to functionality and can be used year-round. These systems are also equipped with multiple fan settings, timers, and wireless remote control for optimum comfort and ease of use.

    Window air conditioners and portable AC units can only be used in hot months for cooling the home. And as soon as the temperature drops, you will have to invest in a different system for heating purposes.

    Not to forget, they are very loud and will produce a lot of noise during operation. But on the upside, a portable air conditioner can function as a dehumidifier and keep you safe from air pollution.

    3. Convenience 

    Speaking of movability, portable air conditioners outshine mini splits as they can be moved easily and don’t need to be installed in a fixed place. However, mini splits are stationary, and it’s a hassle to change their position around the home. But they are more convenient in adjusting temperature and fan speed, which is not the case for portable units.

    4. Cost

    Mini-splits offer much more features, better functionality, and operation than portable air conditioners. So, inevitably they come with a much steeper price tag and lie in the range of $1,500 to $5,000. Meanwhile, you can buy the latter for $200 to $600.

    So, if you have budget constraints, then a portable ac unit would be a better choice. But if you can shell out some cash, then I recommend opting for a mini-split, as it would be an excellent one-time investment.

    Why Choose A Mini Split System?

    A ductless mini-split would be an excellent fit for you for the following reasons:

    1. All-around Control

    Mini split systems offer all-around control during operation, which a portable air conditioner often fails to do. They come with remote control technology, and you can adjust the temperature of each room owing to the sensors. A mini split also has more speed settings and adjustment levels to provide you with comfortable heating and cooling. 

    And if you are a deep sleeper who doesn’t want to wake up in the middle of the night to turn off the air conditioning, these systems are equipped with timers. So, all you need to do is set the time, and it will turn off automatically. This feature is generally unavailable in portable air conditioners. 

    2. Versatile Functioning

    Another great thing about a mini split is that it can be used in both summer and winter, as it has a heat pump. Even though it is pricier than a portable air conditioner, you won’t have to buy a separate AC and a heater, so it would save you more money in the long run. 

    3. Scalable

    Unlike a portable air conditioner, a mini-split is scalable and can be used to cool one room to the whole house. Many models have i-see sensor technology that directly points the airflow to the source of the heat. So, you get the best of both worlds with mini splits, while portable units are best suited for spot cooling. 

    4. Whisper-quiet Technology

    While a portable air conditioner is noisy, a mini-split is quite the opposite. It has whisper-quiet technology, and for the most part, you won’t even realize that the system is running. This makes it perfect for light sleepers who prefer a quiet environment while snoozing. 

    Why Choose Portable AC Units?

    Why Choose Portable AC Units?

    1. Easy Setup Without Permanent Installation

    The best thing about a portable air conditioner is that it doesn’t require professional installation. All you need to do is place it in your preferred spot, ensuring that it is near a window for plugging the flexible exhaust hose, and you’d be good to go. Not only does it save installation costs, but you also won’t have to commit to a particular part of your home. 

    Furthermore, it is perfect if you have multiple guest rooms and people keep coming over, as you can roll it from one room to another. 

    2. Cools And Dehumidifies: Constant Air Quality Control

    While a portable AC unit isn’t as versatile as a mini-split, it can still be used for two purposes. Not only does it release cool air, but it also dries it. Meaning you can also use this system as a dehumidifier. If you live in a humid area, you know how bad it can get during peak summers. 

    Cooling alone cannot give you relief in such weather, so it’s important to have a system that sucks out the moisture from the air and enhances indoor air quality. And a portable air conditioner can help you out with that.

    3. Cut Back On Your Energy Bills

    Lastly, a portable air conditioner is more energy-efficient than a ductless air conditioner. That’s because it spot cools a particular part of the room instead of the whole house. Because honestly, what is even the point of firing up the central thermostat if you are going to hang out in one part of the house all day long? 

    With a portable air conditioner, you can simply cool a particular room. The required temperature will be attained quickly, so you will naturally use the unit for shorter durations. And trust me, this will help you cut back on your energy bills quite a bit. 

    Tip

    I have an important tip for you that can help you make an informed decision. When buying an air conditioner, ask yourself these three questions for more clarity:

    • What is the area I need to cover?
    • Do I need a permanent installation or a temporary one?
    • Do I need something cheap, or can I shell out some extra bucks?

    This will help you decide whether a ductless air conditioner (a mini-split system) is better suited for you or a portable one.

    Things To Consider When Buying An Air Conditioning Unit

    Doesn’t matter if you choose ductless systems or portable; pay attention to these features to make a better choice:

    • Electricity consumption
    • Seasonal energy efficiency ratio
    • Refrigerant requirement

    Portable Vs Mini-Split AC FAQs

  • Portable AC vs. mini split AC– which among the two lasts the longest?

    Portable air conditioners usually have an average lifespan of between 5 and 10 years. However, if you take care of them, they will last up to 15 years.

    Much like portable air conditioners, mini-split air conditioning systems last for about 10 to 20 years.

    Nevertheless, only air conditioners purchased from reliable manufacturers will last this long. Otherwise, units built using inferior materials won’t last long, meaning they’ll keep breaking down every now and then.

    Between portable air conditioners and mini-split air conditioners, mini-split air conditioners last long. So, if longevity tops your list, I’d suggest going for mini-split systems.

    Also, remember that the lifespan of air conditioners generally depends on how well the unit is maintained. With proper maintenance, your unit can last up to 15 to 20 years.

  • Are mini split systems more energy efficient than portable air conditioners?

    Both portable air conditioners and mini-split systems consume an equal amount of energy to cool a room.

    However, mini-split air conditioners with zoning systems are more energy-efficient than regular split systems and portable air conditioning units, as stated by the United States Department of Energy. Precisely, mini-split units with zoning systems consume 30 percent less energy. Less energy consumption means less energy bills– so you’ll save a generous amount every month.

  • Are portable air conditioners cheaper than mini split systems?

    Yes, portable air conditioners are cheaper than mini-split systems. Not only mini split systems, but they are also cheaper than central air conditioning units. Even the most advanced portable air conditioner can be purchased within $1,000. That means you can purchase 2 or more portable air conditioners without spending a fortune. 

  • Portable AC or mini split system: which is ideal for cooling small spaces?

    For cooling small spaces, portable air conditioners are excellent because they cool small spaces efficiently. At the same time, they won’t be the right choice for cooling large rooms because they would consume a lot of energy, skyrocketing your utility bills.

    However, you can go for mini-split systems to cool a small room because they cool a space relatively quicker than portable air conditioners. Of course, your budget and needs will help you decide which system to go for, so take them into consideration.

  • Are mini split air conditioning units easy to install?

    Yes, mini split air conditioners, like portable air conditioning systems, are easy to install, and seasoned DIYers will be able to pull off the task with ease. Just make sure to go through the instructions in the manual, and I’m sure you’ll be able to complete it without hassle.

  • Mini Split Vs Portable AC Conclusion

    Conclusion

    That said, I have reached the end of my informative guide on mini split vs. portable air conditioners. Let me do a quick rundown to put things in perspective. 

    Mini split systems are a good option if you want to cool a larger area while maintaining the aesthetic of your room. They provide better control and more comfortable temperature adjustments and are ductless air conditioners with easy installation. 

    A portable air conditioner, on the other hand, lags behind in terms of functionality and scalability. But it provides easy setup, optimum ventilation, and air conditioning, offering efficient energy use. It also takes up less space and can be moved around easily. 

    Tower air conditioners deliver a performance comparable to that of split and central air conditioning systems. These units feature a sleek and vertical design, with multiple vents to cool the outside air and disperse it within a room.

    Sometimes when you host friends for a party, too many people in the room render the air conditioner ineffective. Moreover, people sitting near the corners hardly receive any air, leaving guests uncomfortable and you struggling to provide enough cold water for everyone.

    I faced a similar situation until I installed a tower AC in the room. Today I will explain its advantages and disadvantages for your benefit.

    What Are Tower Air Conditioners?

    What Are Tower Air Conditioners

    Tower air conditioners are a type of split air conditioner, referred to as vertical models, that dehumidifies and cools indoor air using a refrigerant. They are smaller, taller, and occupy less space than a traditional split air conditioner.

    Since there's no need to install the unit on the wall, you can move this slightly portable air conditioner to a suitable spot within the room. This makes them more affordable, despite having an external unit much like other air conditioners.

    But what makes people hesitant about using these air conditioning systems is they fail to cool all corners of a room and can be noisy. However, installation tends to be easy, and overall, a tower air conditioner only uses a little electricity while proving low maintenance, as they are simple to clean.

    Are Tower Air Conditioners Effective?

    These portable air conditioners are quite effective in cooling large spaces, even though the cold air may not reach every nook and cranny. However, the tall and narrow design of Tower ACs ensures they can disperse cold air throughout the room efficiently.

    Thanks to the multiple vent design of these split systems, cool air filters into the room from several angles, which helps eliminate stagnant air or hot air pockets. Best of all is their energy-efficient nature, reducing electricity costs and harmful emissions to lower environmental impact.

    I often use my tower air conditioner in a large indoor space when the outside temperature is especially high.

    Tower AC Advantages And Disadvantages

    While installing a tower air conditioner may not be your first choice, there is no doubting its effectiveness in keeping your home cool. The good thing is that such portable air conditioners function almost as well as regular air conditioners and don't cost as much.

    That said, in terms of high-quality cooling, a traditional split AC or window air conditioner is still better and more powerful. But having used a tower AC myself, I can tell you that their cooling capacity can withstand even hot summers.

    To know more about what makes a tower AC worth installing and what are some downsides of this portable AC, read the following section.

    Advantages Of A Tower AC

    Here are some of the significant advantages of tower air conditioners -

    1. Low Cost

    The most attractive aspect of a tower portable AC is that they are extremely affordable. Although you won't get an AC for a dime - it's an air conditioner, after all - the cost of using, installing, and managing electricity bills is much lower. While traditional air conditioners cost a lot, tower AC units are more suitable for people on a budget.

    2. Versatile And Portable

    Another attractive aspect of tower air conditioners is they are portable and highly versatile. While you can't shift a traditional air conditioner from one position to another, tower air conditioners reduce the need for installing multiple window units or central systems. 

    But there is a catch! They aren't versatile like a fully portable air conditioner because these units come with a duct. In other words, you can move the air conditioner as much as the duct allows, provided it remains connected.

    When installing a tower air conditioner, consider the duct's position and keep space to move the unit to enjoy optimum cooling.

    3. Easy Installation

    While you will require professional help to install a split system or window AC, installing and using a tower AC is easier. There are no over-the-top installation requirements or complicated procedures that will leave you stumped. You can and should take professional help if needed, but most DIY enthusiasts will be able to install these split ACs themselves.

    4. Energy-Efficient

    The energy-efficient properties of a tower AC are undeniable, and such units don't consume much electricity even in extreme heat. A high-quality indoor unit will keep the air inside the room cool and lower the temperature of the outside air before it filters inside. 

    You will experience little difference in the cooling capacity for a small room, as a tower AC effectively disperses cold air in smaller spaces. But when the room size is large, it might fail to live up to the performance of traditional air conditioning units. 

    On the flip side, a tower AC doesn't cause much environmental damage and is more eco-friendly.

    5. Additional Benefits

    There are some extra features of a tower AC should know about, including modern upgrades that you will find in medium or high-end models. Some of these features are -

    • A quality dehumidifier 
    • Smooth temperature controls
    • Indoor air filters that help remove dust and allergens to create a healthy environment

    Disadvantages Of A Tower AC

    Despite the many good things about a tower AC, there are some disadvantages of using these models that I have highlighted in this section. 

    1. Noisy

    The major issue with a tower AC is the noisy operation, and they are louder than other air conditioning systems. Some models feature noise dampeners, but even then, using such portable air conditioners at optimum capacity generates more noise.

    People who want to install a tower AC in their bedroom or office space should opt for units with noise-reduction technology. Note that these models are pricier than regular tower ACs, but you will get value for money and more peace of mind.

    2. Room Modifications

    Sometimes it's essential to modify a room so that tower air conditioners can deliver the best results. They are not portable air conditioners per se, but people tend to get confused because a tower AC is movable upto a certain distance.

    It's important to remember that like most split AC units or window ACs, a tower AC also has an outdoor unit. You must ensure the duct hose is connected between the indoor and outdoor system at all times so it doesn't lose power.

    Connecting the hose entails making necessary changes to the area; hence, hiring a professional installer would be best if you need help installing a tower AC.

    3. Need Sufficient Space

    Since tower ACs are floor units, unlike window ACs, they require more indoor space despite featuring a sleek design. This is especially problematic for people with small rooms packed with furniture, even though such an indoor unit features a vertical and narrow design.

    Moreover, there needs to be sufficient space for connecting the duct and moving the tower AC as far as possible. So, you might have to compromise on the available space in such instances.

    Tip

    A common misconception among people is they can move the tower AC to another room. This is not the case since they are not single units, and there is no way you can switch rooms without disconnecting the duct pipe.

    Tower Air Conditioner FAQs

  • What is the cooling range of tower ACs?

    Tower air conditioners are designed for cooling a large room and have a higher cooling capacity ranging between 24,000 and 48,000 BTU/hour.

  • What is the lowest temperature a cooling tower should reach?

    The lowest temperature a cooling tower should reach is 32 degrees Fahrenheit but it’s not possible to maintain this level of cooling for a sustained period. In many places with cold climates, a cooling tower can achieve a temperature of 5-degree Fahrenheit. 

  • What factors affect tower AC efficiency?

    The efficiency of tower ACs depends on 4 factors –

    • Heat load
    • Range 
    • Relative humidity
    • Ambient wet-bulb temperature

    For those who don’t know, range refers to the difference in temperature between the cold water outlet and hot water inlet of the tower.

  • Do cooling towers need water?

    For tower ACs to perform at optimum capacity, it’s essential for the cooling tower system to have a proper water treatment system. This will reduce the chances scaling, corrosion, and microbial buildup for a pure air supply. A tower AC that is affected by such issues will suffer from –

    • Low output 
    • Prolonged and unplanned downtime

    So, you will have no choice but to opt for costly repairs or replacements. 

  • What is the fan speed of a cooling tower? 

    While the motor speed of a cooling tower is around 1,800 RPM the fan speed is much slower. It is determined by the diameter of the blades, which are usually 14-28 feet in diameter, resulting in a fan speed of 90-230 RPM. 

  • Conclusion

    Conclusion

    For home use, a tower AC, split AC, or window AC prove equally convenient, so which model you opt for comes down to personal preference. 

    When the cooling capacity on a budget is your priority, opt for a tower AC since you can also move the unit slightly. But a split or window unit would be better if you want high cooling and choose to install the AC in a large room. 

    The crucial point is that the potential advantages of a tower AC far outweigh the benefits offered by other air conditioners, which makes them a worthwhile investment. These include greater energy efficiency, easy installation, and a sustainable option, among other things. 

    I have sufficient indoor space, so getting a tower AC from the best brand to lower energy consumption made sense in my case. 

    Tower air conditioners work by sucking warm air from outside and passing it through condenser coils to cool it before blowing it into the room. Some tower units cool the air by extracting moisture whereas others use water pipes.

    The best way to stay cool all summer is to invest in an efficient air conditioner that can cool your home without consuming much energy. Due to their energy efficiency and compact design, tower AC units have been gaining immense traction lately. They are ideal to cool most large spaces, commercial or residential.

    However, a common question people have with these units is how they function. So, let's look at how tower air conditioning works.

    What Is A Tower AC?

    What Is A Tower AC

    A floor-standing air conditioner, also known as a tower AC, is a dual-hose system that is slightly similar to portable air conditioners. It comprises an indoor and outdoor exhaust hose, where the indoor unit can be placed in any area of the room, whereas the outdoor unit has to be installed outside. 

    This is because outdoor dual-hose systems will eject hot air, which, if blown inside, can cause overheating within your house. The main advantage of a dual-hose tower AC over a conventional single-hose AC or portable air conditioner is that it takes up significantly less floor space. However, tower air conditioners do not have any wheels attached to them, so moving them around might be cumbersome since they have to be lifted. 

    How Tower AC Works

    The tower air conditioning systems comprise closed loops that are housed within the device, through which the refrigerant is circulated. This refrigerant then absorbs heat when it travels through different components of the AC. 

    Hot air is released and heat transfer takes place from the evaporator coil when the refrigerant passes through the condenser coil located at the top of the device. A fan performs fresh air intake from the outside environment into the unit and pumps the same over the condenser coils. This manages to cool down both the exterior and the interior of the entire air conditioning unit. 

    Apart from proper cooling, tower air conditioners make use of powerful filters that ensure the indoor air is free of dust, pollen, mites, and other harmful substances. All in all, a tower air conditioning system is an essential component for keeping the temperature regulated in any environment, be it a home or office space. 

    How Is A Tower Air Conditioner Different From Window ACs

    A traditional air conditioner draws air into your home and cools it down as it passes through several condenser coils. This cooled air is then dispersed back into the room as indoor air. 

    On the other hand, a cooling tower work differently. Unlike other air conditioners where the condenser coils are housed within the system, the tower air conditioning unit has its coils located on top of the central unit. This forms something similar to a miniature tower. 

    To cool the area effectively, the tower comprises a cold refrigerant that lies open to the outside atmosphere. When warm air passes through the condenser coils at the top of the cooling tower ac, it turns cold and cool air is blown into your room. 

     The indoor temperature can also be controlled using the climate control system. So, if you are on the lookout for a unit that cools your home efficiently, a tower air conditioner is the way to go. 

    Are Tower ACs Better Than Traditional ACs?

    Some homeowners tend to opt for a cooling tower air conditioner over traditional air conditioners because they are much more efficient, easy to use, and a lot quieter. Though these factors are valid to some extent, there are other points you'd want to consider when using a new tower air conditioning unit. 

    Some people believe that a conventional air conditioner offers consistent temperature control throughout the day, and tower units may not be able to do the same. However, tower units maintain air consistency, even during unpredictable weather conditions or prolonged periods of use making it as functional as standard or portable air conditioners.

    It is critical to plan how rooms with minimal ventilation and limited sunlight can be cooled before you install a tower AC. The choice between traditional ACs, portable air conditioners, and tower air conditioners is entirely subjective and depends on your preference. 

    If you require more efficiency in terms of the cooling process, tower ACs might be the better option. Furthermore, tower air conditioners are ideal to have a regulated, pleasant temperature within the room air. 

    Who Can Use Tower Air Conditioners? 

    There are several air conditioning units available, and they all come with their respective pros and cons. For instance, a portable air conditioner can be moved around easily, but it may not be as efficient or powerful as a tower AC

    Tower Air conditioners are designed for larger areas and are often used by businesses that need a more extensive range, such as warehouses, commercial facilities, or factories. 

    Unlike portable air conditioning units, these cooling units can effortlessly cool even larger spaces since they are incredibly high-powered yet energy-efficient. This ensures that all the inhabitants of the space, in both commercial and residential settings, stay comfortable and happy. 

    So, to answer the question, tower ACs are ideal for people who own large or medium-sized rooms and need consistent cooling throughout. 

    Power Consumption Of A Tower AC

    Tower air conditioners are powerful, energy-efficient units that are a popular choice for keeping homes and other commercial places cool. These air conditioner units are widely known for their sizable circulatory fan blades that enable them to absorb a higher volume of air and push it out rapidly throughout the room air. Not only does this cool air extremely quickly, but it also helps limit the total amount of power consumed by the AC unit. 

    The design of tower air conditioners makes them much more efficient than split air conditioners or portable air conditioners. This also enables them to function without lowering the overall cooling capacity or compromising on efficiency and performance. Due to this factor, tower ACs are a popular choice among most people to keep their room cool throughout the summer without paying high energy bills. 

    Things To Consider Before Using A Tower AC 

    Things To Consider Before Using A Tower AC 

    There are several things one should take into consideration before installing a new tower AC, and I have listed the important points below.

    1. The Cooling Capacity 

    The first and foremost thing you have to consider is the cooling tower air conditioners deliver. Along with that, you must determine the overall size of the room in which you plan on installing the new device. 

    Unlike a portable air conditioner, tower units are usually meant for larger rooms with wide spaces. So, if you have a large living room or commercial space, this option is ideal for you. 

    2. Power Consumption 

    Higher energy efficiency in air conditioners will prove to be helpful, especially on those extra hot days when you run the device for long stretches. Since an AC unit can take up a lot of power and add to the overall cost of your energy bill, an energy-efficient cooling option is needed. 

    Tower ACs are designed to use as little power as possible, so you won't have to worry about unnecessary expenses or power usage.

    3. Air Filter And Dehumidifier 

    With the increase in the number of commercial and personal vehicles on the roads, pollution is increasing at an alarming rate. Additionally, room air can contain several substances like dust and other impurities.

    To avoid this, investing in an AC unit with an inbuilt air purifier can help. It will filter the air in your home and purify the air, thus allowing you to breathe clean and fresh air. These filters, apart from creating fresh air, can also be detached and washed for better functioning.

    Furthermore, a dehumidifier within the AC unit can help reduce the amount of humidity present in the air. This way, the temperature within your house will stay regulated at all times. 

    4. All Weather Options 

    A tower air conditioner is not just a cooling system. It has heating, ventilation, and air conditioning capabilities that can keep you comfortable throughout the seasons. For people with budget constraints, a tower air conditioner can be a cost-effective option, especially in the long run.

    5. Cost Of The Device 

    Since a tower air conditioner can be pretty expensive, looking through all the options available is necessary. Make sure you browse all brands and models, comparing them to find the best fit for your home. 

    Some branded tower ACs may be cheaper than the rest while offering the same features and functionality. Based on your needs and long-term requirements, you can set a budget accordingly.

    Tip

    When using a new tower AC, ensure that it has some additional features. These can include accessories like remote control or inbuilt features such as auto mode, air purifier, antibacterial filter, fan mode, self-diagnose mode, auto start, etc. This will improve the overall experience of using a tower air conditioner.

    7. Warranty Period 

    When I use pricy gadgets, I tend to be highly cautious about the warranty period of the same. Similarly, it is necessary that you look at the warranty of the new air conditioner. Aside from the unit as a whole, look at the warranty options for the compressor of your AC unit. 

    This way, if you encounter any problems with your device, you can always claim a warranty and get it fixed. The last thing anybody would want is to spend a good amount of money on a product and spend even more on its repairs. 

    You can also take customer service into consideration when installing a new product, such as options for home delivery. 

    Pros And Cons Of Tower ACs 

    Pros: 

    1. Cooling

    Tower air conditioners are great in terms of energy-efficient cooling. Generally, standard and portable air conditioners can result in a pricey power bill, which is why options such as this with minimal power usage can be useful. The limited power consumption does not necessarily equate to insufficient cooling. In fact, tower ACs have impressive cooling capabilities and can effortlessly lower the temperature in a large space in no time. 

    2. Easy Installation And Affordable

    Unlike other traditional systems, tower air conditioners do not require further installation, and you can simply unbox them to begin using the AC. These air conditioners are also much cheaper than conventional AC units and are a cost-effective way to keep your home cool, even in harsh summer conditions. 

    Cons:

    1. Unsuitable For Small Rooms

    As impressive as they are, tower ACs come with their fair share of disadvantages. The major one is the inability to be used in smaller rooms, as tower ACs are designed to cool down larger areas, be it a home or a commercial space. When used in a smaller area, it can be overpowering and unnecessary. 

    2. Bulky And Oversized

    Additionally, though these devices are known for their efficiency, they are quite bulky and oversized. Agreed, you can move it around without any problems, but the weight of the device can make this more challenging than it should be. 

    3. Lack Of Portability

    Portable room air conditioners can be quite helpful if you're always on the move. However, it is not necessary that all tower units can be moved around like a portable AC unit. Some portable air conditioning units can be pretty lightweight that makes moving them around comparatively easier. If portability is a factor for you, refrain from opting for a heavier tower air conditioner or and go for portable room air conditioners instead.

    Tower AC Related FAQs

  • How effective are tower ACs?

    Tower air conditioners have a higher capacity compared to other ACs and are also portable. Moreover, they are considered by many as the best electronic units for climatic control. Instead of a central cooling system, you can use a tower AC because such units deliver better cooling in large spaces. 

  • What are the benefits of a Tower AC?

    he top benefits of a tower AC includes –

    • Easy to use 
    • Affordable 
    • Saves energy
    • Versatile units
  • Which are the top 5 brands for tower ACs?

    The top 5 tower AC brands are –

    • Kenstar 
    • Crompton 
    • Blue Star
    • Symphony 
    • Honeywell 
  • On which wall should you install the AC?

    You know that hot air rises to the top while cold air sinks to the bottom. That’s why, it would be best to install a tower AC at least 2 metres from the ground and high on the wall, so that cold air circulates around the room well. 

  • How do tower ACs work?

    Tower ACs have a cooling tower, responsible for creating a stream of cold water as it passes through the heat exchanger. This helps cool the hot condenser coils, while the tower uses a stream of water to blow cool air because the water stream evaporates and lowers the temperature of the air.

    You have to keep filling the tower AC with water to make up for water lost due to evaporation. Moreover, relative humidity and barometric pressure determines how much cooling a tower AC can deliver.

  • Final Words 

    Final Words 

    After a long summer day, the last thing you would want is to come back to humid air and an uncomfortable environment in your home. If you've been pushing aside investing in an AC system all this while, tower air conditioners might be worth looking into. 

    Not only are they affordable when compared to a traditional or portable air conditioners, but they also consume much less power. With a lower power bill, along with a cool and comfortable home, what more could you ask for? 

    Read my guide to clear all your doubts and I hope you have a cool summer! 

    The self-diagnosing feature is a key pillar in the troubleshooting process of the Amana air conditioner. Pinpointing issues with the AC unit is convenient and simple with the error codes that the feature displays.

    The unfortunate reality of electrical appliances is that sooner or later, they will stop functioning as intended.

    There will be times when issues crop up with your Amana air conditioner, and when that happens, you may want them resolved as soon as possible. That said, the most common issues with air conditioning can be DIY resolved.

    Here’s my guide to troubleshooting Amana air conditioners, so it continues to serve you well for the foreseeable future.

    Fixing Common Problems With Amana ACs

    Fixing Common Problems With Amana ACs

    There are a few quick checks that you can perform before moving on to the more complex fixes. Of course, if the problem is minor, there is no need to take the Amana air conditioner unit apart. Let’s look at these issues, find out the root cause, and try to fix them.

    1. The AC Won’t Turn On

    The Amana air conditioner not turning on is a common problem that many device owners face at least once. Some of the most common reasons for the AC not turning on are: 

    • Issues with the compressor
    • Incorrectly set thermostat
    • Tripped circuit breaker
    • Power cord issues
    • Power outlet issues
    • Clogged air filter
    • Clogged condenser and fan
    • Wiring issues

    If your Amana air conditioner stops working, try performing the following checks to see if they mend the issue at hand.

    A. Check The Thermostat

    There’s a chance that the thermostat is set improperly, which can be fixed once you switch the fan or energy settings. Hit the smart cool’ or the ‘high’, ‘medium’, or ‘low’ buttons when turning your air conditioner unit on. You can also try changing the temperature while doing so.

    B. Power Flow Checks

    If your AC is plugged into an extension cord, you may want to disconnect it and plug it directly into an outlet. There is a chance that the extension cord disturbs the power flow, particularly if the cord can’t provide enough voltage.

    C. Check Circuit Breaker

    Consider looking at your circuit breaker for a tripped fuse, which can shut off power to certain outlets in the event of a power surge. You can either reset the tripped fuse or, if it can’t be mended, outright replace it.

    2. The Amana Air Conditioner Turns On Without Cooling Properly

    Sometimes, your Amana air conditioner will turn on, but won’t run at all. This can occur due to the following:

    • The air filter is clogged
    • Compressor malfunction
    • Mismatched AC size
    • Capacitor issues

    To get your Amana air conditioner to start blowing cool air again, try the following fixes.

    A. Use An AC Size Chart

    Your air conditioner is assigned a BTU rating that determines the size of the room it can work on effectively. The larger the room, the higher the BTU rating requirement is and thus, the higher the AC capacity needs to be.

    If your air conditioner is undersized, consider replacing it with an appliance of the correct capacity. A few points worth remembering are as follows:

    • Kitchen ACs need a higher capacity, which requires you to increase the BTU by 4000
    • Increase the BTU by 600 for each person if there are more than two in a room
    • Heavily shaded rooms cut down the BTU requirement by a tenth and vice versa

    B. Clear Air Filters

    You can clear out or replace your dirty air filters by accessing them from the AC unit. Remove the panel to find the filters near the air duct and take them out. 

    Tip

    It’s worth noting that many brands, including Amana and Trane, design their air conditioner filters to be reusable. Meaning that you can reattach the existing air filter after cleaning them. Once you’ve removed debris and water from the air filter, insert them back in and replace the access panel.

    C. Replace The Capacitor

    It may be difficult to repair an AC capacitor on your own, which is why you may want to consider contacting a certified technician. Alternatively, you could have the faulty capacitor outright replaced if they can’t be fixed at all.

    3. The Amana AC Repeatedly Turns On And Off

    Your AC may keep turning on and off intermittently, which is a sign that it is going through a short-cycling phase. There are a few reasons for this, as listed below:

    • Poor airflow
    • Badly placed thermostat
    • Oversized AC unit
    • Electrical issues
    • Refrigerant leaks

    Here’s how you can fix these issues:

    A. Resolve Poor Airflow

    Poor airflow is generally caused by dirty outdoor units or air filters, cleaning which should mend the problem. You can consider performing maintenance on these units once a month as well to prevent any issues from cropping up in the future.

    B. Reposition The Thermostat

    The thermostat should be placed in a central location, away from air vents, windows, and direct sunlight. These locations are a hotspot for the thermostat to misjudge the room conditions and stop working, and relocating it should fix the issue. Be sure to place the electric battery in the thermostat correctly.

    C. Electrical Issues

    Improper wiring can cause electrical interference, which may lead to the AC unit turning off and on repeatedly. This requires the attention of a professional technician, and if the issues persist for a while, you shouldn’t delay.

    D. Refrigerant Leaks

    Leaking refrigerant can freeze the evaporator coils and cause problems for the AC unit. This can lead to the unit turning on and off over and over again, keeping it from running smoothly.

    Leaks are something that must be handled by a professional as well, so you should stay your hand and contact a technician at once.

    4. Amana Air Conditioner Blows Hot Air

    If an air conditioner unit is blowing warm air, it can become problematic, particularly during the summer. Proper cold airflow is a critical part of the functionality of an AC, after all. 

    Here’s what could be causing this issue:

    • Low power
    • Improperly set thermostat
    • Poor airflow
    • Clogged ductwork and condensate line
    • Refrigerant leaks
    • Component failure

    You can fix these issues by doing the following.

    A. Clear Out Condensate Line Or Ductwork

    Try to clear out the condensate line and ductwork of the central AC to the best of your abilities if you see dirt blocking them. In the event that you are not being able to do so, consider contacting an electrician for the same.

    B. Replace The Failed Component

    Failed components may need to be repaired or replaced, depending on the damage they face. Of course, this is a task handled better by a certified technician who can help you determine the extent of the damage.

    5. Amana AC Fan Won’t Start

    An AC may as well not work if its fan doesn’t start. It’s one of the more common issues that the device may face, which can arise due to the following:

    • Faulty fan motor
    • Damaged or malfunctioning blower motor
    • Bad relay board
    • Faulty main control board

    These issues can generally not be DIY-fixed, and you’ll likely need to replace them completely.

    Self-Diagnosing The Air Conditioner

    When your Amana central air conditioner runs into an issue, the microcomputer inside the system can make use of the self-diagnosis function that can potentially fix it. 

    Amana air conditioners typically have a temperature number on its screen, which is replaced by a double dash symbol (--) during self-diagnosis. Another sign of self-diagnosis is the green light on the bottom left side of the touchpad.

    To turn the self-diagnosis system of the Amana Corporation air conditioner on, follow the steps listed below:

    • Hold down the “Up” and “Down” buttons on your AC simultaneously
    • Press the “Cool” button twice while holding the two buttons down
    • Allow the display to update for a few seconds

    In addition to the screen changes mentioned earlier, the display will show a red dot flickering in its corner. Once the diagnosis is complete, the dashes will be replaced by an error code, tipping you off to the root cause of your AC problems.

    Resolving Errors In The Amana AC

    Resolving Errors In The Amana AC

    Error codes pinpoint the core problem with the AC, letting you know if you can DIY-fix them or need a professional for it. There are four main types of errors with Amana air conditioners: refrigeration, system mode, failure, and airflow.

    1. Refrigeration Errors

    Refrigeration error codes have the letter “C” as their prefix, with numbers denoting the type of problem with the refrigeration unit.

    Error codes C1, C3, and C4 indicate that the coils of the air conditioning system have begun to freeze, necessitating a manual reset. When faced with these error codes, you should stop using the AC unit altogether, as it may damage the compressor. 

    Additionally, you may want to inspect the air filter, clean it and keep an eye out for fan or blower issues as well. And lastly, check for refrigerant levels before approaching fixes.

    Error code C6 denotes inadequate performance on the part of the system, meaning that your cooling system is in poor shape. This requires the eye of a trained professional, as the unit requires a thorough inspection of its components before any further steps are taken.

    2. System Mode Errors

    System mode errors indicate problems with the framework of your Amana air conditioner. These are typically resolved by adjusting the AC settings or position.

    There is no common naming theme to system mode errors, and you will likely require the help of a handbook when they crop up. The following is a brief guide on some of these errors:

    • FP stands for “Freeze Protection”, requiring the surrounding temperature to be 45 F
    • oP/nP error alerts you to an open door or window, requiring you to close it
    • HP is an error that alerts you to the possibility of the AC overheating
    • Eo means that the service board of the AC has an incorrect format
    • LS stands for “Load Shedding”, indicating that the compressor is off

    3. Errors Denoting Failures

    These are straightforward: they show that a particular part isn’t working properly. You’ll need to replace the specified part if any of the following errors show up.

    Much like refrigeration errors, some failure errors have the letter “F” as their prefix, with numbers 1 through 6 denoting a particular component. Let’s look at what they mean:

    • F1 indicates a faulty thermostat and that the indoor thermistor is receiving high ratings
    • F2 denotes a non-functional thermostat
    • F3 is an indication of the indoor thermistor being faulty while the thermostat works fine
    • F4 indicates that the indoor unit isn’t working properly
    • F6 is an indication of the indoor unit working outside normal operating tolerance.

    4. Airflow Alerts

    Airflow errors indicate issues with the airflow, and the codes denote the exact problem with the AC unit’s ability to run well. There are four main types of airflow alerts, as discussed below.

    Firstly, the L6 code indicates that the Amana AC unit can’t continue to run normally. This can be due to clogged air filters, which need to be cleaned for the code to go away.

    Next, the LC code denotes that the condenser fans are facing severe problems and that the outdoor thermistor is facing issues caused by excessive heat. You will need to clean the condenser coils for this. Consider using a vacuum cleaner to reach faraway areas.

    The C2 code is an indication that your AC unit can’t sufficiently cool the room it is in, requiring you to check the AC thoroughly. You may need to scan the unit, check its seal and clear the filter to fix the issue.

    Lastly, C5 occurs when there is an obstruction causing issues with the airflow, resulting in overheated outdoor coils. All you need to do is remove these obstructions for the unit to function normally.

    Amana AC Troubleshooting FAQs

  • How can I manually reset an Amana AC?

    Amana ACs are fairly simple to reset, taking just a few minutes to reset fully. Follow the steps listed below to reset your Amana Air Conditioner manually:

    • Check if the AC is on
    • Lift the front plastic covering
    • Turn the master switch off
    • Push and hold the “cool” and “heat” buttons at the same time
    • Turn the master switch on while holding the buttons

    If you’ve followed these steps correctly, you will see a red light flash next to the “off” button. This is an indication of a successful Amana AC reset.

  • How long does it take for an Amana AC to reset fully?

    After performing the reset process of the Amana air conditioner, it will take up to 30 minutes for the unit to be operational again. During this time, the internal circuitry of your air conditioner is in the process of resetting, which is why it remains inoperational for the duration.

  • Can I prevent dust and debris from accumulating in the outdoor unit?

    No, preventing the outdoor unit of your Amana AC from collecting dust or debris is nearly impossible. 

    The first instinct anyone would have as the solution to this problem is to cover the outdoor unit. But doing so will impede the airflow necessary for it to work, eventually leading to system damage.

    Reactive measures like cleaning twice a year or after a dust storm are the only optimal ways of keeping your outdoor unit dust-free.

  • How frequently should I perform maintenance on my Amana AC?

    As per the manufacturer’s instructions, you should have a professional perform preventive maintenance for your Amana air conditioner every 6 months. They will check every aspect of your air conditioner, including ductwork, outdoor unit, compressor, coils, and refrigerant lines. 

    If any issues crop up, the professional will recommend the required solution for them.

  • How do I ensure that my Amana AC continues to work at optimal condition?

    You can ensure that the Amana AC continues to serve you well by performing the following preventive measures:

    • Change or clear air filters on a monthly basis
    • Keep foliage out of the outdoor unit and vents
    • Have the AC serviced before peak season begins
  • Conclusion

    Conclusion

    Troubleshooting an Amana AC is no difficult task, taking a few minutes at most to diagnose the problem. While correcting these issues isn’t always in your hands, more often than not, you will be able to do so.

    The self-diagnosing feature plays a key role in the troubleshooting process, so be sure to turn it on when the AC malfunctions. With the codes that the feature displays, you will not have to run several tests and reach a conclusion based on trial and error.

    And that just about sums up all you need to know about troubleshooting an Amana air conditioner. Remember to contact a professional when faced with an issue that is too complex to fix alone, particularly if the unit is covered by warranty!

    The cost of installing central air conditioning can be between $6,000 and $17,000 or more, while the national average cost of installing new ducts is around $1,900 to $6,000. Factors such as the size of the space, the amount of ductwork required, and the particular AC model will determine the final price of installation.

    Are you planning to install a central air conditioning system for your home or office but don’t know if it will fit your budget? Then you have come to the right place, as I will help you understand the different factors that determine the installation cost so that you can prepare accordingly.

    Read on!

    Why Do You Need Ductwork To Install Central Air Conditioning?

    Why Do You Need DuctWork To Install Central Air Conditioning

    I know what you may be thinking- ‘why not remove the hassle of ductwork installation and opt for ductless air conditioning?’ Well, the problem here is that ductless systems work only for cooling one room, meaning your purpose will remain undefeated. Sure, you can install multiple ductless units, but the cost will likely be way more than installing a duct-equipped central air system.

    Unlike traditional air conditioners that use evaporators to blow cold air, central air conditioners utilize the air ducts to move and distribute the cold air uniformly across the space. And the good news is that if your home has existing ducts, you can reduce the overall cost of installing the central air unit. I will talk more about this in a later section.

    Things That Affect The Cost To Install Central Air Conditioner

    The overall cost of installing a central AC unit depends on many factors. And in the following sections, I will walk you through them.

    1. Ductwork Installation

    One of the first and most important things that will influence the price of your central air installation is the duct (flow). As mentioned, the average cost of installing new ducts is generally around $1,900 to $6,000. And the installation cost of 300 linear feet of the replacement aluminum ducts, two returns, ten vents, and insulation can set you back by about $4,000.

    However, depending on the location of the ductwork and the size of your home, this cost can go up to $12,000, especially if your home doesn’t have any existing ducts. Apart from that, the material of the ducts, the number of vents and  temperature control zones created will also determine the final cost of ductwork installation.

    On the other hand, if your home or office has existing functional ducts, the cost of installing a central air conditioning unit can come down significantly. For instance, you may well be able to install a 2.5-ton air conditioning system by spending $2,500 to $5,000 with existing ductwork.

    Tip

    You can opt for flexible ductwork made of plastic and steel if you don’t have room for a rigid ductwork construction. Besides, this type of ductwork won’t require you to spend a ton of money.

    2. Type Of AC

    You will find different types of central air conditioners on the market, with the most popular ones being split systems, packaged units, and HVAC packaged units.

    Split ACs can be the perfect choice for people looking to add a system to their existing ductwork and furnace without breaking the bank. A split AC will connect to your air handler as well as the duct, with the fan and evaporator sitting outdoors for a quiet operation.

    An HVAC package unit, on the other hand, is better for compact spaces; however, it will have higher maintenance needs and repair costs. With an HVAC packaged system, you can enjoy the benefits of an HVAC, furnace, and AC together, switching between heating and cooling easily.

    To learn more about AC maintenance and repairs, check out my guide on Amana air conditioner troubleshooting.

    3. Brand

    Although central systems from premium brands are highly likely to cost more, they may provide you with several benefits, the biggest of them being after-sales servicing. From what I have seen, the best central air conditioning systems come from reputed brands like Trane, Carrier, and Lennox, to name a few.

    For instance, Trane ACs, albeit some of the most expensive, are equipped with advanced cooling technologies to facilitate better temperature control. On the other hand, Lennox offers highly energy-efficient air-conditioning systems at varied prices to suit most budgets.

    But I’d strongly recommend getting in touch with an expert HVAC contractor to compare the different options suitable for your needs and know more about the best brands in your area.

    4. SEER Rating

    SEER, an acronym for seasonal energy efficiency ratio, is a direct measure of how energy efficient your central AC system will be. Simply put, this rating is obtained by dividing the BTU count by the number of watts, with a higher SEER rating referring to better energy efficiency.

    For your convenience, here’s a quick SEER rating guide for different central air conditioning purposes:

    • 13 to 15- ideal for colder regions where the system will be used only sparsely
    • 16 to 18- ideal for warmer regions with comparatively higher AC demands
    • 19 to 21- ideal for frequent cooling in bigger spaces with more occupants
    • 22 to 24- specifically caters to commercial/public places for extended periods of cooling

    Although most central air conditioners with high SEER ratings have high installation costs, they can help save a lot on your power bills, ultimately making up for the expensive upfront cost.

    5. Labor Charges

    Installing a central unit for cooling will require the expertise of professionals like HVAC contractors or air conditioning contractors. And their charges will make a chunk of your central air installation costs.

    If you need to install many ducts and create more temperature control zones, you can expect to shell out more. This is also true for concealing the ductwork, especially in difficult-to-reach areas like the basement floor, ceiling, and walls.

    Another important component of labor charges is the pre-installation evaluation, which helps the technician understand:

    • How well-insulated is the space
    • If there are any existing AC vents and ducts
    • The exact size of the AC (in tons) required for the space
    • The best areas for concealing the ductwork

    Conducting a pre-installation check will also help you figure out any underlying problem with your home’s or office’s electrical system. This way, you can fix them beforehand and prevent them from becoming safety hazards.

    Furthermore, I’d suggest asking for quotes from at least 3 different contractors to ensure you get the best deal for your needs. And before finalizing a contractor, check the licenses and other relevant credentials to avoid getting into legal trouble later.

    You can also save on labor charges by choosing the right time for the installation. HVAC contractors are typically busy during the summer and winter months to cope with the heating and cooling needs of people, respectively. This means you can expect the labor charges to be the highest during these times. However, scheduling an installation during the off-season can help you save hundreds of dollars.

    Central Air Conditioner Installation Cost FAQs

  • What Are The Labor Costs Of Installing A Central AC?

    Depending on the location of installation, the type of system, and the additional work involved (such as ductwork installation), the labor charges for installing a central AC can range between $1,300 and $6,500. Keep in mind that this cost can be more if you need to install ductwork and electrical outlets, especially for larger homes.

    However, installing a central AC in new construction is usually more cost-effective.

  • What Are AHUs And FCUs?

    AHUs or air handling units are the components used by an HVAC system to distribute hot or cold air via ducts. On the air hand, FCUs or fan coil units are standalone components that distribute air directly without any ductwork. 

    These are typically mounted on the ceiling or wall of your home, and they have a filter, refrigerant coil, and blower fan of their own. Furthermore, an FCU is connected to the outdoor unit of the AC via a refrigerant line.

    As you may have guessed, you will find FCUs in a ductless AC, but there are many units that come without them.

  • What Is A Central Air Replacement Cost?

    The cost of replacing a central AC will vary according to the following situations:

    • Basic unit replacement- $2,500 to $7,500
    • Ductwork replacement (if applicable)- Additional $1,000 to $5,000
    • Full system replacement (including the heat pump, furnace, etc.)- $500 to $10,000

    Note that these prices are only an estimate, and the exact replacement cost will depend on various factors such as the size and SEER rating of the AC and the amount of ductwork, and the type of components to be replaced. Talk to an HVAC specialist to get a precise idea about the costs.

  • How To Choose The Best AC Installation Services?

    When looking for the best AC installation services, here are a few things (besides the cost) to look out for:

    • Certifications and licenses- make sure they have valid licenses and certificates to work in your area
    • Expertise- it’s always better to go with technicians who have considerable expertise (at least 5 years) in installing different types of central air cons.
    • Reviews- go through customer testimonials on neutral platforms (like Google and Yelp) to get a better idea about the quality of services
    •  Warranty and guarantees- HVAC companies that back their services with warranties and guarantees are usually more reliable 
  • How To Maintain A Central Air Conditioner?

    A few things you can do to keep your central AC functional include:

    • Cleaning the air filters regularly
    • Keeping the main unit free from any obstruction
    • Cleaning the exterior of the main unit
    • Running it at the optimal temperature to keep it from overworking 
    • Calling professional help as soon as major issues like air leaks show up 
  • Final Words

    Final Words

    Although central air conditioning systems can come across as the perfect solution for conveniently cooling your home, they may not suit every budget. This is especially true if you have a smaller space, where installing a central AC system can become unnecessarily expensive.

    In such situations, you may opt for mini-split systems, which come with individual thermostats and operate quietly compared to central AC systems. But here again, I’d strongly recommend getting in touch with a professional to determine the right option for your needs and budget.

    Have some old wine bottles at your disposal? Please don't throw them away! Why not make some creative and colorful DIY ideas with them?

    Besides, DIY wine bottle crafts have been one of the most cost-effective and eco-friendly ways to do art without contributing to our already-polluted environment!

    You can do many things with wine bottles, spray paint them, and convert them to serving platters, home decorations, and more!

    We have plenty of ideas for you to see, and they are also super easy projects you can do during your free time!

    55 DIY Wine Bottle Crafts You Can Do

    55 DIY Wine Bottle Crafts You Can Do

    After the holiday season, we often find ourselves having plenty of leftover empty wine bottles laying around.

    Now, with some of these beautiful ideas, we can safely turn them into colorful home decorations without spending too much money.

    If you plan on taking them to the next level, Check out these wonderful and DIY recycled wine bottle ideas!

    1. Clear Wine Bottles Turned to Sea Glass

    Clear Wine Bottles Turned to Sea Glass

    Source: Sadie Seasongoods

    Most of the time, crafts and ideas regarding wine bottles don't have to be challenging. Any type of wine bottle and a little spray paint can do the magic for you.

    Spray paint what you envision in these spray bottles and let your imagination control. Be sure to collect plenty of glass bottles of different shapes and sizes.

    2. Transform Your Wine Bottle to Wine Bottle Lamps

    Transform Your Wine Bottle to Wine Bottle Lamps

    Source: DIY Projects

    One of the best ways to recycle wine bottles is by transforming them into something we're not accustomed to. For example, they are great tools for making good dining lights.

    Since wine bottles are made of glass, they can be cut through with a cutter and insert those loose light bulbs that can serve as your light fixtures.

    3. Ombre-Colored Old Bottles

    Ombre-Colored Old Bottles

    Source: Flea Market Trixie

    It's always a fun idea to decorate bottles with paint. One of the better ways to decorate wine bottles for home décor is to paint them with the Ombre effect.

    These ideas can be great when you plan to place them in your flower garden or the backyard. It complements any surroundings as long as you pick the right color.

    4. Flatten Wine Bottle for a Wine Platter

    Flatten Wine Bottle for a Wine Platter

    Source: Hunker

    Slumping is a form of flattening glass bottles. There are plenty of ways to flatten a bottle, but using a kiln is the most effective.

    Turning your empty glass bottle into a serving platter is a budget-friendly option. Before flatting the glass bottle, ensure the empty bottle is completely dry, and the labels are removed.

    5. Colored Marbles Inside a Wine Bottle Outdoor Torch

    Colored Marbles Inside a Wine Bottle Outdoor Torch

    Source: The Armchair Sommelier

    This wine bottle wine craft will inspire you when staying along your patio and backyard. You can create these through simple materials as well.

    Just be sure that when you fill the marbles inside, it is completely clean. Tiki torches are a fun way to decorate any area in your home that needs lighting late at night.

    6. A Trio of Wine Bottle Vases

    A Trio of Wine Bottle Vases

    Source: craftandsparkle.com

    This wine bottle craft can enlighten the atmosphere in your area. It can be placed on your office desk, dining table, or foyer. It all takes a few wine bottles for this craft to come to life.

    7. Repurposed Wine Bottles as Tiki Torches

    Repurposed Wine Bottles as Tiki Torches

    Source: craftbeering.com

    Enlighten the entire backyard or patio with these repurposed upcycled wine bottles turned Tiki torches. You can add a few plastic flowers or bird feeders to make it more appealing during the day.

    During the day, they can serve as feeders for our feathered friends; when it's nighttime, they can ignite the entire area with a cozy ambiance.

    8. Repurposed Painted Wine Bottle DIY Lamp

    Repurposed Painted Wine Bottle DIY Lamp

    Source: 1dogwoof.com

    If you want to create an inviting atmosphere at home, this repurposed painted wine bottle DIY lamp can serve you in the best way possible.

    Cover the entire bottle with your chosen paint; a few key materials for your lampshade can give it a new life.

    9. Bird Feeder

    Bird Feeder

    Source: elizabethjoandesigns.com

    A bird feeder can be done with just a few materials, like a wine bottle and spare wood. You can decorate these bottle crafts using a hot glue gun to make them more appealing to our feathered friends.

    Glue in colorful flowers, shapes, and other naturistic designs to help make it more inviting to our birdies. Place it in your garden or hang it on your roof.

    10. Homemade Vinegar Using Repurposed Wine Bottles

    Homemade Vinegar Using Repurposed Wine Bottles

    Source: inspireacreation.com

    Sometimes, discarding your favorite wine bottle is hard, so repurposing them into vinegar bottles is the best way to use them.

    This DIY wine bottle repurposing idea is amazing if you know what herbs to put. Pour some olive oil, favorite herbs, and spices for your mealtime enjoyment.

    11. Wine Bottle Glass Pendant Lights

    Wine Bottle Glass Pendant Lights

    Source: Dream a Little Bigger

    Empty wine bottles make for amazing fixtures and pendant lights. This craft can be done by cutting the bottom part of the glass bottle and turning it upside down.

    Insert the bulb through the hole and look for a great place to put it. It can simply make the atmosphere of your home even more relaxing.

    You can put these bottles as a design for your car. About cars, if you want to design your tires in your own way, check out the best DIY tire projects here!

    12. Lace Trim Wine Bottle Vases

    Lace Trim Wine Bottle Vases

    Source: Hostess With the Mostess

    Most wine bottle crafts revolve around converting them to vases. These unique and aesthetically pleasing can serve as a vase or a centerpiece in your dining area.

    13. Message in a Wine Bottle Craft

    Message in a Wine Bottle Craft

    Source: Sadie Seasongoods

    While sending messages through an empty wine bottle is a thing of the past, we can still use them in a way we want to convey a message. This wine bottle message craft will look adorable and be displayed in your home.

    14. Wine Bottle Full of Glitter

    Wine Bottle Full of Glitter

    Source: Jenny on the Spot

    Families with kids know glitters make their lives colorful. Cover an entire wine bottle with glitters and paint some polka dots to make it more creative-looking.

    15. DIY Bird Feeder

    DIY Bird Feeder

    Source: Down Home Inspiration

    A bird feeder is the first choice when repurposing old wine bottles. White paint and green and brown colors will truly attract any birds.

    16. Clay Vase

    Clay Vase

    Source: youtube.com

    For DIY wine bottle crafts, wrapping an empty wine bottle with clay puts a Mediterranean vibe to it, right?

    Painting the glass bottle with muted colors complements any other part of your home.

    17. Wine Bottle Luminaries

    Wine Bottle Luminaries

    Source: postcardsfromtheridge.com

    Wine bottle crafts like these can add new life to any part of your home.

    Especially when the holiday is coming, this craft can do wonders for you without spending hundreds of dollars. For this idea, you'll need plenty of wine bottles and light bulbs

    18. DIY Sparkling Bottles

    DIY Sparkling Bottles

    Source: artsykarma.com

    Lights, paint, and empty wine bottles always go hand in hand, especially with these DIY Wine bottle crafts. What makes them great is they look wonderful regardless of where you want to put them.

    Just imagine how beautiful the sun, moon, and stars will be if the light is turned on in your garden.

    However, using recycled wine bottles for this craft will require precise cuts and wine corks. They can also serve as your Christmas lights when the holiday season is approaching.

    19. Wine Bottle Makeover

    Wine Bottle Makeover

    Source: uniquecreationsbyanita.com

    Sometimes, wine bottle crafts don't need to be challenging. Most of the time, they only need a simple makeover using materials hanging around the corner.

    For this wine bottle DIY project, you'll need plenty of paint to fill the entire glass bottle and incorporate decorative pieces using a glue gun.

    20. Wall Vases

    Wall Vases

    Source: artsyprettyplants.com

    Vases on the table are common, right? What about hanging them onto your walls to make your walls breathe new life?

    This simple wine bottle DIY idea is a super easy project to do. Feel free to use any beautiful bottles with a few spray paint bottles. You can also use scrap wood for backplate purposing when installing it onto the wall.

    21. Mod Podge Wine Bottle Crafts

    Mod Podge Wine Bottle Crafts

    Source: Amy

    Recycled wine bottles are great for home décor, right? Turn the junk lying in the kitchen sink and turn it into this colorful masterpiece.

    You can design the bottle with unique shapes and colors or create flowers and grass to make it nature-friendly. This mod podge craft is fun for kids!

    22. Wine Bottle Chandelier

    Wine Bottle Chandelier

    Source: modpodgerocksblog.com

    A chandelier is a popular home décor. Why not use your old drinking glasses and turn them into a piece of the chandelier? That sounds like a cool idea, right?

    Cut the wine bottle in half and fill the entire bottle with colors using chalkboard paint. It's fun to bond with the kids while decorating your home.

    23. DIY Wine Bottle Planters

    Source: kreatinghomes.com

    Repurpose your old wine bottle and turn them into wine bottle planters! Plant enthusiasts should love the idea of turning their old glass bottles into a haven for their Philodendrons!

    You can place them on your bookshelves, dining table, or garden. Old wine bottles also make good wine bottle crafts.

    24. Wine Bottle Gnome

    Wine Bottle Gnome

    Source: myeclectictreasures.com

    It feels like putting a nose and a beard on an empty wine bottle can make for a gnome! Gnomes are pleasant to look at and can make for great home décor.

    Before decorating the wine bottle, use dish soap to clean the entire bottle to ensure everything sticks!

    25. Wine Bottle Centerpiece

    Wine Bottle Centerpiece

    Source: hwtm.com

    One of the most common wine bottle crafts is used as centerpieces. You can use them as-is or paint wine bottles that complement an area where you will put them.

    Greens and yellows make for great centerpieces, especially when summer is fast-approaching.

    26. Wine Bottle Edging

    Wine Bottle Edging

    Source: diyjoy

    Wine bottle edging is a good way to create boundaries. Most of the time, glass wine bottles are left outside to either rot or be broken; why not use them for edging?

    27. Wine Bottle Tree

    Wine Bottle Tree

    Source: hubpages

    This bottle tree works best with plenty of multicolored bottles. It can serve as a Christmas bottle tree when the holiday is near.

    A bottle tree would also be a great addition to your home, and have the kids make it with you.

    28. Decoupaged Wine Bottle

    Decoupaged Wine Bottle

    Source: karenkavett.com

    A wine bottle can serve as a base. You can turn wine bottles into colorful vases with a few cans of spray paint and flowers.

    Let your imagination take over, and do what you feel appeals to your eyes. This way, seeing them in any area of your home creates positivity about how you feel when making them.

    29. Wine Bottle Bird Feeder

    Wine Bottle Bird Feeder

    Source: thegardenroofcoop.com

    Some of the most popular wine bottle crafts have got to be bird feeders. Seeing them eat inside your project feels very fulfilling and satisfying.

    What makes them even more appealing is you can do many things with just a few empty wine bottles and objects lying around the corner.

    30. DIY Modern Herb Garden

    DIY Modern Herb Garden

    Source: Instructables

    Making a hanging herb garden can spice up the atmosphere if you want to breathe new life into your garden.

    You'll only need a few bottles, soil, and plants that love the sun's rays to ensure they can live long enough to brighten any area of your home.

    Cut them in half, discard the rest, and use corks to seal the top portion and turn them upside down. Fill the bottle with soil and place your plants. Use hanging ropes and carefully attach them

    31. DIY Wine Bottle Citronella Candles

    DIY Wine Bottle Citronella Candles

    Source: helloglow.co

    Summer and cold nights should be free from creepy crawlies and pesky mosquitoes. These wine bottle crafts that use a tiki wick can solve that problem.

    Instead of throwing your empty wine bottle in the recycling bin, why not use them to clear the area where you will be camping? Citronella is a great mosquito-repellant, and its smell is very relaxing too!

    32. Wine Bottle Boho Centerpiece

    Wine Bottle Boho Centerpiece

    Source: Mom Spark

    If you love to drink wine and have a couple of wine bottles lying around the corner, it might be the best time to turn them into a Boho Centerpiece.

    Get creative with this craft! If you're not artistic, paste some stickers, stencils, or 3D-printed stickers to make it more appealing at home.

    33. Wine Bottle Dish Soap Dispenser

    Wine Bottle Dish Soap Dispenser

    Source: Living Well Spending Less

    Tall and thin white bottles make for a great soap dispenser. You can find any stopper at your local grocery store, which would do the trick.

    This idea would creatively make your kitchen look more appealing than most looks dispensers

    34. Message on a Wine Bottle

    Message on a Wine Bottle

    Source: Cohas

    Painting wine bottles with chalkboard paint is a great wedding gift you can give. Most people paint the entire bottle with a single color and use white paint to put their messages on it.

    This idea is amazing if you put in the fact that they don't cost you much, and the message will always do wonders for the couple!

    35. Decoupaged Wine Bottle Crafts

    Decoupaged Wine Bottle Crafts

    Source: Rita Shehan

    Decoupaged wine bottles are creative ways to make your old bottles look unique and appealing. You can pick up designs like mod podge, abstract, and unique shapes.

    You can also tear book pages and paste them onto the wine bottles for a more vintage look. Glass bottles look grander if covered with amazing color combinations.

    36. Floating Candles Inside a Wine Bottle

    Floating Candles Inside a Wine Bottle

    Source: Homey Oh My

    A typical dinner night with hubby can make it more romantic with floating candles inside a wine bottle. It can also serve as a gift for couples if you have one.

    These candle wine bottles are best when using darker bottles paired with lighter candles. They will simply light up the atmosphere making the ambiance lovelier!

    37. Marble Filled Beautiful Glass Bottle Torch

    Marble Filled Beautiful Glass Bottle Torch

    Source: helloglow.co

    Marbles are easy to find; they take on another life once you put them in these bottles. All the shades of blue and green swirl together and marvel around once the light is torched.

    It's one of the better touches you can add beside your pool or along the attic to make the scene more serene and mellow. Tiki torches make the area glow most nicely!

    38. Etched Wine Glass Bottle

    Etched Wine Glass Bottle

    Source: realcreativerealorganized.com

    Grab the kids and make your way into making these colorful decorations at home with just a few materials. This project is one of the brilliant ways to make old wine bottles breathe new life.

    In addition, why not host a girls' night party at home and serenade them with this home décor that can liven up the atmosphere? Sounds pretty amazing, right?

    39. Repurposed Steampunk Wine Bottle Lamp

    Repurposed Steampunk Wine Bottle Lamp

    Source: morenascorner.com

    You will see many gears when repurposing these wine bottles and turning them into steampunk versions.

    These will look cool when displayed in your bedroom or dining areas. What makes it even better is you can incorporate various designs to your liking!

    40. Hanging Wine Bottle Planter

    Hanging Wine Bottle Planter

    Source: singlegirlsdiy.com

    With this simple trick, why not add an empty, repurposed wine bottle for your outdoor plants? Whether you want to hang it in your garden or along the hallway, this will make for great décor.

    This design might be an old favorite, but it never goes out of style. You can also add self-watering features to ensure the plant grows optimally!

    Bamboo goes well with this idea! If you want to know more projects involving bamboo, check out the best DIY bamboo projects here!

    41. Hand-Painted Wine Bottle Vase

    Hand-Painted Wine Bottle Vase

    Source: vesna-kreativnostidrugesitnice.blogspot.com

    Hand-painting a wine bottle will almost do the trick most of the time. This elegant wine bottle is carefully repurposed and painted to make it look elegant and dazzling.

    42. Modern Repurposed Wine Bottle Outdoor Sidewalk Lights

    Modern Repurposed Wine Bottle Outdoor Sidewalk Lights

    Source: more-organics.com

    Outdoor and fairy lights in your garage make the entire area look brighter and more lively. It can also help illuminate the entire walkway to help watch your steps!

    43. DIY Wrapped Wine Bottle Table Decorations

    DIY Wrapped Wine Bottle Table Decorations

    Source: abrideonabudget.com

    Sometimes, you must wrap the bottle, which will take on a new form. This cheap but creative idea can help make your dining table more pleasant.

    44. Outdoor Bottle Wine Chandelier

    Outdoor Bottle Wine Chandelier

    Source: artsyvava.blogspot.com

    Hanging wine chandeliers can serve you well when decorating your outdoor space. This outdoor bottle looks good paired with wind chimes.

    Ensure the bottle you are using complements well with its surrounding. For a more homey look, opt for a green bottle.

    45. Wine Bottle Décor

    Wine Bottle Décor

    Source: thatswhatchesaid.net

    Upcycling an old bottle looks good, especially when the holiday season knocks at your doorstep. This idea can give a repurposed glass bottle new life paired with green and red colors.

    Insert in the lights, making your Christmas merrier as you save a few bucks instead of buying new ones.

    For similar ideas, check out the best DIY wooden lamp ideas here!

    46. Herb Garden Bottle Crafts

    Herb Garden Bottle Crafts

    Source: DIY Projects

    Herb gardens are becoming more popular in wine bottle crafts in recent years. Look at this idea; you only cut the bottle into two and turn it upside down.

    To make it more appealing, sticking a chalkboard label in front of it will almost certainly do the trick!

    47. Wrapped Twine Bottle Crafts

    Wrapped Twine Bottle Crafts

    Source: A Blissful Nest

    Wrapping the entire bottle with twine works best if the insides are clean. You can pour in any liquid material inside that serves as your dispenser.

    Add some design to balance out the pale colors usually associated with twine.

    48. Cut Wine Bottles in Half for Easy Bottled Planters

    Cut Wine Bottles in Half for Easy Bottled Planters

    Source: Homemade Modern

    Another bottle planter idea, this creative design allows you to display your indoor plants inside your room while still making an impact.

    Ensure you keep the corks to lock the bottom when you turn it upside down. The glass bottle planter should also be placed in areas with less shade for plants to grow.

    49. Doodle to Your Heart's Liking

    Doodle to Your Heart's Liking

    Source: Creative Jewish Mom

    Doodling an empty glass bottle is another fun and creative way to decorate it. The idea is to make it look more hand-drawn rather than perfect.

    50. Attaching Tiki Torches to Outdoor Fence

    Attaching Tiki Torches to Outdoor Fence

    Source: knowwines

    Torches are becoming our favorite because they brighten any area but don't require heavy machinery.

    You can put this on your outdoor fence or a nearby kitchen garden. For good measure, fill the torch with citronella oil to keep those pesky mosquitoes away!

    51. Frosted Centerpiece

    Frosted Centerpiece

    Source: sustainmycrafthabit.com

    A frosted-looking wine bottle looks luxurious and elegant, right? What if you can do it without spending hundreds of dollars?

    The next time you plan on painting your old wine bottle, make sure you do it like this! They should not be too opaque; a little hazy would do the trick!

    52. Do-it-Yourself Gift

    Do-it-Yourself Gift

    Source: scrappygeek.com

    An old empty bottle on your kitchen cabinets can serve a couple well if you plan on repurposing them for gift-giving purposes.

    Look at this project; you don't need to be an artisan to make this one. A block of scrap wood, an empty bottle, and a wrap will almost certainly do the trick for you!

    53. Upcycled Cacti Glass Planter Bottle

    Upcycled Cacti Glass Planter Bottle

    Source: vickymyerscreations.co.uk

    Some of us love a cactus plant. They are hardy, adaptable, and stand the test of time as a bottle can do. This idea might need a few tools to make it work.

    You'd want a drill and a garden tool for this project. You don't want to crack the glass as it can break entirely.

    54. Polka Dot Glass Vase

    Polka Dot Glass Vase

    Source: craftsbyamanda.com

    Polka dot designs are among the most common designs you can paint on your empty glass bottle. You can also gift them to your kids as home decor to make their room brighter and more colorful.

    Spray painting the whole bottle with white and incorporate bold colors when making polka dots to make it bolder.

    55. Decorative Farmhouse Bottle

    Decorative Farmhouse Bottle

    Source: craftbits.com

    A farmhouse bottle with colorful flowers can brighten up anyone's mood. Look at this. Isn't it lively?

    You can also mash it up and turn it into a candy corn bottle! It can affect your mood positively! Sunflowers are the best!

    Wine Bottle Craft Conclusion

    Wine Bottle Crafts Conclusion

    Adding these creative ideas to your home décor can make the whole place appealing and induce a positive ambiance that uplifts mood and anxiety.

    Experimenting with these ideas, like adding a self-watering feature, is what makes these ideas fun to do!

    You can do these ideas in the comfort of your home without needing any artisan skills and heavy machinery.

    For most adults, staying at least eight hours a day (or more) in an office cubicle is a fact of life, which is why we end up calling the office their second home.

    Considering how much time we spend glued to our desks, you should feel comfortable and safe within your office cubicle, as this helps increase creativity, productivity, and a sense of home away from home. But how?

    Here is where we come in, as we introduce 68 cubicle decor ideas to liven up your office space in this article.

    68 Easy Cubicle Decor Ideas For Personalizing Your Work Area

    One of the keys to productivity is having a personalized and livable workspace. To help you achieve this, we have compiled 68 ideas to make your space shine.

    1.  Add Workspace Lamps for Extra Lighting

    Add Workspace Lamps for Extra Lighting

    Image Source

    A workspace lamp adds warmth and lighting to the confines of cubicle walls. You can put a work-space lamp in the corner, near the station where you frequently write, or even close to your keyboard. 

    In a research on the importance of lighting in offices, experts found that a well-lit workspace increases productivity and elevates the well-being of employees. This is why your light fixture must be well-planned

    2. Add a Shelf on Your Cubicle Walls

    Add a Shelf on Your Cubicle Walls

    Image Source

    Some of you are given limited cubicle spaces. With this, you need to be creative when increasing the functionality of your areas, along with elevating your office cubicle décor. For this problem, the solution is adding a shelf.

    A shelf is a piece of furniture made of plain rectangular wood (or steel) connected to your cubicle's walls. There are also stand-alone ones with rollers that you can hide under your desk.

    A shelf will give you a place to put on your office essentials, plants, and others.

    3. Include Colorful Accessories

    Include Colorful Accessories

    Image Source

    To ignite your productivity and tickle your imagination, you need to see colors that contrast what you see on your computer screens every once in a while. Here is where the multicolored accessories come in.

    The multi-hued accessories can be your personal and office essentials, such as organizers and supplies. The key here is to incorporate colors that you like. It could be brown, blue, violet, or even a complete rainbow representation.

    4. Seasonal Bouquet of Flowers

    Seasonal Bouquet of Flowers

    Image Source

    Flowers give off a calming scent, aside from being visually appealing. So, if you are not allergic to flowers, put on a seasonal bouquet over your desk.

    When choosing the flowers, ensure they align with your office cubicle's color scheme. If you do not mind the colors, you can choose whichever you feel happy with!

    Moreover, you can put a flower in ceramic containers of your choice. These ceramic containers will surely make your desk chic and ultra-modern.

    5. Wall Decor

    Wall Decor

    Image Source

    Wall decors accentuate your cubicle, adding color and variety to a neutral office color scheme.

    More importantly, wall decors can add personality to your area, especially when you decorate it with personal photos, mood boards, and other things that spark a little joy.

    To learn how you can elevate your walls and bulletin boards, you can get ideas from the DIY bulletin board ideas to revamp your home office!

    6. Add a DIY Desk Calendar

    Add a DIY Desk Calendar

    Image Source

    Although gadgets and online applications already exist to remind us of the current date, nothing beats the style and usefulness of a desk calendar, especially when it is DIY.

    When creating a DIY desk calendar, you get to enjoy the process of making one, and you also reap the efforts of your hard work as you can now quickly identify the month and day, every day.

    7. Get Everything in the Same Color

    Get Everything in the Same Color

    Image Source

    Sometimes, that one happy color excites us, which can extend to how enthusiastic we can be going into the office as we get bombarded with tasks.

    The statement above is why you need to get your office supplies and office cubicle decoration ideas in the same color, or at least in complementaries.

    You do not have to brush your walls with pink or blue; you just have to get at least the majority to complement each other. Aside from giving you a sense of motivation, others will see your cubicle as an inspiration for style and creativity.

    8. Poster Whiteboard

    Poster Whiteboard

    Image Source

    A poster whiteboard is a simple cubicle décor that holds much more importance than just mere visuals in your workspace, as it helps you be reminded of everyday tasks and a to-do list for the month.

    You can even use it to write a phone number through an impromptu call and other valuable functions.

    To make it right with a poster whiteboard, hang it on a corner within the level of your eyesight when standing or sitting down and within your hand's reach for jotting important notes.

    9. Wooden Organizer

    Wooden Organizer

    Image Source

    Organizing your essentials is one way of keeping indoor environments livable and work-friendly. To get organized one thing that you can use is a wooden organizer.

    A wooden organizer has several slots and drawers that fit your push pins, paper clips, documents, and other supplies.

    Nevertheless, always remember to keep the wooden organizer within your reach to make it accessible when you need the things stored.

    10. Paint Random Objects

    Paint Random Objects

    Image Source

    Most cubicles, those standard given by offices, are made of plain walls and desks. But you can always have the opportunity to give life to your booth. After all, it is you who will stay there for hours.

    To do that, you can use your painting prowess (and spray paint!) by creating random objects, like rectangles, a leaf, and other patterns. Make sure to vary their colors, too!

    Painting your walls will surely add style to your cubicle and give you a more comfortable stay while working as you look at your hand-painted eye candies.

    11. Throw in a Throw Pillow

    Throw in a Throw Pillow

    Image Source

    You will be surprised at how a simple addition of a throw pillow can give a pleasant glow to your little cubicle, and it can even provide comfort to your back throughout the long hours of working.

    In choosing a throw pillow, consider three things: comfort, style, and size. You must get a pillow that will give you comfort, is stylish, and is small or big enough to fit into your office chairs.

    12. Add a Peg Board

    Add a Peg Board

    Image Source

    If you think only kids use peg boards, then you're wrong. You can also use them to stimulate creativity and develop visual perception skills.

    Sometimes you get drowned in work, and it can get quite monotonous. But, with a simple glance at a peg board, you can be reminded of why you are working, who you are working for, your passion, and other things.

    13. Use Everyday Items as Decorative Features

    Use Everyday Items as Decorative Features

    Image Source

    Your office cubicle décor options are not limited to expensive items or buying new things to add personality to your space. It also includes transforming everyday objects into modish yet helpful decoration ideas.

    By this, we mean that you can put a comfortable scarf (or another textile) on the backrest of your chair, and it can already add style to the entire space.

    You can even use knitted fruit trays to pin on your area walls. While you're at it, you can put fresh flowers or display photos over the trays for an instant wall design.

    14. Find a Stylish Tray

    Find a Stylish Tray

    Image Source

    A stylish tray can be a defining factor in making your work environment a balance of style and business.

    Much more than the appeal it can give, trays as decorative elements are also functional by nature as you can file your documents neatly and appropriately.

    15. Photo Wall

    Photo Wall

    Image Source

    If you want inspiration, motivation, or a cubicle decor that screams who you are without presenting yourself, a photo wall would be right for you.

    Even within the margins of your cubicle, you can put it on a small photo wall. Just make sure you vary the sizes and orientation of the frames to make them fit like puzzle pieces.

    16. Invest in Succulents

    Invest in Succulents

    Image Source

    Getting stuck indoors for hours will surely have you inhaling lower-quality air. But a succulent plant can help filter the air for you.

    Investing in succulents is also ideal for office workers because it is low-maintenance and only needs to be watered once a week. So, you do not have to worry about dried flowers the next day if you skip watering them for a day.

    17. Tiny Geo Planters

    Tiny Geo Planters

    Image Source

    Now that you know how vital succulents are as office cubicle decor, then up your game and put plants inside tiny geo planters.

    These tiny planters have geometric shapes that signify creativity, balance, and even masculinity or femininity, depending on what you want to exude through the color scheme.

    18. Storage for Office Supplies

    Storage for Office Supplies

    Image Source

    In a list of office cubicle décor, it is a no-brainer that you must include storage for your office supplies.

    A horizontal, vertical, or circular storage area can make your space look organized. In turn, it can make you look and feel systematic, too.

    Just remember that when choosing the best storage containers, think of the size of your desk and the colors of the products.

    19. Get a Comfy Office Chair

    Get a Comfy Office Chair

    Image Source

    A work environment can only feel comfy and warm when you have an ergonomic office cubicle chair that also looks good in your eyes and feels good on your back.

    In choosing the office chair, you can opt for those aligned with your preferences and harmonized with the overall theme of your office cubicle decor.

    20. Try an Asymmetrical Layout on Your Work Desk

    Try an Asymmetrical Layout on Your Work Desk

    Image Source

    When in a rush to finish office work, the last thing you want is to bump into one of the edges of your desk. We suggest that you invest in an asymmetrical layout for the desks.

    If you have an L-shaped desk with curved angles, your workflow can be much easier as you can glide from one side to another without worrying about painful edge bumps.

    21. Framed Family Photos

    Framed Family Photos

    Image Source

    Family is everything. They inspire you to work efficiently and motivate you to finish your tasks on time. Even far away, you can always have your family with you through framed photos on your desks or walls.

    You can try the image above, which shows a box with photo-framed walls. This can also be your storage for keys and other small items.

    22. Wall Units for Christmas

    Wall Units for Christmas

    Image Source

    During Christmas time, you surely want to keep your office cubicle decor as festive and joyful as the environment outside of work. To do that, you can decorate your wall units.

    There are several ways of decorating, but the easiest way to go is to hand some Christmas balls in a lantern-like manner.

    You can also add ornaments in different Christmas colors that will act as borders for your office cubicle wall, like in the image above.

    23. Washi Tape Your Desk Space

    Washi Tape Your Desk Space

    Image Source

    To liven up your desk, you do not have to go far. You can do it through washi tape, especially when your office desk is made of wood with a glass cover.

    Working on this decor idea is easy; you only need to get your washi tape in different patterns and line them alternatingly. Then, you get to have a colorful and stylish desk.

    24. Scented Candles

    Scented Candles

    Image Source

    If you want to create a certain ambiance within your office cubicle, you can pair fresh flowers as decor ideas with scented candles on the side.

    You can choose the scent you like, whether it's the aroma of coffee, the freshness of rose, the citrus scent of lemon, or even vanilla.

    Aside from creating a personalized vibe within your workspace, a scented candle can also help you boost your mood, productivity, and energy.

    25. Add String Lights

    Add String Lights

    Image Source

    When your planters are made of glass, you can increase their visual appeal by adding string lights.

    You can also put the string lights across your shelves to add better lighting and warmth to your office cubicle.

    There are different lighting options to choose from: white light, warm light, dim light, and even three-toned lights for festive seasons.

    26. Wooden Pencil Holder

    Wooden Pencil Holder

    Image Source

    Wood elements such as cubicle décor can help you stay grounded and feel the outdoors even when confined in your small cubicle.

    With that, put a wooden pencil holder over your cubicle desk and get the perks of having the earthy element while ensuring your pens are secured.

    If you opt for the pencil holder as shown above, you can quickly identify and get the pen you need without getting them piece by piece compared to a cylindrical holder.

    27. Use a New Desk

    Use a New Desk

    Image Source

    A new desk can bring the best out of you even in the darkest days because who wouldn't want a fresh start with a new desk, right?

    Whether you are just starting your job or take up a new position and office, we suggest you get a new desk. It can be made of marble, steel, wood, or anything you prefer for as long as it's shiny, shimmering, and brand new.

    28. Action Figures or Statues

    Action Figures or Statues

    Image Source

    Another way to make your vertical space enjoyable is by adding action figures or statues.

    It can be your favorite superheroes or anything under the sun that reminds you of something valuable.

    Aside from mere desk cubicle designs, you can use action figures or statues as functional book ends.

    29. DIY Book Ends

    DIY Book Ends

    Image Source

    Speaking of book ends, you can do it yourself by using your current table organizers and putting them on both ends.

    You can even use your geo planters, pencil holders, and other things you have in pairs to keep your books standing tall and mighty while looking clean and modish.

    Tip

    When you're budgeting money but still want to decorate your cubicle, whether at home or in an actual office, check out our home office ideas on a budget article!

    30. Hang Framed Art

    Hang Framed Art

    Image Source

    Aside from family photos, you can hang framed art on your cubicle wall. It can be your first painting, a friend's, a family member's, or something you bought that captured your attention.

    But, you need to be wary of proper placements and sizing as a group of framed art can take a significant area out of your cubicle wall.

    31. Hang a Print

    Hang a Print

    Image Source

    One thing that makes people feel good while they're wrapped up in work is looking at printed materials hanging by their cubicle walls.

    Well, you can feel the same when you hang one over your cubicle right at your sitting eye level.

    With this, you get to see the print once you glance after you search online, write a note on your desk, or do any other office-related work.

    32. Functional Cubicle Decor

    Functional Cubicle Decor

    Image Source

    In this article, we look at how much aesthetic the cubicle décor ideas can give and how much functionality they can provide.

    So, a better way to deal with functionality and style is by starting at your cubicle wall-slash door. You can transform the usual open space with a sliding door if you want privacy.

    Of course, while attaching the door, make sure its design and color complement and balances the entirety of your space and office.

    33. Zen Decoration Ideas

    Zen Decoration Ideas

    Image Source

    When you want to be in a peaceful state of mind, you should incorporate zen cubicle décor into your office cubicle.

    To do that, you need to include earth tones and plants. You must also apply this to your desktop background to provide a sense of continuity and harmony.

    34. Magazine Rack

    Magazine Rack

    Image Source

    Being an employee of a production company or a journalist, you would need a magazine rack to stack all your copies for easy filing.

    Often magazine racks take the most out of your not-enough space. You can always work around that by pinning them into your cubicle walls, similar to the image above.

    It is not just functional, but it also acts as a removable wallpaper of some sort to fill your dull walls.

    35. Invest in Desk Organizers

    Invest in Desk Organizers

    Image Source

    Investing in office decor means buying helpful desk organizers, too. They do not need to be fancy, but they need to blend in with the elements of your already existing cubicle décor.

    To give you an idea, the best desk organizers come in two or three tiers because of their space-saving characteristics.

    36. Bring in a Few Books

    Bring in a Few Books

    Image Source

    We discussed how book ends could elevate your cubicle's style and utility. What good are book ends without a few books?

    You can put at least three books of your preference for your desk cubicle. You can read them on your breaks or just put them there for a bookworm vibe.

    37. Keyboard Stickers

    Keyboard Stickers

    Image Source

    Do you know what else can make your cubicle desk a standout? Keyboard stickers!

    We usually think that changing keyboards is the key to increased productivity and aesthetics within the room. Still, we must remember that even simple stickers can light up the day.

    There are full keyboard stickers that cover up your entire keyboard, but there are also individual keycap stickers. It's up to you what to choose; just ensure it matches your cubicle décor.

    38. Raise your Computer

    Raise your Computer

    Image Source

    When you are left with a small cubicle desk area, and you need to keep a lot of things on top of your table, then raising your computer can help a lot.

    In raising your computer, make sure you find a practical stand. By this, we mean those with a built-in desk tray.

    39. Try to Add Handmade Items

    Try to Add Handmade Items

    Image Source

    Anything handmade can draw you closer to your office cubicle because it is more personalized.

    Some handmade things essential to incorporate into your office cubicle are paper flowers, art made of paper clips, and collages in a frame.

    40. Work with a New Color Scheme

    Work with a New Color Scheme

    Image Source

    Having the same environment over and over will make your life dull and monotonous. Yet, you can always change how you see your office, even without looking for another job, by changing the colors in your environment.

    From hot pink and bright blue, you can change the scheme to olive green or any other colors. Just make sure it's different from the first hue of your cubicle.

    41. Invest in Technology

    Invest in Technology

    Image Source

    Technology can make a third-class office cubicle superior, especially when you know what equipment to invest in.

    The technology as decor that you use can include a double monitor, a new Alexa-connected device, a modern desk lamp that also acts as a clock, a digital desk calendar, and more.

    42. Add Magnets

    Add Magnets

    Image Source

    When tracking your daily tasks or monthly progress, magnets can help you do your job efficiently and keep track of what you need to do, just like in the image above.

    Aside from being your little trackers, these can also elevate the overall appeal of your cubicle desk (of course, if you integrate the magnets with neutral colors).

    43. Work with a Specific Decor Theme

    Work with a Specific Decor Theme

    Image Source

    The number one rule when doing cubicle decor is to think of what you like, stick to it, and use it as your cubicle decor theme.

    You can mix and match two themes, but you can never prosper when you put everything you can think of in one space.

    When going with patterns as your main cubicle decor ideas for cubicle wallpaper, pair them with plain desk accessories. This allows the designs to harmonize and not go against each other.

    44. Fancy Wallpaper

    Fancy Wallpaper

    Image Source

    If you want to get fancy, you can always hang some wallpapers on your cubicle's wall. It can be flowers, minimalist patterns, or just plain but bright-colored wallpapers.

    The trick in getting a suitable wallpaper is to choose removable ones so that you can change it once your likes and preferences change.

    45. Personalize Your Display Board

    Personalize Your Display Board

    Image Source

    A display board up on your walls can easily get you inspired and motivated to finish things. It is a definite eye candy, too.

    To personalize your display board, you can add photos of your hobbies, significant life events, and famous personality that inspires you.

    46. Add a Pen Holder

    Add a Pen Holder

    Image Source

    As we have mentioned in the earlier sections, pen holders are a must to keep your pens in place all the time.

    With this, we present to you this geometric pen holder in a slanting orientation. It will not just hold your pens but also your contact paper, calling cards, and other essential things.

    47. Small Rug

    Small Rug

    Image Source

    If you think aesthetics are the only reason small rugs on the floor must be on your list of cubicle decor ideas, then you are missing the point.

    A touch of a small rug into your overall cubicle design can reflect your personality and can even provide comfort to you and those who visit your office cubicle space.

    48. Pin Up a Few Posters

    Pin Up a Few Posters

    Image Source

    Like the effects of the statues and personalized display boards, pinning up a few posters can also give you a sense of ownership of your cubicle and inspiration from those you decide to put.

    You can add a poster of your favorite band or a poster that states the most inspirational quote that got you through the most challenging times of your life.

    Whatever it may be, don't hesitate to pin it up!

    49. Floating Shelves

    Floating Shelves

    Image Source

    When discussing organization, another cubicle décor idea that comes to mind is floating shelves.

    These shelves are different from the traditional ones because you cannot see the bridge that connects them with the wall. With that, it gives an illusion that it floats. Hence its name.

    Additionally, shelves like this will give your cubicle the impression of more space, which is beneficial for your productivity.

    50. Extra Organizer

    Extra Organizer

    Image Source

    Do not be scared to include extra organizers in your cubicle decor because it will increase the usability and convenience of your space.

    You can add extra organizers below and above your desks and pin them on your wooden or glass walls.

    51. Empty Jar Decor

    Empty Jar Decor

    Image Source

    An empty mason jar or any other jar can be an excellent addition to your cubicle decor. They can be purely for the visuals or bear some functions, too.

    You can use empty jar decor as holders for fresh flowers or another organizer for pins and pens.

    Moreover, you can envelop the empty jar with wrapping paper before making it useful with the abovementioned things. However, if you want to retain its glass glory, you can add fairy lights inside for extra lighting.

    52. Small Storage Boxes

    Small Storage Boxes

    Image Source

    One of the rules of organizing is that you can never go wrong with small storage boxes under or beside your cubicle desk.

    These small storage boxes can be a home for your magazines, books, monthly documents, and more. You can even use them as a filing system to separate incoming and outgoing papers.

    53. Spooky Design for Halloween

    Spooky Design for Halloween

    Image Source

    During Halloween, you surely want to be in season, and one way to do that is to add a spooky design to your cubicle decor ideas.

    To ace this design, you can make a spooky house for your laptop or attach a big-moon-with-a-bird handmade art to your divider walls.

    54. Add Wall Cushions

    Add Wall Cushions

    Image Source

    When you want to increase the soundproofing of your cubicle and feel more comfortable taking on some confidential calls, wall cushions are the way to go.

    You can put it on your walls and even your DIY doors. Just make sure that your walls are sturdy enough to handle the weight of the cushions.

    55. Awards and Medals

    Awards and Medals

    Image Source

    Being sentimental, it is always an exciting feeling when you can see your awards, medals, and certificates at your office desk.

    Aside from giving you the nostalgia of your younger days, it can also provide encouragement, especially during rough days at the office.

    This decor idea can also elevate the vibe in your cubicle, making it more homey and comfy.

    56. Bag Hanger

    Bag Hanger

    Image Source

    With the bit of office space given to you, you just have to make the most out of it for style and organization. For this, a bag hanger can be your buddy.

    You can add a bag hanger at the end of your desks or the entrance of your cubicle, wherever you find it safe to hang your bags and other things.

    57. Custom Mouse Pad

    Custom Mouse Pad

    Image Source

    Since you have already been designing your keyboards with stickers and your computer monitors with a seasonal theme, why not let the mousepad join the party, too?

    A computer mouse pad is essential in keeping your workflow smooth, particularly when you rely on computers and typing all the time.

    Aside from that, a custom mouse pad can increase the visual appeal of your cubicle décor because it will complement your pre-existing decorations.

    58. Geometric Filing Cabinet

    Geometric Filing Cabinet

    Image Source

    The organizing does not stop in this list as we include this desk filing cabinet with a unique geometric shape.

    Obviously, this cabinet will help you arrange your documents instantly. But it can also be a place where you can put your geo planters and make the overall design of your cubicle a must-have for your workmates.

    59. Plushies

    Plushies

    Image Source

    Remembering the good old days can help you carry on with your work life. So, why not bring your plushies to work and make them a part of your cubicle decor?

    To be honest, plushies can help stimulate your creativity, get you out of a stressful situation, and even bring your office cubicle to a higher level of coziness.

    60. Metallic File Holders

    Metallic File Holders

    Image Source

    You can find a companion in metallic file holders when sporting a tropical or minimalist theme.

    Besides giving your files a stylish place to organize, you can also have a chic addition to your cubicle decor that uplifts the vibe within your cubicle area.

    61. Add on Some Mirrors

    Add on Some Mirrors

    Image Source

    If you need to work in a limited cubicle area, add a rectangular mirror on top of your cubicle desk or walls, as it creates the illusion of extra space.

    Your cubicle decor can be a single mirror, or if you really want to enlarge your area, you can put two mirrors facing each other.

    62. Colored Butterflies

    Colored Butterflies

    Image Source

    You can add origami or folded paper art pieces among the handmade objects that you can include as your cubicle decor.

    They can be paper planes, animals, and insects like butterflies. To make them look appealing, you can even fold them in different colors.

    Additionally, you can place the origami birds or butterflies in a manner where they will create a flying formation.

    63. Wire Organizers

    Wire Organizers

    Image Source

    To further brighten up your office cubicle, what you need are wire organizers that can be mounted on your walls or at your desk.

    With wire organizers, you can have both functionality and style. On the one hand, wire organizers can hold your items while allowing you to easily see the things you need through the holders.

    On the other hand, wire organizers give off a monochrome vibe compatible with those who like contemporary or industrial designs.

    64. Letter Board

    Letter Board

    Image Source

    If you want your desk to stand out, pair your wire organizers with a letterboard with a black background. You can use this letter board as a reminder, daily list, or important contact details board.

    Moreover, to make it blend well with the rest of your office cubicle decor, put it on top of your shelves or right at the side of your computer monitor.

    65. Glass Vase

    Glass Vase

    Image Source

    Earlier, we talked about how fresh flowers can elevate the look of your cubicle. But, it is equally important to note that a glass vase where you will place your flowers holds equal importance in increasing your cubicle's sophisticated look.

    Aside from glass vases, there are also wooden and metallic ones that you can use depending on what you prefer.

    You can also use ceramic containers to spice things up around your desks!

    66. Rainbow Cubicle Décor

    Rainbow Cubicle Décor

    Image Source

    Rainbows bring hope, and rainbow designs on your cubicle offer more than that; they also provide freshness and joy to your work atmosphere.

    You can incorporate the rainbow colors through your organizers, paper, mood boards, vases, calendars, and letter boards (basically everything!).

    67. Cable Organizers

    Cable Organizers

    Image Source

    You cannot have a valuable and convenient cubicle to work in if your cables are literally everywhere.

    To keep them in place, you can incorporate a cable organizer into your workflow. With a cable organizer, all your wires pass through it to lessen their visibility and clutter.

    Reminder

    To efficiently use cable organizers, you MUST keep them near the electric outlets/where the wires bundle up.

    68. Cross-stitch Wall Decor

    Cross-stitch Wall Decor

    Image Source

    The last decor option, but not the least, from this list is this cross-stitch wall decor. It is a handmade art piece created using the techniques of embroidery.

    To put it up on your walls safely and securely, do not forget to use wooden or full-glass frames.

    Advantages of Employees Decorating Cubicles

    As employees, decorating your cubicles can give much more than visual appeal. It also means that you can gain the following perks:

    • Create a healthy working environment
    • Give comfort and a welcoming atmosphere
    • Provide a boost in motivation
    • Elevate creativity
    • Increase productivity
    • Build rapport with coworkers

    Cubicle Decor Ideas FAQs

  • After all the cubicle decor ideas we provided, we are sure you have some things in mind you want to address.

    With that concern, we have this section to address some of your FAQs. Read on!

  • How do you hang things on a cubicle wall?

    You can use wall hangers, push pins, mounting squares, and cubicle hooks to hang things on a cubicle wall.

  • How do I personalize my office cubicle?

    You can personalize your office cubicle using one or more things we have provided above. But, to summarize, here are some of the essential decor ideas you can use to personalize your cubicles:

    • Add a hanging photo wire of your family and friends
    • Include your achievements (e.g., medals and certificates)
    • Incorporate your passion and likes (e.g., yarn, colors, pens, toys, etc.)
  • Verdict On Cubicle Décor Ideas

    Verdict On Cubicle Décor Ideas

    With everything included in this article, from the 68 ideas to the advantages and even your FAQs, you now have the decor ideas you will need to do to liven up your office space.

    Just remember the three important interior design elements every time you decorate: color, creativity, and comfort

    Now that you are ready, you can put these office cubicle decor ideas into reality!

    It can be challenging to start painting when there's just too much you can paint. It can get overwhelming, which could stop you from taking the next steps to learn how to paint.

    A few easy canvas painting ideas can help you with your creative journey since they keep those ideas going.

    We've gathered 70 simple and easy canvas painting ideas for beginners to get inspired by, allowing you to start painting as soon as possible.

    70 Simple Canvas Painting Ideas to Try

    Hand draw spring landscape scene watercolor background. Simple Canvas Painting Ideas to Try

    You can paint many things, whether you're a beginner or an expert. A common issue for artists of different levels is how difficult it is to find the right subject to paint.

    Having a list with a variety of ideas can be the solution to help you find what to paint.

    These are some easy canvas painting ideas for beginners and even more advanced painters to try.

    1. Floral Painting

    Floral Painting

    Source: Heather Martin

    Flowers are some of the first things we learn to draw as kids. Since we're so used to seeing these things, it can be easy to plan out how you will paint them on a canvas.

    Try painting different kinds of flowers to get used to different textures, styles, and colors.

    2. Easy Heart Painting

    Easy Heart Painting

    Source: Everything Art & Craft

    Another simple shape to work with is the heart. It's a figure we usually end up doodling on paper.

    You can paint the heart shape in different colors and styles, depending on how you want them. Be creative with how you paint your hearts.

    3. Butterfly

    Butterfly

    Source: Pinterest

    Butterflies are exciting subjects for painting because of the details on their wings. They tend to be symmetrical, making it easier to work on if you paint a butterfly with two wings.

    Try looking at different patterns and colors to help paint these beautiful creatures of nature.

    4. Abstract Painting

    Abstract Painting

    Source: Jessica Andersdotter

    Abstract painting has become more popular, mainly because of its uniqueness. You can experiment with different colors and designs without being direct about what you've painted.

    These are some of the easy acrylic painting ideas on this list and are a fun addition to your home and interior design.

    5. Stencil Art Piece

    Stencil Art Piece

    Source: Pinterest

    Stencil art is another fun painting idea any beginner can try. You can use a stencil as your guide or paint as if you've traced a stencil.

    You can also include geometric patterns and shapes to make them more unique.

    6. Acrylic Paint Pouring

    Acrylic Paint Pouring

    Source: Julie Cutts

    Acrylic paint pouring is another easy way to do abstract art, especially for beginners. You can pour different paint mixes on a blank canvas and see what you can create.

    These new techniques don't usually need a step-by-step tutorial since they rely on your unique combination of colors.

    7. Galaxy/Night Sky

    Galaxy/Night Sky

    Source: Pinterest

    Painting the galaxy and stars is another common easy canvas painting idea for beginners. It plays with cool colors and shadows, allowing you to depict anything from outside the earth.

    You can be creative with how you paint the stars and the universe, from using Q-tips to an enormous paintbrush. The (night) sky's the limit.

    8. Sail Boats

    Sail Boats

    Source: Painting for Home

    Sailboats are serene, excellent subjects for paintings, especially when painted with a good, clear background. Its details are easy to work with, making it great for beginners.

    You can learn how to blend colors to get a great sunset effect.

    9. Autumn Tree with Cotton Balls

    Autumn Tree with Cotton Balls

    Source: Project with Kids

    Who needs a paintbrush when you can get creative with the things you have at home? You can use cotton balls to create a fun and unique texture for the leaves of autumn trees.

    This project is so easy that even a kid can make it.

    10. Cute Snowman Painting

    Cute Snowman Painting

    Source: Casey K

    A cute snowman can be a great way to practice your painting skills while creating something for the holiday season.

    Its features are easy to work with, and you can create many variations, making it one of Christmas's best canvas painting ideas.

    11. Lavender Acrylic with Cotton Swabs

    Lavender Acrylic with Cotton Swabs

    Source: Angela Anderson

    You can also try painting lavender using acrylic paints and Q-tips.

    Simply use the cotton swabs to create the small details for the flowers. Don't be afraid to play with the different shades of purple.

    12. Flag

    Flag

    Source: Painting with a Twist

    You can try painting different kinds of flags with diverse backgrounds. It can help you work with lines and shapes.

    Not only will you be able to familiarize yourself with other countries, but you'll also be improving your painting technique.

    13. Shooting Stars

    Shooting Stars

    Source: TopCat Design

    Add shooting stars to your night sky painting. You can play with the different lights involved with this natural phenomenon.

    You can also experiment with angles where the star could fall.

    14. Pumpkin

    Pumpkin

    Source: Tracie Kiernan

    Whether you're looking for a Halloween painting project or something to add to your home decor, you can try painting pumpkins on your canvas.

    Learn how to paint the small details of a pumpkin, from the lines to the vines.

    15. Dog

    Dog

    Source: Cathy Walters

    Dedicating a painting to a man's best friend is a great project. It's one of the easy canvas painting ideas with sentimental value, especially for fur parents.

    Whether you're capturing a puppy's serene face on a canvas or their funny antics, it's a great way to immortalize them.

    16. Christmas Tree

    Christmas Tree

    Source: Catherine Mizell

    There are many ways to paint a Christmas tree. Like the ones in real life, they can come in various colors and styles when painting the leaves.

    Feel free to paint your tree with any décor you like. Their vibrant colors are bound to spread Christmas cheer.

    17. The Moon

    The Moon

    Source: Heather Palsgrove

    Painting the moon onto a canvas is excellent practice for your painting technique. It focuses on playing with the blacks, whites, and grays that make up the painting.

    It's another excellent way to capture something from the night sky onto a canvas.

    18. Pineapple

    Pineapple

    Source: Katharine Rowe

    Fruits, like the pineapple, make an excellent subject for art. They're simple everyday items that we're all familiar with.

    You can either have a live model for this or look for a step-by-step tutorial online to help you determine how its shadows and details work.

    19. Geometric Wall Art

    Geometric Wall Art

    Source: Yelena Revis

    Geometric wall art is another common abstract painting idea that works well with acrylic paint. It focuses on sharp angles, shapes, and shades of your colors.

    You can add this to your living space to add a little color to your home decor.

    20. Butterfly Sitting on a Flower Painting

    Butterfly Sitting on a Flower Painting

    Source: Suren Nersisyan

    Step up from the butterfly idea and have the insect sit on a flower. It will help you learn how one element in a painting is connected to everything else.

    It's one of the easy painting ideas that can help enhance your skills as an artist.

    21. City Skyline

    City Skyline

    Source: Mona Edulesco

    The city skyline can be a serene subject for any artist, no matter how chaotic the rest of the city may be. You can play with colors and brush strokes to get the details needed to depict your subject.

    Learn to apply your paints in a deliberate way to get the intricate details of the city.

    22. Wreath

    Wreath

    Source: Elle Byers

    If you're looking for more easy canvas painting ideas that fit the holidays, you can also try this Christmas wreath.

    Its details are easy to work with and a great way to spread holiday cheer. Feel free to experiment with how you work on the leaves.

    23. Ombre Brushstroke Art

    Ombre Brushstroke Art

    Source: Pink Water

    An ombre brushstroke art is a great way to learn about blending the different shades of a color to make it look seamless on a canvas.

    There's always something satisfying about a successful ombre.

    24. Bison in the Mist

    Bison in the Mist

    Source: James Corwin

    Capturing bison in the mist on a canvas is another excellent way to have the wonders of nature close to you.

    This painting idea may look a bit complicated. It's best to look for a step-by-step tutorial to guide you while working on this painting project to help break things down.

    25. Easy Beach Painting

    Easy Beach Painting

    Source: Lucie Bilodeau

    Many easy canvas painting ideas also capture the serenity of a beach.

    It's a great painting to work on, especially if you're doing it on an actual beach. It's a way to unwind and practice your skills.

    26. Watermelon

    Watermelon

    Source: Lucia Accordino

    Returning to the fruits, you can try painting a watermelon on your canvas.

    Its simple shapes can help you focus more on the small details that come with this fruit, helping you work on your technique.

    27. Fingerprint Rainbow

    Fingerprint Rainbow

    Source: Pinterest

    Here are more ideas on how to leave the brush behind and get creative with painting. This idea is so much fun, especially for the kids.

    This painting project is fun, making it easier to get younger people into art and painting. You can also put it up in the kids' room after as a decoration.

    28. Lemons

    Lemons

    Source: Vicky Tesmer

    When life gives you lemons, turn them into a work of art.

    Lemons are one of the easy painting ideas that can help you work on light and shadows. Its quirky shape also enables you to work with different angles.

    29. Simple Swirls

    Simple Swirls

    Source: michelle

    Swirls and colors are a fun way to work with acrylic paint, especially if you love abstract painting. Each attempt will be different from the one before.

    They're another one of the more simple canvas painting ideas for beginners that can help work on their technique.

    30. Mountain Landscape

    Mountain Landscape

    Source: David W. Jackson

    A mountain landscape is another common subject for art. They're relatively easy to make and can help you improve your skills as an artist.

    It's one of the acrylic painting ideas with many online tutorials.

    31. Salt Marsh Canal Landscape

    Salt Marsh Canal Landscape

    Source: Ron Louque

    This landscape is a great subject for canvas painting, especially if you want to improve your technique.

    It has an outstanding balance between greenery and bodies of water, making you work with different textures and strokes.

    32. Birch Tree

    Birch Tree

    Source: Rafael Salazar

    A birch tree painting on canvas can double as a great gift idea. Its aesthetics tend to fit many decors at home.

    It also helps you work on playing with colors that can go well with this type of tree.

    33. Mother and Child

    Mother and Child

    Source: Grace Fox

    If you're looking for human subjects, you can try painting out a mother and child. You can make it as realistic or as abstract as you want.

    This trope was often painted in the past, giving you a lot of inspiration to work with if you're unsure where to start.

    34. Welcome Home Sign

    Welcome Home Sign

    Source: Gracie Oaks

    If you're looking for a painting that doubles as a greeting to your guests, try this welcome home sign. You can design it based on your aesthetic.

    You can work on your calligraphy or font for the text of your sign. Stencils are also available online to help you paint this onto your canvas.

    35. Painting on Black Canvas

    Painting on Black Canvas

    Source: Pinterest

    A black canvas is interesting to work with, especially for beginners who want to experiment with colors. The brighter your colors, the more they stand out against the darkness.

    You can either focus on your vibrant colors or a simple white. It helps highlight the details of your work.

    36. Umbrella

    Umbrella

    Source: Pinterest

    An umbrella is another simple subject for your canvas since you see it daily. You can have it painted in different ways, whether closed or open.

    Try to draw the umbrella in different weathers to help you understand the differences and colors involved.

    37. Mermaid

    Mermaid

    Source: Pinterest

    Whether you're a Disney or a fantasy fan, a mermaid would be a great idea for a whimsical canvas painting.

    Since it's a fictional creature, it's open to interpretation, making it more fun to create. Don't be afraid to experiment with features and backgrounds.

    38. Painting Clouds

    Painting Clouds

    Source: Corinne Melanie

    The texture of clouds is always a peculiar thing. Since there are different kinds, you can try each, studying different color combinations and strokes to create this masterpiece.

    Learn to play with the colors and weather involved. A slight change from sunny to cloudy can mean a significant shift in the features of your cloud painting.

    39. Daisies in a Jar

    Daisies in a Jar

    Source: Tracie Kiernan

    Daisies are usually simple to create, whether with a pen or acrylic paint. It makes this canvas art easy to work with, especially if you're a beginner.

    Try to add little insects and other features to make your art more unique. All of them will help you work on relationships between the different elements you create.

    40. Motivational Quotes

    Motivational Quotes

    Source: Pinterest

    Canvas is an ideal medium if you want a great way to share inspirational and motivational quotes. You can add elements related to the words you've painted on the canvas.

    It can be a quote that an author posted or words that you live by. Make it colorful and fun to bring out the positivity in the room.

    You can also place these quotes on mini canvases. Having a wall filled with this much positivity is always uplifting to people.

    41. Song Lyrics

    Song Lyrics

    Source: Jennifer Gail

    There are times when words to a song just hit differently. The more it inspires you, the more they become great canvas painting ideas since they keep you motivated.

    Paint the words that speak to you the most. It's a great way to remember notable artists' words and have these lyrics in your style.

    Like the quotes, you can also try having this on different canvases. They can be fun to create, especially since they keep the creative juices going.

    42. Desert Sunset Paintings with Cactus

    Desert Sunset Paintings with Cactus

    Source: Zazzle Paper

    Deserts are serene places that have been the subjects of paintings for many people. They're even more impressive on canvas since they capture this wonder of nature.

    This canvas art is another way to work with sunsets. It's great for learning how to blend those bright colors to create the perfect sunset.

    43. Paint Hydrangeas

    Paint Hydrangeas

    Source: Nancy F. Morgan

    Painting hydrangeas mean you have to work with small details, especially for the petals of the flowers. It also works with various colors. You can stick to one color with different shades or different ones altogether.

    You can be creative with painting the small details. Some work with smaller brushes, while others work with cotton swabs.

    There are also different settings you can do for hydrangeas. They will surely be beautiful whether you have them on a vase or a field.

    44. Palm Tree

    Palm Tree

    Source: Mark James

    If you're into more tropical vibes, you can try to paint a palm tree on your canvas. They go well with various backgrounds, whether it's the urban scene of Los Angeles or the serene beaches.

    You can either work with the silhouette of your palm trees or have your subject in broad daylight. The latter will help you work on the tree's intricate details.

    45. Vintage Christmas Truck Painting

    Vintage Christmas Truck Painting

    Source: Angela Anderson

    Another Christmas canvas painting idea is a vintage Christmas truck. You can add elements, like Christmas trees and gifts, to give it a festive feel.

    Learn to paint this vintage dream of a machine in this specific setting to get the elements down. Once you can get used to it, you can try other climates and vehicles.

    46. String Art

    String Art

    Source: Fluid Artist Steph

    String art is another fun canvas painting idea for beginners, especially since it also ditches the traditional painting technique and works with other materials.

    You must dip your string into the paint before laying it on a blank canvas. You can set it in different angles and shapes. Then, pull and watch the magic happen.

    The most common outcome for this kind of painting is an abstract floral pattern. However, you can also experiment to get different results.

    47. Tissue Paper Painting

    Tissue Paper Painting

    Source: Pinterest

    Tissue paper painting is another fun way to create a masterpiece using the items in your home. Almost anyone, even children, can do it.

    As the paper absorbs your different paints, it can take on interesting textures, which adds character to your canvas art.

    You can also create different images with this idea, from landscapes to abstract art. Feel free to go wild with your colors.

    48. Seascapes

    Seascapes

    Source: Nina Jayasinghe

    Seascapes are another common subject for acrylic painting. They're also serene, especially when painted onto a vast canvas. It makes them great for décor and gift ideas.

    Learn to capture the texture of the waves and the sky with this acrylic painting.

    49. Dandelions

    Dandelions

    Source: Elsa Weiß

    This painting on canvas will make you want to be in a field of dandelions, especially with how beautiful it can be.

    It may seem tricky to get the small details of these flowers. However, they can also be satisfying to create. Each stroke needs to be deliberate to make them look great.

    50. Cherry Blossom Tree

    Cherry Blossom Tree

    Source: Pinterest

    Painting a cherry blossom tree is another idea that focuses on small details. You can work on how the colors change throughout the canvas despite just working with pink.

    Try to experiment with what highlight colors would go best with the pinks of the cherry blossom tree.

    51. Metallic Abstract Art

    Metallic Abstract Art

    Source: Lynette Melnyk

    Metallic colors are fun to work with, especially with abstract art. They can blend well with other colors, especially with neutrals. The striking colors in this style are gold and silver.

    Learn how to balance out different each color to form a masterpiece to hang at home.

    52. Watercolor Painting

    Watercolor Painting

    Source: littleflycatcher

    Watercolor can be pretty tricky, especially for beginners. However, you may be familiar with it since they're common mediums for kids.

    Working with watercolor can help you learn to control how you mix your colors.

    53. Splatter Painting

    Splatter Painting

    Source: Nadia Abdelal

    Splatter painting is a great way to go wild with your paintings, especially with how the paint interacts with the canvas.

    Simply splatter your colors onto the blank canvas. You can end up with an abstract painting or work out the shapes to outline the different features to create a specific picture.

    54. Impressionist Art

    Impressionist Art

    Source: Laurel Buchanan

    Learn to work with small and deliberate brushstrokes by doing some impressionist art. Start using the things around you as the subjects of your work.

    This art style is best done with oil paints, especially if you're a beginner with this style.

    55. Birds on a Branch

    Birds on a Branch

    Source: Pinterest

    Try painting adorable birds onto your canvas. You can play with your subjects' colors and features to make them more unique.

    These usually work with watercolor. However, you can also try other mediums and paint types, depending on your preference.

    56. Word Canvas Art

    Word Canvas Art

    Source: Elise Blaha Cripe

    You can work with words in general when it comes to art. Paint them onto your canvas and turn them into a work of art.

    This style relies more on how you paint your letters. Try different fonts and techniques to make it unique.

    57. Sunset With Hot Air Balloons

    Sunset With Hot Air Balloons

    Source: Tracie Kiernan

    Hot air balloons are easy to paint, especially with their simple structure.

    You can add a sunset in the background to help you work with colors and contrast, especially with your subject front and center.

    58. Abstract Coral

    Abstract Coral

    Source: Donna Maloney

    Corals can come in all shapes and sizes, making them a great way to unleash your creativity onto a blank canvas.

    Play with different lines and colors to capture this wonder of the sea onto your canvas.

    59. Watercolor Botanical Plants

    Watercolor Botanical Plants

    Source: Olga Koelsch

    You can also try working with other botanical plants regarding watercolor.

    Trying out different plants can help you work with further details, especially how peculiar some can be.

    60. Roses

    Roses

    Source: Holly Van Hart

    Roses are easy to work with, especially with their structure and colors. Learn where the center goes and begin painting your flower from there.

    Try working on this romantic flower to practice your technique.

    61. Northern Lights Forest

    Northern Lights Forest

    Source: AhmadArt

    The northern lights are a mesmerizing phenomenon of nature. While not everyone can see it in real life, you can still capture its colors on a canvas.

    Paint these lights in the forest to give a more authentic feel to your work.

    62. Minimalist Art

    Minimalist Art

    Source: Pinterest

    Minimalism is one of the easiest ways to start learning how to paint. Their colors are more solid, focusing on simple neutrals rather than vibrant tones and highlights.

    It'll help you learn to focus on how you can paint shapes. Keep things simple and minimal.

    63. Unicorn Painting

    Unicorn Painting

    Source: Painting With A Twist

    Everyone loves unicorns, especially with how many colors can go into their hair. It makes them great to practice your skills while creating something beautiful.

    Try painting this with pastels to offer a more whimsical vibe.

    64. Trendy Gold Chevron Painting

    Trendy Gold Chevron Painting

    Source: Talia Christine

    This classy painting style is one way to get into the trend while practicing your painting skills.

    It can give a retro or simple vibe, depending on how you work with the golds.

    65. Work with Chalk Paint

    Work with Chalk Paint

    Source: Pinterest

    This type of paint is often used to give furniture or walls a matte finish.

    However, it can work wonders for a canvas, giving an old-school charm to whatever you decide to paint.

    66. Giant Wall Art Piece

    Giant Wall Art Piece

    Source: Pinterest

    Working on a large canvas may seem overwhelming, especially with the space provided. However, you can see it positively and make the most of it.

    Whether abstract or realist, any giant wall art piece should be placed on its own wall in your home.

    67. Sunflowers

    Sunflowers

    Source: Mikki Senkarik

    Sunflowers are always a happy subject to work with when painting. They're simple and vibrant, lighting up any room they're in.

    Bring a smile to anyone's face by showing them the sunflowers you've painted.

    68. Succulent Painting

    Succulent Painting

    Source: Robin McCoy

    Succulents are interesting and quirky subjects to work with. They come in all shapes and sizes, making your work different every time.

    Experiment with how greens can complement other colors, depending on your succulent's light.

    69. Large Red Poppy Flowers

    Large Red Poppy Flowers

    Source: Willem Haenraets

    Poppies are a common symbol of remembrance and hope in a more peaceful future.

    Its message and the simplicity of the flower make it an excellent subject for beginner artists who want to create something meaningful.

    70. Flower Garden Path

    Flower Garden Path

    Source: Pinterest

    A flower garden path is another serene painting idea you can work with, especially if you want to work with more than one flower.

    Learn to match colors to know which flowers will look great together in your little garden.

    What Do I need to Paint on Canvas?

    Being prepared to do a painting project safely announces to everyone, "All my supplies are complete."

    What do you need to start painting?

    Here is a list of materials for you to prepare before any project.

    Paints

    One of the main stars of painting is the paints needed to help bring your art to life.

    Oil paints and acrylic paints are the typical choices for the canvas, with the latter being preferred by beginners. You can also experiment with other types, like watercolor paints, pastels, and spray paint.

    Paintbrushes

    Paintbrushes are usually bought as a set, making it easier to pick up something with the essentials needed to paint.

    You can easily try different kinds of brushes without significantly investing in them.

    Canvases

    Canvases can come in different sizes and various materials. You can choose what will best fit your work.

    For beginners, it's best to go for the basic and traditional canvas. Look for a standard cotton-stretched canvas to get started.

    Palette or Squeeze Surface

    When painting, you need to mix and experiment with colors. It's best to have a palette or squeeze surface nearby.

    You can also have a test material to see how the paint would look while mixing.

    You can buy these materials at your local art supply or dollar store.

    Painting Surface

    Your canvas will need a place to sit while you work on it. You'll need to ensure it's at a proper elevation and angle to help you work comfortably.

    You can usually get an easel in your local hardware store. If you work on a tabletop, ensure it's covered in newspaper or scrapbook paper to keep the table clean.

    Tapes

    It's great to have painters' tape, contact paper, or masking tape when painting.

    It helps create borders on your canvas or around it, protecting your work or workspace from having unwanted splotches of paint.

    Palette Knife

    If you're starting to step up your painting game, having a palette knife can be another way to apply paint on your canvas.

    This tool can help you work with new techniques and styles.

    Cleaning Supplies

    We all know how messy painting can get. It's best to have paper towels and a rag to wipe off any paint on your canvas or other surfaces.

    It's also essential to have a container with water to clean out your brushes as needed.

    Painters' Smock

    Wearing something you don't mind getting dirty when working with paints is best.

    We recommend having a smock on while you work to protect your clothes.

    Canvas Painting FAQs

  • You may have more questions about canvas painting and how you can start bringing those canvas painting ideas to life.

    We’ve gathered the most common questions to give you more tips on painting.

  • What Do You Apply After Painting on Canvas?

    Usually, you would add varnish to protect the paints you used. We recommend using acrylic resin varnishes, especially on acrylic paints, since they have a glossier, cleaner, and more robust finish.

    You can also use a mod podge, which acts as a glue or seal for the paints.

  • Are Acrylic Paints Best for Beginners?

    Yes, they’re the most recommended for beginners. They’re affordable and easy to work with, making it easier for beginners to focus on their techniques.

    Once you’re used to these kinds of paints, you can experiment with others, like oil paints and watercolors.

    Over time, you’ll be able to find the best medium for you.

  • Canvas Painting Ideas Conclusion

    Conclusion

    To learn how to paint, you have to keep practicing. These canvas painting ideas are only the first step to becoming the next Picasso.

    Get your canvases ready and bring that artwork to life.

    Please say you do not believe that pictures are supposed to be perfect if clicked naturally! There's a reason why photo shoots are trendy nowadays. Smart people have realized that if the photo background is not pretty, images will not be picture perfect, and hence they get dressed up to go to beautiful places and have their private photo shoots.

    But why make this such an expensive deal when you can create diy photo booths yourself? And not just one, you can make plenty of them for various occasions. So, without wasting a minute, let's be creative!

    Splendid DIY Photo Booth Ideas Follow

    1. Paper Chain Backdrop

    If you want to click pictures with your best friend on friendship day, create this backdrop and surprise your best friend. Let's take it that you know how to make paper chains. If you don't, just grab a pair of scissors, papers of vibrant colors, and glue, you can use a [easyazon_link identifier="B016LDV41S" locale="US" tag="homesthetics0a-20" link_id="190832" type="link"]paper guillotine[/easyazon_link] to make your job easier.

    Now, cut the paper into multiple strips, glue them in a way to form a ring. Take the next piece and glue both the ends to form a loop with the first ring. Take a pole like the ones holding your curtains and hang all the paper chains similarly. You have got yourself a beautiful backdrop for your next photo shoot.

    PAPER CHAIN BACKDROP

    More details at bespoke-bride.com

    1. Chalkboard Backdrop

    Are you aware of the chalkboard backdrop? It is the simplest DIY Photo Booth Idea. All you need is a cloth and [easyazon_link identifier="B001DCTH2G" locale="US" tag="homesthetics0a-20" link_id="190833" type="link"]chalkboard paint[/easyazon_link]. Take a rag and paint it with the chalkboard paint. Once the paint is dried up, it can act as a board.

    Then you can draw anything you want on i, the best part about this is it is customizable. So feel free to give it a geeky look, or you can make it like the cool backbenches. This idea is precisely used during farewell parties in high school or colleges.

    CHALKBOARD BACKDROP

    via Pinterest

    1. Ticket Backdrop Photo Booth

    The ticket backdrop is one of the most creative DIY Photo Booth Ideas ever. We all have a thing for collecting tickets for sure. Now is the time to put them into use. The requirements are a roll of tickets, poster putty, double-sided tape or glue dots and a blank wall, of course. It will take max 30 minutes to make this backdrop.

    Firstly, measure the height and width and mark them with tickets forming the boundary. Fill the area within the boundary with tickets and your backdrop is ready.  This idea is popular for carnivals around the world.

    TICKET BACKDROP PHOTO BOOTH

    More details at lovelyindeed.com

    1. Instax Pineapple Frame

    Willing to have a fun photo shoot for absolutely no reason? Make an instax pineapple frame and create your photo booth. The process is simple; you can make it yourself. The required materials are x-acto, tape runner, scotch tape, adhesive dots, ruler, black duck tape, scrapbook paper and lastly, foam board.

    First, cut out three pineapples and the strips for their bodies. Once the pineapples are ready, trace the square of your frame and cut it out. Use the black duck tape to create stripes on the frame but leave one edge for the pineapples. Now glue the pineapples on that side and decorate it in your way.

     

    https://youtu.be/H1wTqYx3BS0

    Full tutorial on youtu.be

    1. Door Screen Backdrop

    The door screen backdrop is probably one of the most intimate photo booths for a wedding. You can have clean doors, or you can give a rusty and vintage like feel to it.

    The glass allows view of the background which doesn't make it superficial because weddings are real, it is best to be kept realistic. The work is pretty easy; just attach the door screens, and you will have the most stunning backdrop for your wedding photo shoot.

    DOOR SCREEN BACKDROP

    More details at notjustahousewife.net

    1. Minecraft Balloon Wall

    Are you looking for birthday DIY Photo Booth Ideas? The minecraft balloon wall is the perfect backdrop for a birthday party. The first thing you need to keep in mind while making this is to keep the size of the balloons uniform. The process is pretty simple, just get balloons of contradicting colors, blow them with a pump and stick them on the wall.

    You can stick them in a way to form alphabets or numbers to make it funkier. One little tip, include more people in this making because more the number of people, more number of helping hands and thus, less time consumed.

    https://youtu.be/ydY-zpab590

    More details on youtu.be

    1. Paper Fan Backdrop

    The idea of paper fan backdrop can be used for any celebration or party. The main ingredient required for this photo booth is patience. Supplies needed are foam core poster boards, packing tape, colored copy paper, glue gum and straight pins.

    Let us take it you know how to make paper fans as it is taught in kindergarten. So make as many paper fans as you need and create the actual background by joining the foam core poster boards. The arrangement of the fans is up to you; go along with your instincts. Just to let you know, this backdrop will get destroyed if you leave it outside.

    PAPER FAN BACKDROP

    More details at aprettycoollife.com

    1. Batman Photo Booth Frame

    Is your kid a huge fan of Batman? Surprise him with a Batman costume and photo booth frame on his next birthday where he can pose as Batman and get awesome pictures clicked. Wondering how to make the structure?

    Take a black foam core board, cut out the centerpiece of the board to create the frame and you can make the letters from colored paper. Print out the Batman symbol and then, glue the letters, logo and other Batman stuff on the edges of the frame. Keep the batman colors in mind while making this; you do not want to mess that up.

    https://youtu.be/6eE-4lBiUJk

    More details on youtu.be

    1. Gold Sequins Backdrop

    The gold sequins backdrop is apt for New Year's Eve. This photo booth idea is not only glamorous but will also set the party mood. It is pretty easy to make, but it will be a lot easier and fun if you could involve your friends in the process.

    First, take the measurements of the area and order the sequins accordingly. The size of the sequins is your call. Cover the area with foam board, use gold wrapping paper or any other color of your choice to cover the board so that it doesn't look tacky and then just glue or tape the sequins to cover the area. By the way, you can keep it permanently in your home if you are a party person.

    GOLD SEQUINS BACKDROP

    More details at ohhappyday.com

    1. Floating Confetti Backdrop

    Are you having a housewarming party? Well, then you will need the floating confetti backdrop for sure. The process is pretty simple, and the outcome is fantastic. You will require giant wall confetti along with the glue dots, sturdy clear thread or fishing line, scissors obviously and last but not the least, tape.

    Now you just need to attach the threads to the confetti with glue dots and tape them on the ceiling. That's it! Your photo booth is ready. A little advice, you can keep this decoration permanently; it will set a happy atmosphere at your place.

    FLOATING CONFETTI BACKDROP

    More details at studiodiy.com

    1. Scalloped Backdrop

    The scalloped backdrop is a perfect idea for pre-wedding photo shoots. Materials required for this photo booth backdrop are pretty basics- rolls of wrapping paper, removable glue dots, circle cutter tool and the obvious, a blank wall to put it up.

    Firstly, cut out the circles from rolling papers with the help of a circle cutter to keep the size uniform, place the glue dots on them and just start sticking them on the wall. Make sure they are adequately attached like the skin of a fish so that it doesn't leave any space and your pictures come out flawless.

    SCALLOPED BACKDROP

     

    1. Flower Garland Backdrop

    If you are planning any marriage, aren't you concerned about the garland ceremony? Here's a little help, make the flower garland photo booth backdrop for the occasion. Wondering how to make it? The procedure is pretty simple. Get five leaf prints, ten yellow and thirty white flower prints, scissors, twine needle, glue and a branch to hold the garlands.

    First, trim all the leaves and flowers. Then, fold the leaves into halves and curl both the edges. Curl each petal with the edge of scissors and put glue to make the petals curl inward. Repeat the similar process to make the rest petals curl outward. Arrange the petals within a thread to form garlands and hang them from the branch. By the way, do not forget to trim off the excess thread from top and bottom.

    FLOWER GARLAND BACKDROP

     

    1. Harry Potter Photo Booth

    A day with wands and magic is always welcomed by everyone. This photo booth is probably one of the most popular ideas. The requirements to make this backdrop are two foam boards, many sheets of bright ink jet paper, extra strength spray adhesive, quite a lot of printer ink, bamboo skewers, hot glue and frame hanging eyelets.

    These were the printed props. Now, coming to the faux brick wall, you will need one refrigerator cardboard box, base paint, craft paints, newspapers, tape, and nails. The making is easy. Get the refrigerator box, paint a base coat, and use tape to mask the brick mortar, paint the wall and remove the tape. The wall is ready. Now, the props are printed and glued on the foam boards.

    After trimming the sides, attach the props to the wall. Just a tip, you can form the platform nine ¾ and ask the kids to put on the robes according to their houses. And you are all set for the Harry Potter theme party.

    HARRY POTTER PHOTO BOOTH

     

    1. Backdrop Frame

    Are you looking for a basic and cheap photo booth backdrop frame? You got it! This backdrop frame comes only for $10. The supplies required to make this frame are three PVC pipes, two PVC L-shaped pieces, four PVC T-shaped pieces and four PVC end caps.

    The making process is effortless. Just attach the pipes with the help of end caps to form the frame and the stands would come from the T-shaped pieces. Once the frame is ready, you can hang any cloth of any design apt for your celebration, and it's prepared. Get some awesome pictures clicked with this backdrop frame.

    BACKDROP FRAME

    More details at happinessishomemade.net

    1. Cut out Boards

    The cutout board photo booth is the kids' favorite and why won't it be? Clicking pictures with your body being of some cartoon or fantasy character is the dream. The primary material required to make this frame is pressed board.

    All you need to do is paint the figures you wish to make cut-outs of. After the paint is dried up, just cut out the face of the figure. Just place your head in the hole and get pictures clicked pretending to be your favorite character.

    CUT OUT BOARDS

     

    1. White Tinsel Backdrop

    The white tinsel backdrop is a perfect photo booth for a baby shower. It's not just cute but bright and refreshing. Welcoming a life in a pleasant atmosphere is necessary, and you can make that.

    You will need to cut long strands of white tinsel into multiple strands and using one strand as the base, fold the others in halves placing the loops along the base strand. Tuck the loose ends through the middles to tighten them down. You have got yourself a beautiful yet sophisticated photo booth backdrop.

    WHITE TINSEL BACKDROP

    More details at kojo-designs.com

    1. Ombre Tissue Backdrop

    Who thought we could pull off a photo booth backdrop with tissues? Well, we didn't, but we can! The requirements are tissue paper (of course!), scissors, chicken wire, wire cutters, zip ties and photo backdrop framework. The making is pretty simple.

    Cut a bunch of tissues into large shapes like rectangles or squares, cut the chicken wire according to your measurements, attach the wire to the frame with the help of zip ties and stuff the tissues into the fence in any arrangement you wish to make. One little advice, fluff it up a little and make sure you didn't leave any area unattended.

    OMBRE TISSUE BACKDROP

    More details at lovelyindeed.com

    1. Metallic Fringe Backdrop

    We just keep looking for a reason to party, but when we get one, we are not very good at planning it. Well, here's a suggestion. Make the metallic fringe backdrop for the photo booth of your party because it's not only cool but also consumes less time than to blow up a hundred balloons.

    Wondering how to make it? Get metallic fringe garlands, double-sided tape, and a black sheet. Place the black layer on the ground and use double-sided tape to stick the wreaths on the sheet, like a waterfall. Once all the garlands are taped, lift up the sheet and attach it to a blank wall.

    METALLIC FRINGE BACKDROP

     

    1. Ribbon and Lace Backdrop

    If you are planning your daughter's birthday, you have to make this beautiful ribbon and lace backdrop photo booth. You can use two or three of her favorite colors for this backdrop, and she will be amazed. The necessary materials required are glue gun, cord, ribbon, lace, measurement tape, rope, and scissors, of course.

    Take the measurements and cut the laces and ribbons accordingly. Lay them in any manner you want and wrap the tip of your laces and ribbons around the cord. When the whole cord is covered up, hang it on a wall, and your backdrop is all set.

    RIBBON AND LACE BACKDROP

    1. Hot Air Balloon Photo Booth

    Are you planning your kid's birthday? Wondering what would be fun for him/her? Make the hot air balloon photo booth for your baby. You will need a laundry basket, a huge balloon, blue paper, helium, scissors, heavy yarn and tape or staple.

    Firstly, inflate the balloon and tie it to something heavy to weigh it down. Make an X with the yarn on the balloon and tie it to the corners of the basket. Adjust the yarn correctly so that it holds the balloon tightly and staple the yarn with your adjacent wall.

    Place the blue paper in the background and make some appropriate crafts on it to give the sky-like feeling. And that's it. Just be careful when you put and pull the baby out of the basket.

    HOT AIR BALLOON PHOTO BOOTH

    More details at ohhappyday.com

    1. Raining Photo Booth

    The raining photo booth seems like fun, right? It is! And it is effortless to make. Find a blank wall, hang up a white sheet on it, use giant woolen balls to create clouds and cut out raindrops from blue chart paper. Stick the raindrops on the sheet in any way you want. Use fun props according to your wish, just don't forget an umbrella and you are ready to set up the camera and say cheese.

    RAINING PHOTO BOOTH

    More details at caughtonawhim.com

    1. Newspaper Backdrop

    Can you guess the classic photo booth backdrop? Newspapers, of course! This backdrop is not only classy but beautiful and antique. Even in the 21st century, the newspaper backdrop is the best and easiest. So just pick out the wall which you want to work on, gather a whole lot of newspapers and start sticking them on the wall. Your photo booth will be ready in no time.

    NEWSPAPER Photo Booth BACKDROP

    More details at pinterest.com

    1. Tulle and String Lights Backdrop

    Looking for a fairy tale like photo booth backdrop? You should go with the tulle and string lights backdrop. We all have string lights at home, right? If not, you can go and get some. The procedure to make it is pretty easy. Just lay a cloth on the wall of any color you wish to and hang tulle, string lights and beads on it. Keep one thing in mind while making it: use command hooks to set them in positions.

    TULLE AND STRING LIGHTS BACKDROP

    More details at hoosierhomemade.com

    1. Invitation Backdrop

    The invitation backdrop photo booth is perfect for wedding photo shoots, and it is pretty easy to make if you follow the instructions. You will need plywood, projector, paint, and brushes. Now, take plywood of whatever size you need to make it and paint it any color you want. Trace the words and designs using a projector and highlight them with contrasting color. And it is ready to be photographed.

    Chalkboard INVITATION BACKDROP

    More details at averielane.com

    1. DIY Photo Booth

    You want a photo booth, but you are completely broke and cannot spend a penny on it? No worries! You can make one at home. We usually store the refrigerator or freezer or air conditioner box in the garage. Well, it's time to get that dump out of there.

    Cut the box into halves and join them with woods in the top and bottom. Put curtains on the insides of the box and paint the outside. Decorate it in your way and cover the open spaces with black curtains like in a real photo booth. That's it!

    DIY PHOTO BOOTH

    More details at meadowstreetmemoirs.blogspot.in

    1. One word  Marshmallows

    Do you like winter? Do you like snow? You got it right! Marshmallows backdrop! This backdrop is perfect for a wedding. It shows tenderness, kindness and the feel of warmth in winter. The process is pretty easy.

    Just thread the marshmallows and hang from the ceiling. That'll do the work! You can use different colors of marshmallows and just top it with a fantastic background made of layers. You get the picture, right? It's beautiful.

    ONE WORD  MARSHMALLOWS Backdrop

    1. Chicken wire and napkins can do wonders

    The backdrop made of chicken wire and napkins will make you stunned. Here's the process of how to create a minimalist red heart out of napkins. You will require a staple gun, hammer, nails, wood for the frame, chicken wires, spray paint and red napkins, of course!

    Firstly, paint the wooden pieces and the exposed side of the chicken wire. With the help of nails and hammer, create a square frame with the wooden pieces. Attach the chicken wire to the frame by using a staple gun. Hang it on the wall and mark the heart shape by tucking napkins in the wire. Once you have formed the shape, fill in the heart with lots of red napkins, and you're done!

    CHICKEN WIRE AND NAPKINS CAN DO WONDERS

    1. Spring Foliage Backdrop

    Do you like spring? Everyone loves spring and so would you for sure. The spring foliage backdrop is famous for wedding photo booths, but you can use it in during Christmas Eve too. The requirements for making this are yarn, string, twine, lace, fabric, fake flowers, scissors, leafy garland, hammer, nails and a glue gun.

    Now, choose a blank wall, nail down a long twine on the wall and hang strings of yarn from the twine. Make sure they are of various lengths. Tie a bunch of strips and drape it using nails or another string. Make some more and do the same. Take the fake flowers and attach them to a piece of twine and hang it along with the drapes. Lastly, use the leafy garlands to form the frame. There you go! It's ready!

    SPRING FOLIAGE BACKDROP

    More details at blog.freepeople.com 

    1. Plates Backdrop

    If you are looking for a unique photo booth, create the plates backdrop. It's a bet most people have not seen one. By the name, you get the idea for sure. Pick the plates you want to use, attach them to a blank wall, that's it!

    You have to keep two things in mind while making this. Firstly, the color of the wall and the plates should be contrasting else it will look messy and secondly, be careful that the plates don't fall and break. Otherwise, you are good to go!

    PLATES BACKDROP

    More details at in.pinterest.com

    1. Pixelated Paper Backdrop

    Are you planning Thanksgiving dinner? You must have the pixelated paper backdrop for the gathering. You will need colored papers, glue gun, scissors and sheet of plywood according to your measurements.

    First, think of the image you want to form. Cut every piece of small paper into three sections and create fringes on every one of them by cutting multiple strips but keeping them intact. Now start gluing them on the plywood forming the image you have in your mind. You will be amazed seeing the result.

    PIXELATED PAPER BACKDROP

    More details at ruffledblog.com

    1. Yarned Backdrop

    Making of the yarned backdrop photo booth seems like fun, right? It is pretty cool. The procedure is easy and less time-consuming. The requirements to create this backdrop are yarns, neon masonry line, glue, scissors and wooden dowel as per your measurements.

    Cut the yarns into groups of strings of various lengths and colors. Glue these groups on different dowels according to your wish and trim the ends. Finally, hang the dowels on a blank wall in any manner you prefer to. That's it!

    YARNED BACKDROP

     

    1. Paper Rings Backdrop

    If you are an art-loving person, then you would surely want to make the paper rings backdrop. Firstly, you need to cut strips of papers (any colors you want) and then sew them with a long thread leaving some at the front as well as at the end so that you can hold or balance them.

    Start gluing the ends of each strip in a way that they form rings. After the glue is all dried up, you can attach the thread from the ceiling, or you can stick them to the ground. That is entirely your call.

    PAPER RINGS BACKDROP

    More details at ohhappyday.com

    1. Free Tree Backdrop

    Are you totally broke after arranging everything for a party but you still need a backdrop? Here's an idea. Go outside; get the best-shaped leaves and few long twines, that'll do the work.

    Pick a blank wall and attach the twines in any manner you like. Now all you need to do is stick the leaves to the twine. One little tip, you can write some quotes or draw a funny smiley on a paper and clip on the twine along with the leaves.

    FREE Ferns TREE BACKDROP

    1. Streamers Backdrop

    What is the most cliché thing we buy for decorations no matter what the occasion is? Not balloons! Okay, the second most clichéd thing? You got it correct this time, streamers! But you have probably never thought of streamers backdrop. Here is the plan.

    Collect the listed materials- glue, large paper for the base of the backdrop, scissors and streamers, of course! Cut small but even pieces of streamers and glue them on the base paper in any arrangement you want. The color of streamers is your choice.

    STREAMERS BACKDROP

    More details at ruffledblog.com

    1. Vellum Backdrop

    Are you looking for something calm, serene and peaceful? Well, the vellum backdrop won't disappoint you in that case. This backdrop will give you an ethereal feel. You will have to cut out petals and leaves from colored papers and thread them with a string. Now all you have to do is uniformly hang those strings on a blank wall creating the essence or aura of heaven.

    VELLUM BACKDROP

    More details at shopruche.com

    1. Butchered Paper Backdrop

    Do you like pine cones? If yes, you are in for the butchered backdrop. You will need materials like a glue gun, large butcher paper, scissors, and pencil. As kids, we all have learned the technique to form pine cones by curling the spiral-shaped butcher paper.

    So what are you waiting for? Make those. Add glue in the centre of each flower to hold it together. Now stick them on the wall and put tiny leaves cut out from papers along with it. That'll do the trick.

    BUTCHERED PAPER BACKDROP

    More details at greenweddingshoes.com 

    1. Floating Stars

    Who doesn't love stars? We all have grown up counting stars in the sky. Now you can have stars in your home. Floating stars backdrop is one of the most popular and creative ideas among teenagers' parties. You can make this yourself; just get the required materials- colored papers, scissors, glue, and strings.

    Firstly, cut out the stars from the colored papers and stick them on a thread. After you make multiple threads consisting of stars, just hang them from your ceiling or against something to support them. It'll look magical once you are done.

    FLOATING STARS Photo Backdrop

    More details at sharnacious.blogspot.in

    1. Gold Fringes

    The gold fringes backdrop is usually famous for prom nights. With all the sparkle and dazzle, any evening can turn into a prom night. The procedure is nothing at all. Just get the gold fringes from the market and stick them on the wall in any arrangement you want. That's it! Your backdrop is all set and good to be photographed.

    GOLD FRINGES Wedding Backdrop

    More details at tumblr.com

    1. Book Pages Backdrop

    If you are planning to surprise your beloved and you need a setup, then the book pages backdrop is your best pick. Choose his or her favorite books and make a copy of every page you want to put up there.

    For the background, go with white or black cloth because only then, the pages will stand out. Now all you have to do is stick the pages on the cloth. This idea is not just classy, but it also speaks to one emotionally.

    BOOK PAGES BACKDROP

    More details at studiodiy.com 

    1. Geometrical Shapes

    The geometrical shapes backdrop is perfect for your kid's birthday party. It will be even more fun if you could include him or her in the making process. Kids love to do art and crafts, and they certainly like to cut out geometrical shapes from colorful papers.

    You will need a hot glue gun, scissors, canvas for the backdrop and any colored papers you want to use. Now start making geometrical shapes out of those papers and make sure they are of various sizes. Once you are done making them, just glue them on the canvas, and you have a fantastic backdrop set for the party.

    Colorful GEOMETRICAL SHAPES

    More details at greenweddingshoes.com 

    1. Cupcake liners creates crisp whites

    Are you planning a bridal shower? The cupcake liners backdrop is all you need. Can you imagine a backdrop with cupcake liners? It is unbelievable, right? But the outcome is amazingly beautiful. Just choose a blank wall and cover it with white canvas.

    Now, thread the cupcake liners into a string. After you are done making multiple strings consisting of cupcake liners, hang them from the ceiling or any other support you prefer. The crisp whites in the background will give a heavenly touch to your pictures.

    CUPCAKE LINERS CREATES CRISP WHITES

    More details at bridetobridesmaid.blogspot.in

    1. Coffee Filters Backdrop

    Have you ever tried to make garlands out of coffee filters? Don't think so. Now you got to try it because here's an idea, coffee filters backdrop. It is pretty simple to make.

    All you need to do is arrange a bunch of coffee filters and make several garlands out of them. Once you are done with that, just hang them in any manner against a blank wall. And your backdrop is all set. It's prettier than you imagined, right?

    Colorful COFFEE FILTERS BACKDROP

     

    1. Yarn Balls Backdrop

    The yarn balls backdrop sounds intriguing. It is one of the most innovative ideas for a photo booth backdrop. You will need transparent balloons, threads, glue, and yarn. What are you waiting for? Blow up some balloons. Make sure they are of different sizes and while you tie the knots of the balloons, leave an extended thread to hang them from the ceiling.

    So far, sounds easy? Well, then you need to wrap up the yarns in a neat manner around the balloons making them seem like yarn balls. After that is completed, just hang them from the ceiling maintaining a proper height from the ground.

    YARN BALLS BACKDROP

    More details at shopruche.blogspot.in

    1. Giant Flowers

    Fairytales can be turned into reality with the help of the giant flowers backdrop. This might consume more time than expected but after seeing the outcome, you will not regret it. The primary materials required are plastic cups, stucco corner, cement, tie wire, wire cutters, gloves, glue, tape, scissors, tissue paper, zip ties and dried moss.

    Firstly, make the stem and then, attach the leaves. Secondly, make the flowers out of tissue and glue moss at the center of the flowers. Last but not the least, tie the flowers to the stem with the help of zip ties. That's it! You're done!

    GIANT FLOWERS Wedding Backdrop

    More details at designsponge.com

    1. Splatter Paint

    Are you looking for some fun? But you are stuck with making a backdrop? How about mixing them up? You can have your fun with friends, yet your backdrop will be ready in no time. The splatter paint backdrop is the easiest of all.

    By the name, you have got it correct! Just hang a clean canvas on the wall of any color you like and start throwing paint. After the paint is all dried up, it's time to party! What a perfect solution, right?

    SPLATTER PAINT Photo Booth

    More details at studiodiy.com

    1. Waxed Dots Backdrop

    The waxed dots backdrop photo booth is a unique idea. The materials we need are waxed paper, scissors, thread, and glue. Just to let you know, this can be made in various shapes. The procedure is very easy too.

    Just cut out shapes from the waxed paper, string them in a thread like garlands, only maintaining uniform space between each of them. Once you have made enough garlands, hang them against a wall or form any other arrangement as we do with streamers with the help of glue. And your backdrop is all set!

    WAXED DOTS BACKDROP Booth

    More details at greenweddingshoes.com 

    1. Clouds and Rainbows

    The clouds and rainbows backdrop is perfect for a Halloween party. With all the bright and shiny colors, your room will lighten up on a Halloween night. All you need is a little bit of patience and just follow the instructions. Get circle shaped glitter papers, gold twine, paper cutter, glue and pom-pom for the rainbow colors and clouds.

    The making is pretty simple; thread the pom-poms in seven different twines respectively and hang them against the wall like VIBGYOR. Use the white pom-poms to make clouds and thread the glitter papers and hang them from the clouds like lightning. Pretty easy, huh?

    CLOUDS AND RAINBOWS Photo Booth

    More details at shopsweetlulublog.com

    1. Pastel Bows Backdrop

    The pastel bows photo booth backdrop is very easy and effortless to make. You can make it all by yourself in no time. Gather the materials such as scrapbook paper, glue, ribbon, clips, scissors and tracing papers.

    Your first task would be to cut out the shapes and make the bows with the help of glue, clips, and ribbons. Once you are ready with the bows, lay them in any arrangement you want and glue them on a thread accordingly. Now just pick it up and stick it on the blank wall.

    PASTEL BOWS BACKDROP

    More details at honeyandfitz.com

    1. Polaroids Backdrop

    The polaroids backdrop is probably one of the most refreshing ideas for a photo booth. This design is not only intimate but very personal and touchy. And that is the reason this is very popular among couples. Let's say it is perfect for engagement parties or valentine's parties. Now, by the name of the backdrop, you know what to do. So don't waste time, start collecting pictures!

    Photo Booth POLAROIDS BACKDROP

    More details at in.pinterest.com

    1. Drinking Straws

    Have you ever thought that drinking straws could be used to make a photo booth backdrop? Let's take it as a no. Here is how you can use them and create a backdrop. You’ll need a string, spray paint, plastic straws, needle, command hooks, and scissors.

    Now the task is to create garlands out of straws like we sew flowers, similarly sew straws and make a long string out of them. Once you are done making them, use spray paint to color and after they are dried up, just hang them against the wall. Your backdrop is ready.

    Photo Booth With DRINKING STRAWS

    More details at greenweddingshoes.com 

    1. Layered Fabric Backdrop

    Are you planning a wedding photo shoot? The layers fabric backdrop is one of the most famous photo booth ideas when it comes to a wedding. Just choose your favorite color and fabric for the layers and spread them on a blank wall in any manner you want. Yes, the making is that simple!

    LAYERED FABRIC BACKDROP

    More details at weddingchicks.com

    1. Old Book Sheets

    Do you have plenty of old books at your home and you want to get rid of them? Don't get throw them away so fast; you can use them for something more creative.

    How would you feel if you walk into your room and find just one wall has lots of old sheets pasted on it? Do it! This is the perfect vintage look for a backdrop, and the best part is you can keep it permanently.

    OLD BOOK SHEETS Photo Background

    More details at in.pinterest.com

    1. Sticky Notes

    Are you planning a farewell party? You must make the sticky notes backdrop photo booth for the guests. All you need is post-its and a blank wall. What are you wasting time for? Start sticking them on the wall. Just make sure they are uniformly placed together, and you’re all good to go.

    Colorful STICKY NOTES Background

    More details at lovelyindeed.com

    1. Stacked Books Backdrop

    The stacked books backdrop is one hell of an idea for a photo booth. This is mainly used for portraits and private photo shoots. All of us have a huge number of books we are planning to throw out.

    Why not put them to good use before selling? There's no such procedure to make this backdrop; just start stacking your books in front of a blank wall, and when it has reached a certain height, that's it! Your backdrop is ready.

    STACKED BOOKS BACKDROP

    1. VINYL Records Backdrop

    No one has ever come across the idea of records backdrop for sure. How to make it? The requirements are records, hooks, and an empty wall. Just plan out a strategy of how to place them, else the hooks might not be appropriately positioned, and the records might overlap.

    Start making the backdrop by placing a hook on the wall and hanging a record on it. Keep repeating the same until your wall is filled with records.

    VINYL RECORDS BACKDROP

    More details at lovelyindeed.com 

    1. Tassels Backdrop

    Who doesn't love tassels? But have you ever considered making a backdrop out of them? Well, it's not too late. Pick a blank wall and gather tassels. All you need to do is place the tassels on the wall in any arrangement you wish to make; could be uniform or messy. But just one tip, messy tassel work looks like more fun.

    TASSELS BACKDROP Photo Background

    More details at theselby.com

    1. Paper Umbrella

    We all know how to make paper umbrellas, right? We have been making them since kindergarten. So, make a bunch of such paper umbrellas of any color you want. The backdrop could be multicolored or just one-two colors.

    Choose a blank wall and place the umbrellas on it. Keep one thing in mind, do not leave any space where the wall can be seen because that looks very tacky and you don't want to mess up your backdrop.

    PAPER UMBRELLA Photo Booth

    More details at photogbooth.com

    These are a handful of ideas for DIY Photo Booth Ideas, but you can always come up with something of your own. Use a little creativity and time to create a backdrop for your upcoming party.

    What do you think? We would love to hear from you in the comment section below !

    Simple raw and extraordinary DIY man-cave decor stands in front of you. Some little alone time to fill the void for every individual should be always reserved in our schedule. A man cave is something really unique, a lifestyle that many of us would love to embrace if we had to choose yet only a few manage to practice it and trespass the average male psyche. Further on DIY man-cave decor and furniture projects for an extremely bad-ass man cave have been showcased, all can be realized with ease on your own with little to no costs depending on what you already own . Scroll on for more details.

    DIY Mancave Decor

    1. Raw Wooden DIY Toilet Paper Holder

    1. Raw Wooden DIY Toilet Paper Holder DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (3) DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (4)

    via funkyjunkinteriors This little item is probably the world`s most used man cave item and the most straightforward project in the list. The license plate is a statement for masculinity in its brute rusted shape. All you need to create this is some wood and an old license plate, assuming you have the tools at hand.

    2. THE DIY Jack Daniels Soap Dispenser

    2. THE DIY Jack Daniels Soap Dispenser

    via 9gag By far the most extraordinary cool item in the list. A scent of whiskey in your soap in the morning will give you the boost much needed during the day. The best part of these extraordinary project is that you actually have to go and drink the whiskey first, making this diy project the most enjoyable one in our list .

    3. Stylish Hooks Made From Wrenches

    3. Stylish Hooks Made From Wrenches

    via The Black Workshop A screw driver, superhuman manliness strength, old wrenches and you are good to go. Be bold, be yourself.

    4. Wooden Log DIY Cutting Board

    via manmadediy- Extremely simple to realize and unique at the same time. Follow the link for a step by step tutorial on a website dedicated to man.

    4. Wooden Log DIY Cutting Board DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (8) DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (9)

    5. DIY Wood Pallet Coffee Table

    DIY Wooden Pallets projects are by far one of the most successful projects that you can materialize on your own, mainly because the pallets are extremely cheap and easy to find everywhere. You can find more inspiration on diy pallet projects and recycling pallets here.

    5. DIY Wood Pallet Coffee Table DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (1)

    6. Pipes and Wooden Boards Bookshelves

    via DIYesq You can purchase everything at your home depot and materialize a customizable shelf of any length or height with ease. What do you think?

    6. Pipes and Wooden Boards Bookshelves DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (11) DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (12)

    7. Huge Beer Barrel Made Transformed Into Bed

    A giant barrel cropped and transformed into a very bold bed. What can be better?

    7. Huge Beer Barrel Made Transformed Into Bed

    8. Simple Neat DIY Pac Man Ottoman

    We will never forget Pac Man. Materialize this very simple Ottoman as a tribute to the game that changed everything.

    8. Simple Neat DIY Pac Man Ottoman DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (16)

    DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (14)

    9. DIY Tire Sink

    via Pinterest Hardcore sinks in a gas station. Very original, simply extraordinary.

    9. DIY Tire Sink DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (34)

    10. Cap Catcher Underneath a Bottle Opener

    Make sure that you collect your caps for your collection. A simple bottle opener with a cap catcher underneath is something very rudimentary that will change the  dynamic of the beer drinking process.

    via Etsy

    10. Cap Catcher Underneath a Bottle Opener DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (19) DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (20)

    11.Neat DIY Wood Pallet Arrow

    Point things out with raw wood cropped from a wooden pallet. Whether it says " GET OUT" or "TOILET" it is your choice.

    11.Neat DIY Wood Pallet Arrow DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (22)

    12. Classic Car Transformed Into a Stylish Barbecue

    Remove all the parts and replace the engine with a worthy barbecue. A barbecue can`t get cooler than this.

    12. Classic Car Transformed Into a Stylish Barbecue

    13. DIY Floor Penny

    via reddit Probably one of the most inexpensive and most shiny floors you will ever walk on. Patience and caution required in the process.

    13. DIY Floor Penny

    14. DIY Bar Wooden Shipping Pallets

    Wooden Pallet Bar to entertain in style on a budget. pinterest

    14. DIY Bar Wooden Shipping Pallets

    15. Neat Corona Drinking Glasses

    Acetone, string and bottle cutter, all you need to realize these DIY glasses.

    15. Neat Corona Drinking Glasses DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (27)

    16. Graphic Balanced Book Shelf

    via manmadediy Simply spectacular in any interior design. This furniture piece will surely become the main focal point in your interior.

    16. Graphic Balanced Book Shelf DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (29)

    17. DIY Suitcase Wall Shelves

    The process for these is extremely simple, however, many suitcase models in decent conditions are required, preferably in pastel colors.  via manmadediy

    17. DIY Suitcase Wall Shelves

    18. Vintage High-End Nintendo Controller Coffee Table

    via Bohemian Workbench Nintendo Controller Coffee Table. Only $3500 dollars. No big deal. Pricey? Yes! Extraordinary? Yes!

    18. Vintage High-End Nintendo Controller Coffee Table DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (33) DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (31)

    19. Wooden Ice Chest Made Out of Recycled Pallets

    If you have the ice chest this project is most likely free of charge if you have a few basic tools. Entertain in a sustainable manner!

    19. Wooden Ice Chest Made Out of Recycled Pallets DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (36) DIY Mancave Decor- 19 Creative and Inspiring DIY Decor and Furniture Projects homesthetics diy projects (37)

    What do you think about our selection of DIY mancave decor? We would love to hear your opinion in the comment section below and add your own work in here !

    19 Different Types of Mid-Century Modern Furniture

    13 Best Paint for Furniture

    9 Best Hand Sanders For Furniture

    When it comes to the bathroom, everyone can admit that nowadays it has become a place of relaxation and serenity.In order o accentuate this particular aspect, Splinter Works has come up with a new, unique design for the bathroom’s main item:the bathtub.

    Inspired by a hammock and conceived out of carbon fiber, this one of a kind piece can be transformed and modeled into complex curves,transforming the room into an oasis of peace.

    Who wouldn’t like to break free from the craziness of the daily routine we surround ourselves with everyday?! Splinter Works has given us the perfect reason for taking a break from time to time.You can relax and contemplate while hanging in the hammock like bathtub, floating above the floor, because it is suspended from the walls, emphasizing thus the peaceful experience.The vessel is available in custom sizes as well and it can come in blue,red,yellow,pink,silver and bronze but we would go for the black one definitely, would fit a black and white bathroom magnificently.

    Just like Jack-O-Lanterns are one of the most recognizable decorative elements of Halloween, the Christmas tree and the snowman are staples of every December 25th. But, a snowman doesn’t restrict itself to Christmas alone, because a snowman is around until the snow is. And just like it doesn’t stick just to Christmas, you will be surprised that it also doesn’t need to just stick to snow to make us feel happy.

    Yes, you can make a snowman with soft stuff like cotton or even white plastic cups! Unlike an actual snowman, a plastic cup snowman will never melt, and it does not need the chill of winter to sustain its form either. Moreover, it is very easy to make a plastic cup snowman and yes, quite cheap on the pocket too.

    In a few easy steps, you can learn how to make a snowman out of plastic cups and make yourself and your little ones happy this Christmas.

    What Do You Need?

    There isn’t much you need to make the basic build of a snowman, and when I say there isn’t much, it truly is an understatement. All you actually require is a bucketload of plastic cups, say over 200 of those, and much more if you want to make it bigger than the average. To hold the cups together, you need a stapler and a whole lot of staples.

    How To Make snowman out of plastic cups?

    Think of all the shapes a snowman takes. Well, you thought of two, and that’s true. Either people build snowmen with one small ball and one big ball, the big and small here being relative in size to the innumerable small snowballs that go into the making of these balls; or shape the snowmen in an oblong fashion. The same shape applies to a plastic cup snowman.

    You need to make two parts for the snowman, one for the head, which will be smaller, and another for the body which will be at least 1.5 times bigger than the head. To create these spheres, you will need to take a bunch of cups and staple them together side by side till you have a semi spherical shape before you. Take more cups and staple them to this semi sphere to finish the circle. Once the circle is complete, take another set and start stapling it above this section, with the cups lodged a little deeper so that you achieve the round or oblong shape required. Apply the same rule for other layers, both above and below.

    Even if you’re making an oblong shaped snowman, make the head as round as you can, and yes, considerably smaller than the body. Using fewer cups than before, you can staple them all into the shape of sphere and then attach the head to the body by stapling it.

    Once you connected the head and body, cover this stapled area with a scarf.

    Decorations And Additions

    The scarf, as is known, is just one of the decorative elements required to complete your snowman. So, for the eyes you can use paper balls or make the eyes out of woolen pom poms. Color the paper balls or pom poms black, with a small dot in the center, a different one for the eyes and a different one for the buttons. For the buttons you can of course use different colors, you are not restricted just to black. Once your eyes and buttons are ready, glue them to the cups.

    You can add additional clothing to the snowman by using long strips of cloth or colored paper and stapling it with shirt like shapes over the cups on the sides. Moreover, you can use the cavity of the cups on the sides to attach twigs to the snowman for arms.

    For the nose, you can either go with a real piece of carrot, chisel and smoothen it up to give it a neat look or make the nose out of a paper cone made from an orange colored paper. Use the colored paper for the adorable smile of the snowman too and glue this to the outer rims of the cups. Add a little blush to the snowman by cutting out small pink circles from a colored paper and attaching them to the sides of the face.

    Using a hot glue gun is neater for the project as it does not show the seams of the snowman like a staple would. But, do not let your little ones handle the hot glue gun as it can be dangerous if used improperly and they might burn themselves with glue or worse.

    Use a bonnet or a bowler hat to complete the snowman. You can further illuminate it by placing a lamp in the center cavity of the snowman as it has an empty atrium chamber at the core of its body.

    Photo courtesy socreativethings.com 

    If you don’t want to go with a look where the snowman shows empty cups all around it and it looks too unfinished for your taste, then you can use tissues and glue or staple them all around to cover the cup cavities. You can also use colored cloth pieces or cloth pieces with different patterns and glue them all around the body to give the snowman a full colorful costume.

    And there you have it! Your own little snowman made of nothing much but some odd number of cups, some glue and staple, and miscellaneous things you don’t need to fret over much. Add a bell collar to this snowman and let it rock slowly and you can sing the jingle bell song with it and amuse your kids.

    Lego architecture has always appealed to everyone, be it the young or the old population. 

    If you think Lego form is not for you, it is best to at least give Lego architecture sets a try. In this guide, we have compiled a list so that you can select the best Lego architecture set out of the lot. With these products, you will be able to create miniatures of famous buildings and even recreate the beautiful New York City skyline or the Eiffel Tower! 

    While creating your very own architectural wonders of the world, you will be left amazed by the versatility these Lego architecture sets offer. As such, they can be widely used by architects

    So, without delay, let’s check out the options!

    Best Lego For Architects

    Nagoya, Japan - April 08, 2019: local JR train lego model running on railway with city background of Japan Legoland. Famous theme park landmark espcially for children age around 1 to 7 years old.

    1. Lego Farnsworth House Collectible

    No products found.

    If you want to explore the endless creative possibilities of a Lego architecture set, it is best to try your hands on the Lego 21009 Farnsworth House Collectible. It comes with a proper booklet that will guide you on how to make architectural creations. So, the inner architect in you will have a gala time using this easy-to-use Lego version! 

    Also, this collectible can help you recreate the most iconic buildings and comes with 546 pieces of Lego to satiate your curiosity. With this, you can even try to create a real-world replica of the famous Farnworth House. 

    2. LEGO Architecture Fallingwater

    No products found.

    You should try the LEGO 4643329 Architecture Fallingwater if you and the kids share a penchant for recreating real-world architectural landmarks. It is known that world-renowned architects release design and history guides. And you will be surprised to know that this option comes with an inspirational guidebook filled with hundreds of design and historical references. 

    The building instructions involved are pretty simple, and you can recreate the replicas of the most unique buildings in the world with much ease. It is even used by leading design houses for imaginative displays of their architectural prototypes. There are 811 pieces of Lego that you will find in this Lego architecture set, and that will give you enough scope for creativity!

    3. Lego Architecture Studio

    LEGO Architecture Studio 21050 Playset
    • Release your inner architect and explore a world of endless...
    • Includes 1210 white and transparent LEGO bricks, sorting...

    When you are on the lookout for a Lego set that offers you the fun of working with free-form Legos, it is best to give the LEGO Architecture Studio 6097683 a try. This set contains transparent Lego bricks and can help the child in you to explore architectural wonders. It includes a 272-page long guidebook that allows you to recreate a model of the most iconic buildings in the world. 

    Be it about recreating the Chicago skyline or the London skyline, with the guidance of leading architects like Christopher Turner, it wouldn’t be a problem anymore. Hence, it is no surprise that the Lego Architecture Studio is endorsed by REX architecture, Mad Architects, and many more. 

    4. Lego Architecture Burj Khalifa Dubai

    LEGO Architecture Burj Khalifa 21031 Landmark Building Set
    • Build a detailed model of the famous Burj Khalifa in Dubai!
    • Includes collectible booklet containing information about...

    Wondering how to recreate the modern architectural marvel Burj Khalifa, Dubai? With the Lego 6135666 Architecture Burj Khalifa Dubai, it is not only possible but also pretty simple. This is one of the Lego architecture sets on the market that is designed by architects, and you can use this to build the tallest tower in the world. 

    With this Lego form, you will be able to enjoy exceptional design features and will be able to learn new architectural strategies. Once constructed, this model measures 15 inches in height and has a width and depth of 3 inches. It also comes with an informational booklet that will make the construction work easier for you. 

    5. Lego Arc De Triumph

    LEGO Architecture Arc De Triomphe 21036 Building Kit (386...
    • Build a faithful reproductive of Paris’ iconic...
    • Features statue-adorned pillars, sculptural reliefs and...

    The Lego 6174069 Arc De Triomphe is the perfect pick for you if you are a history buff. After unpacking this Lego architecture set, you will be astonished by the structural details and the statue-adorned pillar that it comes with. The best thing about this Lego architecture set is the subtle colorings on the sculptures and pillars. 

    This thought-provoking Lego set will allow you to experiment with different building techniques. Additionally, the colorful and monochromatic bricks together will help you create a neoclassical marvel.

    You will find 386 bricks in the box, which will help you capture the intricate details of the architectural beauty. 

    6. Lego Sydney Opera House

    LEGO Creator Expert 10234 Sydney Opera House
    • Recreate Australia's architectural masterpiece!
    • Features advanced building techniques for complex...

    It goes without saying that with the Lego 6024481 Sydney Opera House, it is now possible for you to recreate the Australian masterpiece. The product offers advanced building techniques, and you will be able to create complex forms with the bricks. And rest assured, the construction will be pretty sturdy, and you will be able to move it with much ease. 

    The dark-tanned bricks of this Sydney Opera House Lego architecture set have managed to win the hearts of many. And the best part is that it comes with a sturdy base plate that replicates the sea and adds a natural touch to your formation. 

    7. Lego Leaning Tower Of Pisa Lego

    Lego Architecture – 21015 – Building Set – The Tower...
    • Product description : the Leaning Tower of Pisa has a...
    • Minimum age: 12 years old

    This Lego architecture lets you replicate history and recreate the beautiful design of the Leaning Tower Of Pisa. Kids and adults can enjoy working with this Lego together. And in the package, you will find a booklet that will enable you to learn about the historical monument. 

    What makes this item stand out is the fact that it is crafted in a manner that you can easily shift the structure once it is completed. When placed correctly, this amazing set will add to the beauty of your bookshelf and living room. 

    8. Lego The Eiffel Tower

    LEGO Architecture 21019 The Eiffel Tower
    • Build a detailed model of the Eiffel Tower in Paris, France!
    • Includes collectible booklet containing information about...

    Were you ever fascinated about visiting Paris? With the Lego 21019 The Eiffel Tower set, you can recreate a miniature version of the monument and feel the experience of walking on the streets of Paris. Not to mention, it comes with a collectible booklet that will help you dive right into the history of the structure. 

    We like how you can make use of this unique logo set as a keepsake and admire the view of the tower every time you wish to. Instead of a 2D photo, this Lego set can help you develop a 3D model of this historical structure of the city and recreate the stunning Paris skyline. 

    9. Lego Robie House

    LEGO Architecture Robie House 21010
    • Interpretation of real-world architectural icon Robie House.
    • Booklet included with details on design and history (English...

    Are you interested to learn about the Prairie School of architecture? You can recreate a Frank Lloyd Wright creation and make the Lego building process more educational. With the help of special building techniques and intricate designs that this item offers, it will become possible for you to explore your favorite architecture marvel closely. 

    You will also find a collectible booklet in the package that will give you details about the fascinating history of architecture. There are as many as 2276 unique pieces of Lego bricks in the package. So, you can unleash your creativity and try recreating the famous architectural icon: the Robie house. 

    10. Lego Villa Savoye Collectible

    LEGO Architecture Villa Savoye 21014
    • Recreate the Villa Savoye within a building set featuring...
    • Booklet included with details on design and history (English...

    If you are someone who loves architectural structures that blend with nature, you should give the Lego 4654649 Villa Savoye Collectible a try. With the help of this Lego set, you can recreate the Villa Savoye and marvel at the beauty of the art piece. You will find a booklet that has all the information that you can gather about the structure. 

    Apart from that, it is important to note that the lower level of the Lego structure is designed in a manner that closely resembles the original. What gives this product an edge over others is the fact that it is designed by leading architects. 

    11. Lego London Skyline Collection

    LEGO Architecture London Skyline Collection 21034 Building...
    • Build a detailed LEGO Architecture model interpretation of...
    • The model building kit for adults and kids aged 12+ features...

    With the help of this Lego building model, it will become possible for you to recreate the London Bridge and the London skyline too. Kids and adults can enjoy it equally and can use these bricks to build famous sites of London with the help of cool buildings and models.

    This is one of the skyline-based Lego architecture sets that will enable you to use the architectural design to recreate the famous historic landmarks of London. There are 468 pieces of bricks that will enable you to create some of the most iconic landmarks. It is quite a challenging build that will keep you hooked for hours. 

    12. Lego Venice Skyline

    LEGO Architecture Venice 21026
    • Features the rialto bridge, st. Marks basilica, st. Mark's...
    • Venice's rivers and canals are represented by blue tiles in...

    When you wish to take a tour through Venice without actually being there, you can give the Lego 6135677 Venice Skyline a try. This set includes customized architecture bricks that have been designed by real architects. There are 212 bricks in the package, and those will help you construct multiple landmarks of your choice. 

    You can even recreate the famous canals and rivers using the beautiful blue tiles that are present on the baseplate. Additionally, you will find a booklet that has all the information about the designer and the history of each architectural structure. 

    13. Lego Chicago  

    LEGO Architecture Chicago 21033 Skyline Building Blocks Set...
    • Build a detailed model of the Chicago skyline!
    • Includes Willis Tower, John Hancock Center, Cloud Gate,...

    To recreate a model of the Chicago skyline, it is best that you purchase the Lego 6174056 Chicago. This is a good architecture series to try if you like fusing the historical and the modern. With this Lego set, you can build the most popular buildings in Chicago. There are 444 Lego bricks in the set, which will surely keep you busy for a while. 

    You will find miniatures of the Wrigley Building, Cloud Gate, Willis Tower, John Hancock Center, DuSable Bridge, and many more. Not to mention, there is a detailed guidebook including shedding light on the architectural marvels of Chicago. 

    14. Lego Berlin Skyline

    LEGO Architecture Berlin 21027
    • Features the Reichstag, Victory Column, Deutsche Bahn Tower,...
    • Features 3 sections of the Berlin Wall with graffiti deco

    Berlin has some of the best architectural wonders of the world, and you can use the Lego 6135675 Berlin Skyline to create your very own experience. History and architecture buffs love Berlin as it has often been considered central to modern history. With the booklet that you find in the package, you will be able to appreciate the beauty and history of Berlin architecture better. 

    There are around 289 pieces of Lego in the box, and you can rest assured that you will be occupied for quite some time. The highlight of this Lego architecture set is that it comes with three sections of the famous Berlin wall with interesting graffiti on them. 

    15. Lego Tower Bridge

    Lego Tower Bridge 10214
    • Build the famous London Tower Bridge with a real working...
    • Includes 4 miniature vehicles: a black taxi, a red...

    For recreating the magnificent London Bridge, there is nothing better than the Lego 6038577 Tower Bridge. This Lego architecture set has been designed by real architects and designers. There are around 4000 pieces of Lego blocks, and that would easily keep you engaged for days. 

    Moreover, people love how magnificent and intricate the structure is. It is almost 40-inch in length, and that adds to the beauty of the product. What makes this item stand out is the fact that the package contains four miniature vehicles. So, you can use these components to make your miniature bridge look more lively. 

    16. Lego ‎Big Ben Building Kit

    LEGO Creator Expert 10253 Big Ben Building Kit
    • Build a highly detailed model of the world’s best-known...
    • Includes Elizabeth Tower, Palace of Westminster, sidewalk,...

    If you are fascinated with The Big Ben Tower, this product can help you build a miniature model of it with ease. It gives you the chance to even access the Big Ben bell if you wish by simply removing the top of the tower. You will get around 4000 Lego blocks in the package, and that will keep you busy for a while.

    It is safe to say that this item is best suited for people over the age of 16 years and above. Note that the structures and components are built in a way that is more suitable for adults than kids. 

    17. Lego Willis Sears Tower

    Lego Architecture Willis Tower 21000 Construction Set
    • Minimum age: 10 years
    • Educational Value(s): Build, Design, Imagine, Invent, Create

    To create the perfect rendition of the magnificent Willis Tower, it is best that you experiment with the Lego 4643338 Willis Tower. It does not have too many Lego bricks, and there are only 69 pieces that you would have to arrange to get the structure in place. If you are fascinated by architecture sets, this product can be a good addition to your collection. 

    Added to the package is a collectible booklet that can help you explore the history and architectural beauty of the Willis Tower better. You can construct this with ease, and this can be a stellar addition to your showcase. 

    18. Lego White House

    LEGO Architecture White House (21006)
    • Replicate the home to the nation's Head of State using 560...
    • Based on the James Hoban design chosen by President George...

    Use the Lego 21006 White House if you want to recreate the home of the Nation’s Head of State. You will find around 560 Lego pieces in this pack, and that will surely keep you occupied for a long time. Once you assemble the entire structure, the model will look magnificent, with a total width of 22 cm. 

    And the base on which you will install the structure also has a printed name label on it. If you are interested to know more about the construction and history of the building, you can find all the information in the booklet that is included. 

    19. Lego United States Capitol Building Blocks

    LEGO Architecture 21030 United States Capitol Building Kit...
    • Build a detailed model of the incredible United States...
    • Includes collectible booklet containing information about...

    You must be well acquainted with Capitol Hill if you are a pop-culture buff. With the Lego 21030 United States Capitol Building Blocks, you can now create a replica of it for your home. It is designed thoughtfully by real architects to bear a close resemblance to Capitol Hill. 

    The package contains around 1000 Lego bricks, and with their help, you can create an intricate replica of the structure. What gives the product an edge is the fact that it includes miniatures of the famous lawns and steps that add beauty to the building. 

    20. Lego Rockefeller Center

    No products found.

    For people who have a penchant for art deco structures, the Lego 21007 Rockefeller Center can be the best bet. With the help of this product, you can easily revisit American history and recreate a replica of the Rockefeller Center. Along with the Lego blocks, you will also find an informational booklet that will give you a glimpse of the history of this unique structure. 

    This Lego architecture set is designed by real architects, and you can rest assured that the structure is pretty detailed. It is quite quick and fun to build and can be done with little expertise.

    21. Lego Empire State Building

    LEGO Architecture Empire State Building (21002)
    • Replica of real-world architectural landmark Empire State...
    • Booklet included with details on design and history

    You can make use of the Lego 4643312 Empire State Building to create a replica of the famous pop-culture architectural structure. This is part of the Lego architecture series that helps you create a real-world model of one of the most famous buildings in the world.

    To create this replica, you will find tan bricks that you have to simply assemble. 

    Whether you are a tourist, a resident of New York, or an architecture enthusiast, there’s no way you will not like this product. Once constructed, it is 188 mm in height and 80 mm in width.

    22. Lego Flatiron Building

    LEGO Architecture 6101026 Flatiron Building 21023 Building...
    • Interpretation of real-world architectural landmark, the...
    • Booklet included with details on the design, architecture...

    The Flatiron Building is the true amalgamation of Renaissance architecture with the modern form. And if you like that, consider going for the Lego 6101026 Flatiron Building, as it would help you easily recreate the architectural marvel. There are 450 pieces of Lego bricks in the package, and you can use them to make sure that the structure is detailed and intricate. 

    To know more about the architectural pattern and the history of the building, you can refer to the booklet that is included in the pack. You will even find a nameplate that adds to the beauty of the replica. 

    23. Lego Shanghai Building Kit

    LEGO Architecture Shanghai 21039 Building Kit (597 Pieces)
    • Build a LEGO interpretation of the Shanghai Skyline...
    • This Shanghai city LEGO skyline model includes the...

    Go for the Lego 21039 Shanghai 21039 Building Kit if you are a world traveler who has an inclination for the beautiful Shanghai skyline. The different structures present in this amazing set can be used to learn architecture in a fun way. You can play with these Lego blocks for hours and stay occupied. 

    There are 597 pieces included in the box, and they are suitable for use by both boys and girls over the age of twelve. Every component is scaled to give the right representation of the comparative size and is doused in realistic colors. 

    24. Lego Trevi Fountain

    LEGO Architecture Trevi Fountain 21020 Building Toy
    • Interpretation of real-world architectural landmark, the...
    • Booklet included with details on the design, architecture...

    With the Lego 21020 Trevi Fountain, you will be able to bring Rome home! You can make use of this lego architecture set to display a model of the largest fountain of Rome on your tabletop. This product is designed after taking expert advice from trained architects. So, your experience of using this will be completely unique. 

    There are 700 Lego pieces that will keep you engaged for hours. With the help of these blocks, you can recreate a replica of the marvelous Baroque monument. And if you are interested to know more about the history of the monument, check the booklet that comes with the pack. 

    25. Lego Guggenheim Museum

    LEGO Architecture Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum 21035...
    • Build a detailed model of New York City’s architectural...
    • Includes Frank Lloyd Wright’s famous rotunda, the 8-story...

    Of all the Frank Lloyd Wright creations, the Guggenheim Museum is one of the most exceptional works. In the package, you will find the exquisite and intricately designed Rotunda and replicas of the nearby streets. You will even find two yellow cabs in the pack that would add to the beauty of your miniature set. 

    With 740 pieces of Legos, you will be occupied for a while and will be able to create an intricate design. You can also take the help of the informative booklet that it includes to make architecture fun and engaging. 

    26. Lego ‎Seattle Space Needle

    No products found.

    Whether you are a resident of Seattle or a tourist visiting the city, there’s no way you would miss visiting the Seattle Space Needle. And if you want to keep a replica of this masterpiece in the middle of your living room, it is best to give the Lego Seattle Space Needle a try. There are only 50 pieces in the pack, but rest assured that it will keep you occupied for hours. 

    All the Lego bricks that come in the pack are gray in color and closely resemble the original color tone of the structure. You will find an instructions booklet that will also help you take a deep dive into the history and architecture of the building. 

    27. Lego ‎Lego House

    LEGO Classic Bricks and Houses 11008 Kids’ Building Toy...
    • Introduce kids to the fun of LEGO bricks with this awesome...
    • Simple instructions for 6 homes lets kids start building and...

    This is a very special entry on our list as this helps you create a replica of a unique building called the Lego House. The original Lego House is situated in Denmark, covers are 12,000 square feet, and is made of 25 million blocks of Lego. 

    It is true that there are not so many blocks in this pack, but with a humble 750 pieces, you will be able to create an honest representation. Getting your hands on this Lego architecture set is, however, not quite easy. There are very few limited options on Amazon, and you might have to visit the real Lego House to get your hands on one. 

    28. Lego Statue Of Liberty

    LEGO Architecture Statue of Liberty Model Building Set -...
    • Lady Liberty Statue - Features a Lady Liberty statue with...
    • Iconic Statue Elements - Includes broken shackles, 7-ray...

    It is true that bigger always does not mean better. However, that is not the case when it comes to the Statue Of Liberty! The Lego 6213419 Statue Of Liberty is a truly unique piece that makes use of some of the most intricate displays and incorporates some of the best building techniques. 

    Now, if you are new to using Lego, it might be a bit difficult for you to handle this. But that should not stop you from trying your hands on this set. It comes with 1685 pieces and is suitable for use by both kids and adults. 

    29. Lego Louvre Building Kit

    LEGO Architecture 21024 Louvre Building Kit
    • Interpretation of real-world architectural landmark, the...
    • English/French/Spanish booklet included with details on the...

    No one can contest that the Louvre is one of the unique architectural wonders of the world. And with the Lego 6101021 Louvre Building Kit, you can create a miniature of the real structure and display it in your living room. The bricks are mostly flat tiles, and that offers a smooth finish to the replica. 

    The instruction booklet is available in English, Spanish, and French and throws light on the design and the history of the building. This will be a great gift for anyone who is fascinated with traveling. If you are above 12 years of age, you can use it without any problem.

    30. Lego Buckingham Palace

    LEGO Architecture Buckingham Palace 21029 Landmark Building...
    • Build a detailed model of London's official royal residence!
    • Includes the east wing, forecourt and palace gates, with the...

    The Lego 6135671 Buckingham Palace can help you create a detailed miniature of London’s official royal residence. To add to the beauty, there is a red double-decker bus and black taxicab that you can include in the replica. Plus, you even get miniature structures of the east wing, forecourt, and palace gates. So, you can rest assured that it will bear a close resemblance to the original structure. 

    You will find a collectible booklet in the package that will give you all the information about the history and the architecture of the building. There are 780 pieces of Lego bricks that will help you make an intricate structure. 

    31. Lego San Francisco

    LEGO Architecture Skyline Collection 21043 San Francisco...
    • This San Francisco building set captures the essence of the...
    • Architecture building kit includes “painted ladies”...

    If you want to recreate the beauty of the West coast, you cannot miss out on trying the Lego 6250897 San Francisco. This is a part of the Lego skyline sets and is the perfect piece of display once you assemble the blocks. The package includes miniatures of the famous Golden Gate Bridge, Salesforce Tower, Coit Tower, Fort Point, and many more. 

    On completion, the model stands 16 cm high, 28 cm in width, and has a depth of 7 cm. With this option, you and your kids can enjoy one of the best Lego architecture sets. In short, it can be enjoyed by kids and adults alike. 

    32. Lego ‎Taj Mahal

    LEGO Creator Expert Taj Mahal 10256 Building Kit and...
    • Take your architectural admiration of the Taj Mahal to the...
    • Includes over 10,000 LEGO pieces. The building blocks to...

    This is one of the newest additions to the Lego architecture set and, to date, is one of the most challenging ones to construct. The bricks are pint-sized, and with the 2000 pieces that you find in the package, you will be able to create a detailed structure of one of the seven wonders of the world: The Taj Mahal. 

    Unlike the earlier Taj Mahal Kit, it won’t drive a hole in your pocket and is pretty cost-effective. But as we have mentioned, it is a bit difficult to assemble for first-time Lego users. Kids might even require the help of parents. 

    33. Lego ‎Tokyo Building Kit

    LEGO Architecture Skylines: Tokyo 21051 Building Kit,...
    • The striking LEGO Architecture model of Tokyo's distinctive...
    • This collectible build-and-display set features buildable...

    We have to say that the Lego ‎6288696 Tokyo Building Kit is one of the most difficult ones to construct in the Lego architecture series. But without any doubt, it will help you recreate a very authentic miniature of Tokyo. 

    In this package, you will find structures that represent both the modern and traditional architectural beauties of the Japanese metropolis. If you are fascinated with colors, you should totally give this architecture set a try. Unlike the sober renderings of the New York and Paris skyline sets, this one is pretty colorful and vibrant. 

    34. Lego Dubai

    LEGO Architecture Skylines: Dubai 21052 Building Kit,...
    • This spectacular LEGO Architecture building set for adults...
    • The Burj Khalifa, Jumeirah Emirates Towers Hotel, Burj Al...

    The Lego 6288698 Dubai skyline architecture set offers a beautiful rendition of some of the fascinating modern architecture and skyscrapers of Dubai. You will see that the Lego blocks perfectly capture the beauty and the intricacies of the architecture.

    In the package, you will find miniatures of the Dubai Fountain, Burj Khalifa, Dubai Frame, and many other unique structures. As such, it would make for a great gift for anyone who is interested in the landscape of Dubai and is easy to assemble. To be honest, it is suitable for adults who are above 16 years of age and can be a great souvenir for anyone who is interested in Dubai. 

    35. Lego Trafalgar Square

    LEGO Architecture 21045 Trafalgar Square Building Kit (1197...
    • Build and display this highly detailed LEGO Architecture...
    • Features the National Gallery with detailed interior,...

    If you are a resident of London or plan to visit there, you must know that Trafalgar Square is one of the major attractions of the city. With the Lego 6250904 Trafalgar Square, you can have a miniature version of it sitting right in your living room. It is one of the iconic landmarks of London and can be easily replicated with this Lego architecture set. 

    In the pack, you will find a couple of miniature double-decker buses, which adds to the beauty of your formation. Other than that, the model includes miniatures of the National Gallery, Nelson’s Column with two magnificent lions, sculpture plinths, fountains, and many other intricate fixtures.  

    36. Lego ‎Old Trafford

    No products found.

    For a Manchester United football fan, there can be no better gift than the Lego ‎10272 Old Trafford. With this Lego football stadium, one can display their undying love for Old Trafford. You can use the Lego blocks included in this set to relive your cherished memories of the stadium by creating a detained miniature of it. 

    There are 3898 bricks in the package, so there’s no doubt that you will be able to create an intricate model. Because of the large number of blocks, the project will take some time to complete but will be satisfying. 

    37. Lego Disney Madrigal House

    LEGO Disney Encanto The Madrigal House 43202 Building Kit; A...
    • This 587-piece LEGO Disney building toy features Mirabel's...
    • The LEGO Disney's The Madrigal doll house toy for girls and...

    If you are a Disney enthusiast, do not wait anymore to try the Lego 6365774 Disney Madrigal House. In the pack, there are 587 bricks, and with their help, you can create three levels and include a miniature flipping bed, waving shutters, and a number of other accessories that tell fascinating stories. 

    It can be used by anyone above six years of age and includes a range of fun features that your kids can play with. There are multiple rooms that you can build in the set, and it will surely keep you occupied for a while. 

    38. Lego Hogwarts Castle

    LEGO Harry Potter Hogwarts Castle 71043 Building Set - Model...
    • Hogwarts Castle Model - Buildable microscale Hogwarts...
    • Detailed Decor - Hogwarts Castle features the Great Hall...

    There’s hardly anyone who is not enchanted with the magical world of Harry Potter. With the Lego 6212631 Hogwarts Castle, you can now create a replica of the most interesting place of the wizarding world. 

    The set includes four figures, the famous Chamber Of Secrets, the Whomping Willow, and many more attractions of Hogwarts. This set is a perfect collectible for kids and adults alike. The intricate towers and buildings never fail to capture the beauty of the magical world. It is perfect for imaginative play and helps you get transported to the world of magic. 

    39. Lego Haunted House

    LEGO Icons Haunted House Building Set 10273, Haunted House...
    • Welcome to Manor Von Barron – a thrilling, detailed...
    • Includes a free-fall ride, haunted doors, a cursed painting...

    If you are on the lookout for a Lego project to unwind after a long day at work, the Lego 6303666 Haunted House can be the best bet. With this set, you can create your own miniature spooky horror building with detailed and intricate features that will surely draw everyone’s attention. 

    This set is built mainly for adults but has a range of fun, playful features that can be used to decorate the haunted house model. There’s a cursed painting, a free-fall ride, all of which will attract the thrill-seekers in you. It makes for a great Halloween gift. 

    40. Lego Brandenburg Gate

    No products found.

    Up next, we have a pick for the ones who are fascinated with the real-world landmark: the Brandenburg Gate. It is a part of the Lego architecture series and has managed to stir the curiosity of many architects, designers, and engineers alike. After you are done assembling the structure, it will stand 9.2 cm tall, 22.4 cm in width, and will have a depth of 9.6 cm. 

    You will even find an informational booklet included in the package, which will give you detailed information about the history and architecture of the building. The printed booklet only comes in English. However, you can download it in other languages. 

    41. Lego Sungnyemun

    No products found.

    One of the eight gates of the famous Seoul’s Fortress Wall is the Namdaemun Gate, also known as the Sungnyemun. With the help of the Lego bricks, you can spend some hours creating this esteemed structure. You can spend some time with your family and use the Lego blocks to create one of Korea’s most treasured monuments. 

    It is a perfect option for creative play and is suitable both for adults and kids. The package contains 325 blocks and will surely inspire some creative thinking in you. We feel that you can make the most of this set if you are above 12 years of age. 

    42. Lego United Nations Headquarters

    LEGO Architecture United Nations Headquarters
    • Includes a booklet that gives design and historical details...
    • Collect all of the models in the LEGO Landmark and Architect...

    Standing on the banks of New York’s East River is the United Nations Headquarters, which is recognized as one of the most iconic buildings in the world. With no less than 597 Lego blocks, you can now recreate this beautiful tribute to modern architecture. 

    This is a part of the Lego series that celebrates the iconic buildings of the world. Enclosed in the package is a booklet in English and French that will give you the details about the history and architecture of the building. 

    So, if you want a replica of the magnificent UN headquarters on your desk, look no further!

    Lego For Architects

    Final Words

    Lego can not only be used for artistic display, but many companies are also using Lego to unlock talent in their employees as it allows intuitive hands on exercises. So, if you think Lego is just for kids, think again!

    At the end of the day, your preference for a place and style of architecture will determine which one you go for. Before purchasing, it is important that you take into consideration what age group a set is suitable for. Also, check how many pieces the box contains and the level of difficulty involved. 

    With that, we have reached the end of this informative guide. We hope that you will be able to pick one out of the wide range of Lego architecture sets that we discussed. 

    Keep a watch on this space for more exciting reads. Until next time, adios!

    7 Best Glue For Legos

    A home is never complete without a lovely paint finish to complement the whole design of the home, be it a modern or a classic design. And while many would opt for a solid, plain color for the walls, there are others who opt to be more creative even on a simple way. Faux painting is one of the simplest, but nonetheless stunning ways of finishing off a home or even just a room. Faux painting or finishing aims to copy or mimic surfaces of marble, wood or textile and require different technique to achieve each surface effectively. This amazing technique makes a home or a room wall stand out from the rest of the decors and chosen furniture.

    How to Impress With Faux Painting

    simple strokes for different effects

    Creating a texture on a flat surface can be achieved by using different techniques. In faux painting, creating texture can be done by using different brush strokes. Each overlapping stroke builds up the overlapping effect on the surface and forms the faux painting layers even if only one paint color is used.

    5ba55683ca3f8d5ea7974bad7a354250

    Source

    sponging A way to a lovely wall

    Marble effects can be achieved through sponging. This technique is used in faux painting and is very effective in creating stunning effects. Sponging a single hue or multiple colors over another solid color creates a lovely marble effect.

    7464f27737252c3f1bfb2570ac4780c9

    Source

    texture through a common household item

    While sponges and brushes are great tools, other household items can also be used to achieve a perfect faux painting. This example which uses tissue paper creates a marvelous effect on the ceiling. The brown paint seem to glow into a golden color and sinews are formed naturally from the crumpled tissue paper.

    09adc6405d77004da7992e56799aa00e

    Source

    Ombre of earthy tones and faux painting

    Colors and hues going light to dark is a sight to behold. This is why ombre is a great choice in painting a wall at home. This becomes even better when faux painting and ombre is combined and a neutral color is used. This can be a perfect bedroom wall finish or an accent wall in the living room.

    c80c5e33f45e9c10ec37c55e6d10e32b

    Source

    highlighting the best corner of the home

    The most comfortable place or corner of the home deserves a relaxing view. Creating an accent wall with white and blue faux painting is refreshing and most definitely an inviting way to sit back and relax on that lovely corner. Add complementing and comfortable furniture and the natural beauty of flowers and you will have a space every guest will envy.

    ae363484ca8896679b39ca8b7edb15bf

    Source

    marvel on a faux painting that aims to recreate marble

    The natural beauty of marble, the swirls of colors, sinews and overlapping hues make it a sight to behold. Imagine this inside a home complementing all the furniture and fixtures. Simply majestic and definitely breathtaking.

    OLYMPUS DIGITAL CAMERA

    achieving a verdigris look on a classic drawer

    Verdigris is often a green pigment that appears when acetic acid is used in copper. This faux effect creates that old but lovely look on a classic drawer. Place this in a room and it will instantly become the center of attention.

    0d3533faf3ee4197be55f5adda8a4622

    Source

    Spanish staircase highlighted with faux painting

    The romantic Spanish inspired staircases becomes even more splendid with a faux painting wall for a background. The staircase itself becomes more vivid against the soft earth tone faux painting. The chandelier, plants, windows and pots add more drama to this lovely scene.

    a3b63d1034d9ed7af3de5fd40012ece0

     

    stunning bathroom in faux red finish

    Red is a color that some people find too strong for their taste. Adding details in red through faux painting, however, can change this perspective and can definitely change anyone's mind. The red is somewhat subdued by the brown mix and the stones and rocks used for the whole theme of the bathroom makes the red pop without the harsh effect on the eyes.

    dc6dfd37594756af6f53aad7d623ed86

    Source

    achieving a natural wood color and look

    One of the most natural faux lookes comes from wood. The different hues and the texture from wood attract more people than anything other materials can. Restoring the faux design of a door gives it more attitude and makes it look more attractive than just having it in plain paint.

    db14b19917e9d38d3eea8f2ca9abc7ff

    Source

    splash of every color in different hues

    Plain painting or finishing in a home is great, but adding a little more detail to the plain wall painting will add a different drama level to the wall and the whole room. This faux painting using different colors creates the illusion of dyed cloth. Each color blends well with each other and offers a majestic effect to the furniture and the rest of the room.

    fc5f9523902eb55b701c86b41a00c229

    Source

    lovely marble mix of red and blue

    Mixes of colors are very common for marble, and achieving this can be quite easy through faux painting. This lovely marble effect can be used on your walls for a decadent look.

    9d02ab987f74cdcac3057712fe4587fd

    soft faux painting for a classical look

    Dreamy rooms are lovely in plain finishing, but finishing a dreamy room in faux painting makes the room exquisite. All the lovely ladies will agree on this setup and will truly have a great time accessorizing a room with soft colored faux painting and a vintage vibe.

    39d396fcd41ebd19fe3553fe78b77a14

    Source

    serenity in faux white and blue

    Green and blue faux painting can remind anyone of nature and the natural color of the sea. The calming effect makes this faux painting ideal for any home and the effect does not wear off easily. Anyone who wants to bring inside his home the serenity of the sea will find this combination of colors in faux painting to be ideal.

    d168418f17f563b35e862ee6a58000a0

     

    A mix of texture in earthly tones

    Faux painting also includes the illusion of embroidery, and the image below is a perfect example. The details of the design are stunning and can remind anyone of the days of classic paintings and impressive works of art. The earthly tone used for this faux painting also lets the details stand out without compromising its own lovely effect on the whole piece.

    824fb730788d51164f7cb10c1ae96c6d

     

    creating faux effect on wood in teal

    Teal can create the verdigris effect and can be lovely for faux painting. Adding this effect on natural wood creates depth and a rustic feel to the material. Use this technique for a vibrant country home feel.

    2cbc6666ccab639a8497be136b21b8e1

    Source

    Accent wall made with faux painting

    While many people find an accent wall unnecessary, this ombre faux accent wall will surely make people think otherwise. It is stunning and gives a home the right oomph. The "ooh's" and the "aah's" will come naturally for guests as they marvel in this beauty that lets the room stand out amongst the rest.

    018125621e3e7b180ea053eb4836a2f8

    Source

    Have you ever give faux painting a try? Feel free to share your projects in the comment section below.

    Humankind proved itself to be the true masters of all races when it first invented animation. 

    Millions of artists all over the world were thrilled to express traditional painting through a digital platform which transformed art itself. 

    Not only did this open up one of the most defining prospects of art ever in the field, but it also provided these millions of talented artists to create absolute visual magic on the screen!

    Well, the all-father of animation, Walt Disney, might have cried tears of pride and joy on beholding the evolution of animation. However, artists know the real grind of behind every single picture that they put out there. And the most important part of creating the motion picture is to set it on a definite background.

    The background of every picture is the foundation that defines, and in animation, it gets all the more important to achieve the statistics right while creating the background.

    Background painting books are a complete life-saver in this regard and a must for every aspiring animator or whoever wants to learn a thing or two about creating backgrounds.

    So, if you’re looking to get your hands on some really useful books for painting stunning backgrounds for animation, this is going to be just the read for you!

    Best Layout and Background Painting Books for Animation

    1. Layout and Background

    Walt Disney Animation Studios The Archive Series #4: Layout...
    • Hardcover Book
    • Walt Disney Animation Research Libr (Author)

    And it’s only fair to start off with something for the ardent Disney fans and their love for creating spectacular Disney-like animated marvels. So, if you want to get some precious insight into work-in-progress projects and a depiction of some of the coolest and famous Disney themes ever!

    This book contains more than 300 pieces of absolutely unique artwork that will cover of a classic range of notable Disney project, dating as early back to Snow White and up to favorites such as Tangled!

    Not only do you get some brilliant tip and tricks alongside the brilliant artworks and their mechanisms that this book is going to decode, but it consists of suggestions and advice from some that iconic background painters along with their works that are featured in this book.

    And only a few would know that this but this book is the first of a series of books that were released by Disney’s archive collection. This makes it a rare gem of its kind and incredibly valued amongst people who do know about it.

    The quality of the print is undoubtedly awesome, and the directions are pretty easy to follow. The page material of the book is thick enough to prevent the colors from seeping or bleeding through to its edges or sides.

    This is, however, not a “how to” book and wouldn't give much practical advice.

    1. Setting the Scene | The Art & Evolution of Animation Layout

    No products found.

    This is known to be one of the best animation books that come loaded with rare facts and background paintings from decades of animated films.

    The entire book almost consists of 300 pages illustrated magnificently with background paintings and production work.

    However, the single most fascinating thing about this huge book is that it contains a ton of the unpublished artwork from studios such as those from Warner Bros, Disney, and Pixar! Yes, you read that right!

    This massive book also comes with scribbled ideas and interviews of some of the absolute legends of the industry. The book discusses the brilliant talent of such artists and decodes their techniques and approaches towards background art.

    You could find numerous tips and tricks shared by these absolute geniuses and their take on an all-around approach towards animation as a whole explaining the essential elements that constitute it. This covers crucial topics such as setting the scene, the fundamentals of animation (how to animate) and painting a layout that fits appropriately with the rest of the elements.

    This book takes you out on an extensive voyage down the ethereally lit waters of the animation realm, enlightening you about its history and the layout structures of different films. It offers some of the most awesome tips on the craft that could help any aspiring artist immensely!

    “Setting the Scene” is an incredibly useful and equally captivating read for all budding animators.

    1. The Noble Approach

    So if you’re a budding animator or a nerd in this department, there’s absolutely no way in any world that you didn’t know about Maurice Noble. He is unquestionably one of the legends who belongs to the generation of old-school painters who had worked with Warner Bros and MGM cartoons. Noble’s career that stretched over the span of 60 years in animation has yielded some of the best works on background the world has ever witnessed in his wake.

    The Noble Approach is a book consisting of 170 pages replete with dozens of classic cartoons created by Maurice Noble himself!

    And this includes none other than the Lord of Mischief: Bugs Bunny himself and the lightning-fast Roadrunner hoodwinking the Wile E. Coyote and so much more from this lot! The book provides you with a detailed insight into his styles and approaches to developing his definitive layouts for such characters.

    Apart from a ton of such incredible pictures, the book also offers several excerpts from Maurice’s writings which were once meant to be published as a memoir.

    This book educates you on everything from Maurice’s approach to animation and his concept layouts and designs to the final frame of every picture.

    The original designs contained in this book include Maurice’s sketches, work in progress and production concepts that meticulously details the process from start to finish.

    1. Layout and Composition in Animation

    The Layout and Composition in Animation is a beautiful book that discusses the constituent elements of animation and the creation of foundations or backgrounds that supports the entire structure of animation. However, more than being a hands-on, practical book, this is more of an inspirational read which would give you a valuable idea about how to lay scene and get all of the vital aspects to fit in accordance with the rest of things in the frame.

    This is an exceedingly uncomplicated book to read and to understand. It does provide you with you a lot of production art and background paintings along with several other pieces from some classic animated movies.

    This book gives you a detailed insight into the procedures of sequential storytelling, serving as a referential handbook that educates you all about the creation of animated stories.

    One of the things that this guide provides is a comparative study between the correct formats of the steps to creating animation and the usual mistake that amateurs make when they start out with the process. This gives you an incredibly useful idea to avoid making these common errors as well as a genius way to rectify them.

    This book also goes in depth with spotting the problems that usually crop up while arranging a particular scene. It tutors on how to manage and rectify these problems by adapting to creative solutions for your projects.

    It presents famous examples such as that of the Beauty and the Beast and the Simpsons for you to learn how to draw character layouts as well as background layouts and finally, how to coordinate them in perfect balance.

    1. Set The Action!

    Set the Action! Creating Backgrounds for Compelling...
    • Hernandez, Elvin (Author)
    • English (Publication Language)

    So here we have a book that covers backgrounds of literally everything from animation to games, graphic novels and comics. Set the Action!, with its 240 pages of richly illustrated examples, discussion slots, and exercises come forth as a brilliant book for all aspiring layouts designers everywhere.

    This book focuses on the structural development of the character and its association with the background, teaching you how to create a cohesive, vital link between them which brings them together, making a spectacular, definitive scene.

    The book is huge and contains a ton of well-explained examples. This book is especially useful for understanding the story behind each scene that comes together to create a unified visual plot-line.

    You also get to learn a lot on the props that are used in the scene and about techniques and texturization. It discusses some of the crucial aspects regarding perspective and shading along with some immensely useful tips and tricks which helps you to develop your personal style regarding composition and layout design. This exceptionally helpful for storyboard artists.

    Authored by Elvin A. Hernandez, Set the Action!, establishes itself as an incredible practical guidebook for intermediate and professional artists alike who could have some really great tips to create backgrounds and develop characters.

    1. The Illusion of Life: Disney Animation

    The Illusion of Life: Disney Animation
    • Used Book in Good Condition
    • Hardcover Book

    So what we have next up is considered to be a Bible for all animators who are ardent fans of Disney. Composed by Ollie Johnston and Frank Thomas, The Illusion of Life: Disney Animation is what through and through, magnificently illustrated and detailed practical guide-book that goes to the deepest depths of the universe of animation to teach you all about vital aspects of the craft.

    It takes a good look at some of the crucial elements that go into creating the foundation of an animated scene that includes a concrete study of forming the background and the overall layout of the tiniest sequence in a story.

    The book goes into greater detail about some of the most loved and celebrated Disney characters and how things work in the animated world of Disney. It consists of about 600 pages that tells you all about the history of Disney: both creator and his bewitching world of a thousand different wonders. Apart from that, the book opens up a plethora of amazing anecdotes on characters, sounds, story development, voice recording, and, essentially, the creation of backgrounds.

    Ollie Johnston and Frank Thomas are two of the legends out of the “nine old men” of Disney, who are known to be some of the most incredibly talented animators in history!

    The creation of background is one subject that the book attaches prime importance to. It discusses the creation of layers, the merging of all key factors, and the compatibility of a character with the elements that form the rest of his surroundings. It makes an in-depth study of the creation of every sequence that constitutes the bigger picture on the screen.

    Apart from learning a lot about how exactly to animate, the book provides you with the scope of developing your own artistic techniques for the procedure by giving you all the tips and tricks used by popular animators. You get to pick these up from each and every chapter that comes with an extensive history and personal writings of such celebrated artists.

    1. The Animator’s Eye

    The Animator's Eye: Adding Life to Animation with Timing,...
    • Francis Glebas (Author)
    • English (Publication Language)

    Written by Francis Glebas, The Animator’s Eye is, in all fairness, could be called the ultimate guide to the basics of animation. The topics discussed extensively by the book literally covers everything from animatics, sound, and coloring, to thumbnails, storyboards, backgrounds, timing, and so much more!

    This is a fantastic book that teaches you the fundamentals of creating a character and the background of the story-line and remains to be an incredibly useful read for all story-board artists.

    The author discussed the importance and essential role of animation and the numerous different ways it applies to the traditional term of the word “story-telling.” He goes at length discussing what exactly is required to create a single sequence in animation, how is it actually created and, most importantly, how it could be perfected and mastered.

    1. Magic Color Flair: The World of Mary Blair

    Written by John Canemaker, the Magic Color Flair: The World of Mary Blair provides you with detailed insight into the life and works of Mary Blair: one of the most exalted and celebrated concept designers and background painter who worked for Walt Disney.

    She was a significant figure in the creative head of the empire and was involved in their busiest days, creating sheer magic for classics such as Peter Pan and Alice in Wonderland.

    The book not only celebrates her works that have given us all memories of a lifetime but also gives you a number of essential tips and advice from the professional animators at Disney.

    John Canemaker, the author of this book, is himself an award-winning animation director who becomes Mary Blair’s mouthpiece and autobiographer, sharing her life’s story both professional and personal, in his own words.

    This is again, more of a guide on the subject rather than being a practical workbook. Nevertheless, you do get an in-depth analysis on what was the beginning of an era in animation and the sheer genius of the woman behind it.

    We all have a spot for Disney, and when it comes to background painting, you know there could be but little competition with Disney. And this is what the book strives to explain through its marvelous content.

    1. Dream Worlds | Production Design for Animation

    Hands-down, one of the absolute diamonds in the rough, Dream Worlds: Production Design for Animation whirls up a deluge of Disney’s magical characters and settings for you to know how they are actually created.

    The book provides dozens of examples from the legendary movies such as Lion King, Aladdin, Mulan and Hercules amongst so many others. The book consists of a total of 220 pages that is replete with information about layout design and the development of backgrounds as well as a detailed study of all the sequences that go into the development of production designs.

    The book is a beautiful combination between an inspirational production art compendium and a resourceful guide for all budding artists and aspiring layout designers and animators.

    It primarily concentrates on the different aspects of animation that comes together to create the magical animated universe. This includes factors like composition, the fundamental rules of handling the camera for beginners, laying out a background to create a sequence and tips on staging and composition.

    These all affect the resultant outcome of background paintings and are crucial for all sorts of layout design animation.

    1. The Nine Old Men

    The Nine Old Men is one book that documents and celebrates the works of those nine animators that brought the science and craft of animation into existence and wrote a new page in the history of art.

    Although Disney started out slow in its initial days, it is today known as The Empire that created animation on screen and that which is unparalleled when it comes to the degree and details on animation.

    And this was made possible by the unending hard work and sheer genius of these nine animators who made Disney (both owner and his studio) what it is today. And they are:

    • Les Clark
    • Eric Larson
    • Milt Kahl
    • Ward Kimball
    • Wolfgang Reitherman
    • Marc Davis
    • John Lounsbery
    • Ollie Johnston
    • Frank Thomas

    The book holds the deepest discourses regarding the works of these absolute legends in each of its chapters that dedicate 20-25 pages to their history, the contributions they made during their careers to take Disney to the ultimate heights of success and fame, and their utter creative genius. This book offers you a metric ton of their original drafts and artworks that span around 400 pages in total.

    These are immensely inspirational in spirit and content probing into the historical events and milestones achieved by the world of Disney, tracing right back to the early days when Disney was just a fledgling, struggling enterprise which the world knows nothing about.

    However, this isn’t a guide book, but it does teach you a lot about how the most important things in animation work.

    Best Layout and Background Painting Books Conclusion

    Books on animations are still difficult to find, especially if one doesn’t know where to look and what to buy. We hope we were able to provide you with some useful recommendations and wish for your endeavors to be a success!

    Will be back with more such stuff soon!

    Till next time!

    8 Best Cartooning Books For Artists

    11 Best Perspective Books

    21 Best Manga Drawing Books to Check Out

    16 Best Maya Books for Beginners & Professionals Alike

    25 Best Concept Art Books for Artists

    22 Best Drawing Books for Beginners

    11 Best Adult Coloring Books That Will Color Your Mood

    11 Best Color Theory Books for Artists

    8 Best Cartooning Books For Artists

    Best Watercolor Painting Books Everywhere

    What Is Cel Animation & How to Use It

    From time to time we hear our relatives or friends relating a story on how they've found a simple white table or dresser at IKEA at sale and finally changed the old one. Most of the time they simply throw the old piece away as well. It might sound natural for some but if you take a few minutes to think about how things go in the world we bet you will find this aspect  really sad. It`s natural to replace and renew things in our home of course but discarding things with ease is not. It is natural to choose items for aesthetic values at the present time but forgetting how they've initially looked and what they`ve made out off is not. Upcycling furniture projects do come in handy in discussion as they rebuild, remake and renew an old item and along with it an entire decor or an entire lifestyle.

    We realize that not every individual has all the conditions to start and sand or paint pieces of furniture in their home nor  do we imply that they should upcycle everything rather than replace it. All we say is that our trash can be a treasure for someone else. Be the change that you would like to see in the world and start by asking people around if they need your old pieces. There are thousands of DIY groups of enthusiasts that would simply love to find an old armoire and refurbish it, some of them will actually use the item in their home while others might refurbish and sell it, either way the item will be put to far better use and moreover the energy and resources invested initially into the creation of the item will not go to waste.

    We would love to hear you opinion on this matter and we highly encourage every individual to recycle and upcycle all that they can. By making a small change in your lifestyle you will become an inspiration to others around you. Be the change that you would like to see in the world. Further on you will find a few pieces of upcycled furniture projects that we have found inspiring. Color enhances every piece and makes them ideal for a shabby chic or scandinavian interior design line .

    44d82e3296119a83a0a73fa27a76d80e

    82d98cc157f0fb1af83cbc1b7df1940d

    2598880e12a6f42131d98384a674e084

    Colorful Upcycling Furniture Projects (6)

    Colorful Upcycling Furniture Projects (5)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (1)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (2)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (3)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (4)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (5)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (6)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (7)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (8)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (9)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (10)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (11)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (12)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (13)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (14)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (15)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (16)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (17)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (18)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (19)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (20)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (21)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (22)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (23)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (24)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (25)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (26)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (27)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (28)

    Colorful-Upcycling-Furniture-Projects-homesthetics.net (29)

     

    Colorful Upcycling Furniture Projects (4)

    Colorful Upcycling Furniture Projects (3)

    Colorful Upcycling Furniture Projects (2)

    Colorful Upcycling Furniture Projects (1)

    19 Different Types of Mid-Century Modern Furniture

    Unusual and Bizarre Furniture Designs You Have Ever Seen

    13 Best Paint for Furniture

    9 Best Hand Sanders For Furniture

    Aren't we all astonished whenever we see a fabulous piece of artwork?

    May it be an art gallery or just friend's sketchbook, the feeling of dumbfoundedness is familiar.

    We all loved colored pencils when we were kids but hardly do we ever look back to them while drawing.

    The rainbow-colored set holds the key to a plethora of drawing techniques, some for beginners and some kept aside for the professionals only.

    People who have discovered the magic of colored pencils find it hard to look back. From knowing how to sharpen the pencils correctly, to grasping the tens of techniques involved in drawing, there's a lot to digest.

    We present to you 12 brilliant beginner techniques on using colored pencils and scaling up your art skills.

    Don't worry, as we'll cover every topic in bite-sized pieces. There's no good in biting more than what we can chew.

    Let us get down to understand the basics of colored pencils, and then talk about some techniques so that anyone can also draw brilliantly with colored pencils.

    Knowing Your Toolkit

    The Pencil 

    Ok, now we’re down to drawing. Wait! Which colored pencils should I be using?

    Well, a blade made from cheap steel can’t cut through armor. Similarly, the quality of the colored pencil you’ll be using has a significant difference in the outcome of the drawing.

    No, we’re not suggesting that you spent a fortune on the set of pencils, rather reminding you to steer away from the glossy cheap ones. They would do you no good. Using a lower quality pencil will produce lower quality results.

    Although lower quality pencils are much cheaper, try to avoid them. They just won't behave in the same manner as higher quality pencils. Save yourself the time and frustration by investing a little in a nice set of pencils.

    The Paper Type

    Choosing a surface for colored pencil doesn’t have as many particularities as we have while using other color mediums like acrylic, pastels, watercolors, etc.

    We look for a surface that has sufficient ‘tooth’ for the pigment and the wax to lock on to.

    If you’re aiming to use techniques such as Scratching, Scraping or Incising, or if you would like the drawing to possess rich texture, paperweight comes into play.                                                                                                                                                                                   

    It is highly suggested that you refrain from using standard copy paper. The surface of this paper is very smooth and doesn’t have a sizable tooth. Not only will it not hold the color correctly, but you also won’t be able to practice techniques like layering and blending.

    The standard copy papers are processed with bleaching agents and acids which change the color to yellow over time. That would destroy the drawing.

    Therefore it is suggested that you only use paper that is suitable for drawing.

    Beginner Techniques Using Colored Pencils 

    It's probably the right time to remember that there's more to drawing with colored pencils than just a few simple strokes on the drawing sheet.

    It's easy to walk into a battle with an arsenal full of unique weapons. In a similar way, knowing the beginner techniques of using colored pencils allows you to create beautiful art without too much of a hustle.

    The following beginner colored pencil techniques form the foundation for any type of colored pencil art that one wishes to create.

    1. Scumbling

    All of us have been using this particular technique since we were kids, without even knowing that it had a name.

    This is the easiest and one of the neatest way to fill color in an area. We start with making continuous concentric circles on the paper, without lifting the pencil. Any area can also be filled with several colors to give it a great appearance.

    1. Hatching

    Hatching is a straightforward technique which finds its application in several styles of drawing such as using graphite, charcoal, and obviously, with colored pencils.

    All that is required to do is to draw many parallel straight lines close to each other.  These lines may be vertical, horizontal or at an angle; they shouldn't touch.

    Doesn't sound tough, does it? Hatching is very useful while filing color in a block. It may be regarded as the minimalist approach.

    Hatching can be used to introduce the notion of depth in an image, giving it a three-dimensional perspective.

    As a beginner artist, mastering strokes is essential. Hatching serves as an excellent method to boost your confidence in your stroke-work.

    Once we're confident in our ability to stroke parallel lines while ensuring that they won't touch, it's time to proceed further.

    1. Cross Hatching

    Cross-hatching is a scaled up version of hatching. As you might have thought, this time we'll be drawing two sets of parallel lines instead of just one.

    The second set of parallel lines essential creates a grid or a mesh-like structure. These lines are drawn over the first set of lines at an angle.

    Cross-hatching is a brilliant way to introduce shading and create tonal effects in your drawing without trying to perform blending.

    If you're doodling on the back pages of your notebook during a boring lecture, cross-hatching is an effective way of getting good results rather quickly.

    It is an easy yet effective method. It's time to create some interesting textures using the technique we just learned. Sharpen your pencil before attempting cross-hatching as it’ll appear clean and precisely drawn.

    1. Burnishing

    Colored pencil art is known for its smooth, waxy, and glossy finish.

    Burnishing is the difference between a colored pencil drawing and a colored pencil painting.

    It's relatively simple. We apply a colorless blender on a specific region in a fashion similar to applying a layer of polish over wood. A colorless blender is a colored pencil without any pigment.

    By applying thin layers of this colorless blender in a back-and-forth manner, a waxy buildup occurs giving us the desired result. Apart from this, burning lightens the color tone of the drawing while giving it the polished look.

    1. Stroke Pressure

    Just like calligraphy, drawing strokes in varying fashion will help you add character to your drawing.

    You can create a variety of effects in your drawing without trying any sophisticated technique or using additional tools.

    Similar to a paintbrush, you can tilt your colored pencil to get broad strokes or fine lines.

    You may want some areas of the drawing to represent a darker, saturated hue while the other to be very subtle and light in color. This is where pencil pressure plays a significant role.

    Practice by moving your wrist around and tilting the pencil a little. You'll be amazed by the variations that you create.

    This technique required patience and practice. If you're having a hard time, you can try some Chinese calligraphy. As difficult as it is, it might give you a lot of insight towards the application of pressure.

    1. Scraping

    Of course, toned and colored sheets will create slightly different effects – so if you plan on using this technique in your next colored pencil drawing, take a minute to think about paper selection before starting.

    Scrapping is a technique to create a significant amount of texture, such as drawing leaves, hair, animal fur, grass etc. Using this method we can achieve an astounding level of detail in our drawing.

    It is not as simple as it sounds. We’ll need the help of an X-ACTO knife or any similar sharp blade as the technique requires us to create extremely thin lines.

    While there are a lot of use cases of it, we need to be careful with the type of paper we’re using. Using a toned or colored sheet may produce different effects than your usual expectation.

    1. Incising

    Imagine you’re drawing a leaf and you want to emphasize the pattern formed by the veins of the leaf and give it a realistic feel. Details can be overwhelming - but only if you let them be.

    Incising is closely related to the scraping technique we just covered.

    Incising deals with creating deep impressions on the paper before we draw with the colored pencils, unlike incising where we scratch after we’ve drawn on the surface.

    How do we do it? Well, the easiest way is to first obtain a piece of translucent sheet like a wax paper, tracing paper, or a parchment paper.

    Then, using a pen or a graphite pencil (as we need a more rigid tip), press down on the paper and draw incision line, hard enough to make an indent on the paper below.

    This will introduce indent lines on the surface of the drawing sheet, and we can now continue our work with colored pencils. Remove the transparent sheet.

    Now when we draw using a colored pencil, it will go over these indent ‘valleys’ and leave a white (or the color of the sheet) line behind.

    1. Layering

    Often, you may feel that just using one color for some area isn't adequate to construct a representational effect. Here, you would like to use multiple layers of wash.

    We employ the layering technique in which we combine colors with different hue and value. Layering embodies depth in the shade, and the outcome is significantly better; it appears more realistic.

    Choosing the right color for layering isn't tricky at all. You may select similar colors, or even one with entirely different contrast, as long as it gives the appropriate result.

    1. Rubbing

    Rubbing is a very interesting technique and a variation of incising. It can be regarded as one of the most effective ways to add texture to a drawing.

    This is one of those tricks which we have used as kids without formal knowledge. We start by taking a textured surface like a leaf or anything else with bumps and ridges and place it underneath our drawing sheet.

    We rub our colored pencil(s) over the surface. The texture starts to appear on our drawing. A thicker sheet of drawing paper would not give as good a result as a thinner one. Nevertheless, this technique remains highly effective.

    1. Tortillon

    Tortillions, which are similar to and sometimes referred to as blending stumps, is an excellent tool for mixing colors in your drawing.

    Drawing made using charcoal and graphite primarily use tortillons to give a blending effect, but provide equally good results with colored pencils.

    They are a great tool if we're looking to push the color around physically. Tortillions are used to create effects such as smudging, shading, blending and smoothening of the image.

    1. Mixed Media

    The next technique that we’ll learn is using mixed media with the colored pencils, viz, watercolors.

    Every elementary school kid who paid ample attention during the science lecture knows that oil and water don’t mix. Also, our colored pencils are simply either paraffin wax or oil mixed with pigment. I think you can see where this is going.

    After drawing a few strokes using the colored pencils, we add a wash with watercolors. Some fascinating details and patterns are formed as the wax separates from the watercolors. This is something unique usually not found in other drawings made from colored pencils.

    1. Stippling

    Polka dots are surprisingly simple yet appealing to the eyes. Stippling is somewhat similar, just scaled down a little.

    We draw a lot of tiny dots on the paper. A lot! They can be in the proximity of each other, far apart, or basically anywhere.

    Here, the sharpness of the tip of the pencil plays a crucial role. A blunt or dull tip will give a different appearance than a sharpened tip. Stippling is a fancy way of adding texture. Try out several variations yourself and find which you like the most!

    Making The Most Out Of These Techniques

    Knowledge is of no value if you don’t put it into practice.

    We have covered quite a many techniques using colored pencils. When you begin, you may not be impressed with your first attempts. They probably look nowhere near your expectations.

    The key is to remember that it takes hours of practice before we can become an expert in any skill. While natural talent is definitely a thing, the artists have spent countless hours honing their skills before they presented their work to the world.

    So don’t worry if you’re not able to bring to life your drawing in the first few attempts. Irrespective of the technique, focus on it, experiment with it and add your personal touch. Art is very fluid, nothing is ever written in stone.

    We have covered over 12 techniques ranging from first-timers to the ones for those with some experience. While there are several other tricks, a beginner should firstly stick to these.

    Confidence develops over time. If you believe you have mastered these techniques and have several drawing under the belt, consider yourself ready for the next level!

    11 Best Colored Pencils for Beginners & Professional Artists

    9 Best Cheap Colored Pencils of 2022 Reviewed

    13 Best Sharpener For Colored Pencils in 2022 Reviewed

    11 Best Adult Coloring Books That Will Color Your Mood

    7 Best Electric Pencil Sharpener For Colored Pencils in 2022

    10 Best Paper For Colored Pencils in 2022 Reviewed

    Learn How to Shade With Colored Pencils Swiftly & Correctly

    12 Colored Pencil Tips & Tricks to Enhance Your Skill

    6 Best Erasable Colored Pencils Right Now

    You Won’t Believe What Colored Pencils Are Made Of!

    10 Colored Pencil Techniques to Enhance Your Drawings Swiftly

    Learn How To Blend Colored Pencils Correctly Fast

    10 Best Derwent Gift Sets | Reviews & Buyer’s Guide

    Hard water is when the water has oxides of metals like Calcium and Magnesium, which makes the soap unable to form lather. What this can also do is clog water pipelines by forming mineral deposits.

    While city officials take care of the deposits formed underground and in-house pipelines, what they do don’t do is take care of the shower-heads.

    That one’s on you.

    You may have seen something nasty clogging in the shower head holes sometimes. That’s calcium, which if not removed will keep on depositing on the shower head until its wholly blocked.

    It shortens the span of life of the shower-head. It can ruin the paint, can cause corrosion and make water coming out of it harmful for your skin and scalp. Calcium and other mineral particles can get accumulated on the skin and scalp causing hair loss and pimples.

    So it is indispensable to keep the shower head free of all the mineral build up. It’s good for the life of the shower-head, and it’s good for you. Now, let’s talk about how to do it.

    While getting a super expensive cleaning solution can do the work, but that’ll be overkill. Household distilled vinegar is enough for the job. It’s simple and almost effortless.

    So, here’s a guide on how to remove calcium deposits from shower-heads Easily!

    Top 10 Best High Pressure Shower Heads of 2022 | Editor’s Top Choices

    99 Super Cool Shower Curtains to Transform Your Bathroom Today

    How to Remove Calcium Deposits from Shower-heads

    how to remove calcium deposits easily

    How to Remove Calcium Deposits with Shower-head Removal

    • Step 1 – Remove the shower-head

    Get an adjustable wrench and slowly loosen the bolt that attaches the head to the wall. Do it slowly and carefully.

    If the calcium deposit is too massive, then you might have a hard time doing it. The tip is to put adequate pressure and have patience. Once it’s almost out, use your hands to unscrew it completely.
    Always remember that shower-heads are significantly weighted, so be careful and deliberate, or you may hurt yourself.

    • Step 2 – Prepare the cleaning solution

    Now take a plastic bag, pour a cup of water in it. And then add a cup of distilled vinegar in it. Have enough solvent in the packet to entirely submerge the shower-head.

    Leave it unattended for about an hour. After that, you should see that calcium deposits have disintegrated and detached from the shower-heads body. But if not so, wash it and do it again with a higher concentration of vinegar.
    A fair warning will be not to make it too concentrated. It may damage the paint.

    Once, you get satisfying results. Get ready from some scrubbing.

    • Step 3 – Cleaning the shower-head

    Rinse the shower head with some water. Now, use a metal sponge to scrub in a circular motion. Do it nice and smooth. Otherwise, you’ll scratch the surface of the shower head.
    If done correctly, the treated calcium deposits should be entirely off the surface. Now place the shower head under running water in a sink. It will make sure that no residual calcium is left.

    Once done, dry off the shower head for easy fitting. Use an adjustable wrench to fit it on the wall again.

    how to remove calcium deposits easily with vinegar

    How to Remove Calcium Deposits Without Removing the Shower-head

    Here is one more straightforward way that does the trick. It’s a simpler trick that works better for low to moderate deposits.

    • Step 1 – Prepare the solution

    As mentioned in step 2 of the previous method, take a bag and make a vinegar solvent. Now submerge the attached shower-head in the bag of solvent and using tape or rubber bands, wrap it around the shower-head.

    Leave it in that state for about an hour. Now be careful to not spill it over your face or eyes while you do it. If it happens by accident, rinse your eyes with clean water immediately.

    • Step 2 – Washing the shower-head

    Take the bag off of the shower head. Now pour a mug of water over the shower head and gently scrub with a  piece of cloth afterward. Run water through the shower for some time. So that all the residue gets out and no vinegar is left in the shower-head.

    Use a brush to scrub the holes of the shower-head so if there are some small calcium particles in the faucet; make sure they get out as well. Have patience and do it thoroughly to have a good result.

    Obviously, this method doesn’t work as good as the first one. Some calcium deposits and particles may get left out as the water rinse is not thorough enough. In that case, it’s just better to take the faucet off and do it properly.

    If the calcium deposits are too much, then it won’t work at all. So if you see that the deposit is way too much, then go with method number one.

    how to remove deposits of calcium with vinegar

    Image via Abigail Lynn@shmabbss

    • Why Vinegar

    Vinegar has acetic acid which is an excellent solvent to dissolve mineral deposits. Since it’s a natural chemical, it produces no harmful fumes while cleaning or anything like that.

    It’s also extremely inexpensive. Worth pennies for every cleaning session and you’ll save quite a few dollars if you use this over some specialty cleaner from the supermarket.

    But be careful with vinegar. Be sure to avoid contact with your eyes. If you do happen to get vinegar in your eyes accidentally, wash them with clean water.

    Also, keep vinegar out of the reach of your kids. A significant amount of vinegar can be poisonous for adults, and it’s even worse for kids.

    • Preventing calcium deposits

    Keeping the bathtub and shower clean can help reduce the chances of getting calcium deposits. Just use a towel or sponge to wipe off the wet surface of your tub and shower.

    It hardly takes a minute or two, so it’s a matter of habit only. And It’s a good habit indeed. Your bathroom will thank you for it.

    Hard water can have some adverse effects on the skin and can be poisonous on ingestion. High mineral content can also cause hair loss because fine particles settle on the scalp.
    So, if your local water source is exceptionally hard, then do consider installing a water softener system. It’ll remove all the extra minerals in the water causing deposits.

    While it will be good news for your hair and skin, you also won’t have to worry about cleaning the shower head as often.

    Image via Abigail Lynn@shmabbss

    Final Words

    So there you have it — two methods to clean shower-heads.

    Mineral deposits can harm the shower-head as well as the health of your skin and hair. While installing a water softener can be an end all and be all solution to the problem, meanwhile, keeping the shower-head clean can help. Also, it’s much cheaper.

    Remember, you don’t need some fancy specialty cleaner. Vinegar is fine for the job. Acetic acid is a fantastic solvent for these kinds of deposits, and it’s all natural and safe.

    One important thing to remember is to be careful while scrubbing the shower head. Many times, while cleaning, I’d rub it too hard and hurt the paint on the body of the shower-head or directly chip it.

    Also, be careful while taking out and installing back the shower heads. It’s a massive piece of metal, so it can seriously hurt you if you are not careful with it.

    And that’ll be it. All the information one might need to clean and maintain shower heads and maybe more importantly, why.

    With that, I hope this guide was helpful in your venture.

    Top 10 Best High Pressure Shower Heads of 2022 | Editor’s Top Choices

    Walk-in Showers 101 | Pros & Cons, Tips & Tricks, Design Ideas

    99 Super Cool Shower Curtains to Transform Your Bathroom Today

    11 Best Shower Body Sprays Today Reviewed

    5 Best Shower Systems With Body Jets

    11 Best Shower Curtain Rod Reviewed

    13 Best Kohler Shower Heads

    7 Best Grout Sealers For Shower

    11 Best Dual Shower Head

    Is the thought of packing your belongings for a move giving you the jitters? If you need to move out within the next few days, then we sympathize with your feelings. After all, it’s not easy to pack every necessity in a few hours' time. How do you figure out what makes the cut?

    Allow us to intervene with our guide on how to pack a house quickly for moving. From sorting your essentials to discarding the non-essentials, we’ve covered it all.

    11 Best Furniture Sliders

    How to Pack a House Quickly for Moving

    Usually, people prefer to have a minimum of eight weeks before moving into their new home. However, the situation may require you to move with half the time, or even less. Hence, it becomes important to resort to speedy sorting and packing techniques.

    1. Start Immediately

    No matter how disheartened you are about having to move quickly, sitting and pondering won’t be of much help. Get started as quickly as you can, and avoid procrastination or any other distractions.

    1. Prepare a Packing Guide

    If you have some extra time to spare, we’d highly recommend preparing a packing guide. Simply jotting down the sequence of rooms (ie. living, bedroom) or categories (ie. apparels, utensils) will keep you on track. Additionally, you may allot a deadline for each section. Not only will this stop you from packing random things in a random way, but it’ll also assist in ensuring an organized effort from start to stop.

    1. Get Down to Sorting

    An advantage of quick sorting is that you get rid of many unnecessary things that would otherwise have crept into your luggage. Since you’ll  want to wrap up the work as quickly as possible, you can save a lot of energy (and space) by packing only the essentials.

    Begin by walking into each room and assessing each object that it houses. Next, separate them into three piles: “keep,” “donate,” and “throw away.” If you haven’t used an object in over a year, consider putting it in the “donate” or “throw away” pile. With that being said, there may be other factors for deciding its final destination.

    For instance, a fragile showpiece kept unwrapped might hold some sentimental value. Although you may not put it on display, you may still like to have it at your new place. Likewise, some other objects may not have immediate use but can come in handy in the new surroundings.

    If you’re having trouble deciding between whether or not to keep an item after considering everything, it’s probably best to let it go. Furthermore, you can also arrange for a garage sale or charity drive, given you have the time to do so. Remember that charity begins at home; your friends or family may well be interested in picking up things that are in a good, almost unused condition. Unusable plastic goods should always be dropped off at a recycling center.

    1. Buy Packing Supplies

    It’s always better to buy packing supplies after you know what you’ll be bringing with you. Head directly to a moving store or office supply shop to get the required amount of boxes, bubble wrap, packing paper, and cargo tape.

    You may also use old packing boxes if you have them already. Beyond that, it’s quite a common strategy to get them for free from local businesses and people who have recently moved. However, while this may cut down on moving costs,  it may not be the best practice to adopt when there’s a time constraint. It will take you longer to find free supplies. Even if you get them, you need to ensure that they are of the right size and in the proper condition. So, it’s better to purchase new ones.

    In addition to buying sufficient packing material, make it a point to get specialized boxes or containers for the most fragile or expensive items whenever possible. If you’re moving locally, consider contacting a ‘green mover’ who supplies plastic bins for your packing requirements. Apart from being a more environment-friendly option, it eliminates the task of storing packing boxes post unpacking. Most green movers will deliver the bins on your convenient date and collect them after you finish unpacking.

    1. Call In Your Friends Your Family

    The more hands you have, the less time it’ll take to pack. Call in your friends or family members to help you with the task. Once they confirm, define their role for the day. For instance, some people may be assigned to pack the ‘keep’ pile, while others may begin with donation drives. To make it the last memorable gathering at your old place, add an element of fun by turning on some music, cracking inside jokes and playing challenging packing games.

    1. Create a Visual Inventory

    After deciding on the things that will go in the ‘keep’ pile, take photographs so that you have a visual inventory of your belongings. Furthermore, if you’re not good at setting up electronics or furniture, take a picture before dismantling them. This way, you won’t end up fighting with cables and furniture during setup at your new home. You can also click images of the old interior for reference.

    1. Seek Help From Professionals

    Hiring professional help will get the moving job done in the most efficient way. However, just because you have decided to get professional help doesn’t mean you can escape your responsibilities. The most important thing to keep in mind is that in a bid to save time and hassle, you may end up paying considerably more. Hence, it might be better to compare rates. Comparing the charges of three or four services won’t take a lot of time, and you improve your chances of getting the best deal.

    On that note, don’t be surprised if your preferred company charges you an ‘emergency rate’ due to the time crunch. Apart from packing services, you may also get in touch with a pick-up company to get rid of any excess junk. All you have to do is select a date and inform the service about the amount of junk to be cleared. Most companies will charge you a rate per pound along with a distance fee, if applicable. Again, don’t forget to compare the offers.

    If you plan to donate to a charity, ask them if they’re willing to pick up the items, especially if there’s a lot to carry. Similarly, many non-profit organizations may also assist with the drop-off, saving you precious time. However, some others may offer their service on a fixed date and specific location, so make sure you can match that schedule.

    1. Discard Non-Allowable Items

    For people who plan to opt for a professional mover, there’s one crucial step to follow. Ask them for a list of non-allowable items that they won’t transport for safety reasons. Otherwise, you end up wasting time packing such things that will ultimately have to be left behind. You can always choose to carry them with you, if convenient.

    1. Keep a Close Watch Throughout

    Whether you opt for a professional packer, mover, or both, it’s always advisable to keep an eye on the whole process. For instance, make sure that the right items are going in the right boxes. Similarly, ensure that the boxes containing the most delicate objects will be transported in the safest manner. If you’re packing on your own, keep in mind that large appliances may need special preparation to be packed. Use labels or sticky notes to notify any helpers of what needs to be done.

    Final Words

    Packing a house isn't a very difficult job per se, but the rigid time frame can amp up the challenges. Begin with a calm and relaxed mind. Anxiety and stress can consume more time than the actual job.

    Before you begin packing (either yourself or with professional help), set aside the things that you will need till the moving day. Don’t mix the things that you will need right after moving in with your other belongings. This way, you won’t have to open every box to get something simple like a toothbrush.

    Hope our guide can ease your troubles on the d-day. We’d love to hear from you in the comments down below.

    Pens may be one of the greatest inventions of humankind, but they can be a real mess. 

    They often leave behind ink stains when they are not capped properly or when the tip breaks off. And removing ink stains can be a real nuisance — especially if you have a white carpet at home. 

    So whether the culprit is a leaked ballpoint pen or a toddler who spilled a jar of ink on the carpet, there’s no reason to fret. This article will guide you through the entire process of removing persistent ink stains from your favorite carpet. 

    Indeed, we will cover everything in this article, from the type of ink stains to effective cleaning hacks that can help you remove them from the carpet. So, without wasting any more time, let us get on with it! 

    How To Get Ink Out Of Carpet 

    cleaning and home concept - close up of male cleaning stain on carpet with cloth

    What Causes Permanent Ink Stains On Carpets? 

    Any type of pen ink or printing ink is made from dyes for marking or staining. Needless to say, ink stains can be very persistent, and it can be a backbreaking task to try and remove them from clothing or rugs. 

    But before attempting to remove these notorious blobs, you must know the reason why ink causes such persistent stains. 

    When the surface is a piece of white paper, the staining from the ink is absolutely fine. But, if the surface is your new carpet or your favorite shirt, it indeed becomes a bit messy. Additionally, carpets are more prone to staining because of the carpet fibers. The ink dye seeps through the threads and spreads across the rug, leaving a persistent blotch.  

    Ink Stain Types

    Even though all ink stains might look the same to you, it is not always so. So, before you try to remove one, it might be a good idea to identify what type of ink stain it is. 

    Inks are either made from a water-based or oil-based liquid. Either way, they contain coloring pigments that spread through the carpet fibers, and the stain persists. Anyhow, here are a few common types of ink stains and some tips on how to remove them.  

    1. Ballpoint Pen Ink Stains

    Who doesn’t like a good ballpoint pen to jot down some quick lecture notes? Ballpoint pens are the most commonly used pens — students love them, and so do professionals. But, when it comes to ink stains from ballpoint pens, you’ve got a whole different story. 

    Ballpoint ink stains are bold and long-lasting because they are oil-based to add extra clarity while you write on a piece of paper. Naturally, these ballpoint ink stains are persistent and harder to remove. 

    But, it is very much possible to clean the stains using the right tricks. For example, you can use cornstarch to treat the color, slowing the drying time and making it easier to remove. So remember, cornstarch is your go-to home remedy for oil-based inks. 

    2. Water-Based Gel Ink Stains

    Remember those bright and pretty pens that you loved so much during your kindergarten days? All those fancy metallic pens usually have water-based gel inks. That said, the water-based ink stains from these gel pens are much easier to clean than their oil-based counterparts.

    However, these gel inks are not waterproof, so it is always a risk to use them for writing important notes. At the same time, this very characteristic comes as a boon when you’re removing any gel ink stain. 

    Indeed, you can simply use soapy water to rub off the stain from your carpet. 

    Additionally, for glitter pens that contain water-based inks, it is best to brush off the glitter before you try and remove the stains. After all, you don’t want the glitter to create a complete mess on your carpet. 

    3. Fountain Pen Ink Stains

    Fountain pens are essentially the new-age version of the traditional ink and quill. Even though the new pens do not leak as much as the old ones, refilling any fountain pen can still be a messy affair. 

    Moreover, the reserve at the back of the pen often breaks, and the metallic tip is prone to leaking, which often spells trouble for your clothes or your carpet. So, it is best to have some cleaning tricks up your sleeve when you’re dealing with fountain pens. 

    These pens use water-based inks, making it easy to remove the ink stains in case of any unprecedented leaks. Also, it is easy to remove minor water-based ink stains, but more prominent stains can be a problem. So, it would help if you took extra precautions while using fountain pens to avoid getting large ink stains on your carpet or study table. 

    4. Printer Ink Stains 

    While working in an office, you often have to change the toner cartridges in printers and copiers. This everyday task can easily become a nightmare if the office floor is adorned with a carpet or rug. 

    The ink in these toner cartridges can be liquid inks or powder inks. In the case of liquid ink, removing the ink from the carpet is comparatively easier. All you have to do is dab or gently blot the liquid ink stain before applying any chemicals to remove it from the carpet. Keep in mind that it might leave a permanent mark if the printer ink is not removed quickly. 

    On the other hand, you’ll have to take an extra step to remove the stains if you are dealing with a printer powder ink stain. That said, you need to gently vacuum the affected area from the top to get rid of the powder before rubbing it off the carpet. 

    What Can Be Used For Removing Ink Stains?

    Once you know the type of ink stain, you can apply different products to clean off the stain from the carpet. In this section, we’ve highlighted some of the most widely used products for removing ink stains from carpet. 

    Let us take a look! 

    1. Rubbing Alcohol

    Using rubbing alcohol is probably the easiest trick there is when you’re dealing with stubborn stains. All you need to do is pour alcohol on a piece of paper towel and dab the stain gently without scrubbing it. If you scrub it, the stain will spread and cause a bigger mess. 

    Also, use some alcohol to soak the carpet fibers. It will help you to get the deeper stains off the carpet. Next, you can use hand sanitizers or denatured alcohol for the cleaning. Denatured alcohol is more potent and does a better job than hand sanitizers. But, it is also toxic, so you need to use it very carefully. 

    2. Vinegar

    Well, if you don’t have any alcohol in the house, we suggest you raid the kitchen and find some vinegar to do the trick. Indeed, white vinegar can do magic when it comes to removing any stains. 

    Moreover, using baking soda with vinegar is one of the best deep cleaning tricks that exist for removing stains from carpets and rugs. That said, you can add some baking soda with the vinegar to remove every single inch of that persistent stain. Plus, applying vinegar on the stained area won’t cause any damage or discoloration to the carpet. 

    3. Dishwashing Liquid

    If you don’t want to use alcohol or vinegar on your favorite rug, go for some good old dishwashing liquid to take off the stubborn ink stains. It;’s worth noting that dishwashing liquids are safe to use as they do not contain any harmful and toxic chemicals. 

    And since they are strong enough to clean food stains from your dinner plates, they may just as easily remove ink stains from the carpet — albeit with a little elbow grease.

    4. Carpet Shampoo

    If you own a carpet, you are most likely to have a carpet shampoo hidden somewhere in the basement. And if you don’t have a bottle, you can always visit any departmental store to get some. It is relatively affordable and specifically designed to clean any and all sorts of carpet stains.

    However, be sure to carefully read the instructions provided on the shampoo bottle and apply a generous amount of the product to the stained area. Perhaps, carpet shampoo may prove to be the most hassle-free method to clean your carpets — who would’ve imagined? 

    5. Windex

    Even though Windex is a window cleaner, it can work wonders on your carpet stains. The ammonia present in Windex can remove even the most stubborn and persistent ink stains from carpets. 

    Be careful while applying Windex on your carpet, as too much of it can damage the carpet. However, it can be a bit strong and can ruin the carpet fibers. So, it is best to dilute it with water before spraying it on the stained area of the carpet. 

    6. WD-40 Lubricant

    Industry-grade and widely popular lubricants like WD-40 are not only effective in removing little elbow grease but also helpful in getting rid of an ink stain from the carpet. However, before applying a strong lubricant like WD-40 on your favorite carpet, test it on an inconspicuous area of the rug to ensure it doesn’t ruin the carpet fibers. 

    After you’ve done the test run, spray the lubricant on the stained area. Wipe the area with some soapy water and paper towel before finally rinsing it off. Let the carpet dry, and wait for the magical effect of WD-40 on the persistent ink stain. 

    7. Peroxide And Bleach

    Both peroxide and bleach are superb cleaning solutions, especially when you’re dealing with a stubborn ink stain. Compared to bleach, peroxide is less harsh and toxic, so it is much safer to say if you have children running around the house. 

    However, both these cleaning solutions are specially designed to use on white-colored fabrics as they cause discoloration on their application. So, if you have a beautifully colored carpet, we suggest you steer clear of these cleaning agents. Moreover, you also risk damaging the carpet fibers if you use too much bleach or peroxide while cleaning the ink stain. 

    8. Shaving Cream

    It might come as a surprise to you, but shaving cream actually works really well on an ink stain. But make sure to use a foamy shaving cream instead of a gel. Also, go for a white foam rather than choosing a tinted one for removing the stain. 

    You can simply spray the white foamy cream on the stained area and gently pat it. Let the stained area soak in the foamy cream for a while before using some warm water to rinse it off. The alcohol present in the shaving cream will work wonders in removing the ink stain from your favorite carpet. 

    What Are The Steps To Remove Ink Stains?

    Knowing about the right products or chemicals that can help on removing an ink stain isn’t enough. You also need to know about the right methods to carry out the process. And in this section, we’ll talk about four essential steps for cleaning that persistent ink stain from your favorite rug. 

    Step 1: Control Spreading Of Stain

    All types of inks are liquid and can spread very quickly by seeping inside the carpet fibers. Thus, the first step in getting rid of the ink stain is to stop the stain from spreading across the carpet. It is important that you don’t step on the stain as it will help in spreading it. 

    Also, try to avoid rubbing the stain to wipe it off the carpet. You’ll only make it worse. You can gently pat the stained area, but do not scrub it. Instead, place a clean and dry paper towel to soak up the extra stain. Moreover, if it’s an oil-based ink stain, try dabbing the stained area with some cornstarch to prevent the ink from drying up. 

    Step 2: Soak The Stain

    The next step will require you to get your hands wet. In this step, you need to work on preventing the ink from binding permanently with the carpet fibers. If you do not soak the stain with a cleaning liquid, there’s a fat chance of getting permanent stains on the carpet. This is the step where you get to apply the cleaning agents that we talked about earlier. 

    You can use the usual alcohol and vinegar or even go for stronger agents like WD-40 or Windex if you have a more persistent stain. Alternatively, you can also use bleach or peroxide, but only if your carpet is white. Also, be careful while soaking the stain so that you don’t damage the carpet in return. 

    Step 3: Scrub It

    Once you have soaked the stained area of the carpet with the cleaning agent, it’s time to get scrubbing. Use a soft brush and scrub the stained area from outside to inside to limit the spread of the stain. The stain will be deeper as you go further in that carpet area. 

    Once you’ve thoroughly scrubbed the area, use a dry and clean cloth or paper towel to gently dab the area and lift the pigments off of the carpet surface. You can also clean any loosened stain from the carpet using a dry paper towel. After all the pigments and loose stains have been scrubbed, you can wash the carpet with carpet shampoo or dishwashing liquid. 

    Step 4: Vacuum And Let It Dry

    Now, it is time for the last and final step of this entire cleaning ordeal. Once you have scrubbed the stained area and washed the carpet, you have to vacuum it using a vacuum cleaner and let it dry for a while. 

    After the carpet has dried up, you can assess the ink stain and decide whether the carpet needs any more cleaning. If more cleaning is required, repeat all the steps from the beginning. Otherwise, you can keep the carpet back to where it belongs. 

    How To Get Ink Out Of Carpet Frequently Asked Questions

    A bad ink stain on your favorite carpet can ruin your entire day. You’re most likely to spend hours and hours searching the internet to get some easy Do It Yourself cleaning tricks and hacks to remove that ink stain from the carpet. So, to help you, we’ll be answering some of the most commonly asked questions in this section. 

    Q1. How To Remove Old Or Dry Ink Stains?

    You can simply use alcohol or denatured alcohol to soak the dry or old ink stain and then rub it off gently without causing any damage to the carpet fibers. Gently dab the stained area with alcohol and a clean paper towel or cloth. Wipe off the alcohol after scrubbing, and leave the carpet to dry.

    Q2. Can I Use Baking Soda For Removing Ink Stains?

    Yes, you can use baking soda to remove any new ink stain from the carpet or rug. Mix a tablespoon of baking soda with warm water and gently apply the mixture to the stained carpet area. Let the baking soda mixture soak the stain for a while before scrubbing it with a brush. Then finally, vacuum the dried baking soda mixture.

    Q3. Is There Any Organic Non-Chemical Technique For Removing Ink Stains?

    If you are not a huge fan of chemicals, you can use some salt and fresh lemon juice to clean off an ink stain from the carpet. Simply add some salt with fresh lemon juice, and apply the paste to the stain. Let the paste sit for some time, and then dab it gently with some water and a clean white cloth. Finally, vacuum the carpet and brush off the excess salt.

    Professional worker doing his job at carpet washing service. How To Get Ink Out Of Carpet

    Conclusion

    After going through the article, we hope you are a bit more confident about cleaning that stubborn ink stain off your favorite carpet. Simply follow the steps that we’ve covered in this article, and you’ll be just fine. 

    But we’ll suggest you be a bit cautious while using the cleaning agents because some of them might contain toxic chemicals. Also, test the cleaning agents before spraying them on the carpet to ensure that they do not cause any damage to the carpet fibers.

    And on that note, we’ll be signing off. Until next time!

    10 Best Area Rugs For Hardwood Floors

    15 Different Types of Carpet for Your Future Home

    Bissell BigGreen 86T3 vs. BG10 | Carpet Cleaner Comparison

    How To Paint Trim Near Carpet

    Quarter Round vs. Shoe Molding

    Everyone has his or her little vanities in life that cannot be given up and require their own allocated space at home. While some people prefer jewelry, perfumes, bags, or shoes, others prefer hats. A hat does not only make an outfit complete, it also protects the head from the nasty heat of the sun or the blistering cold. Having that storage is essential to keep the storage clutter-free and to avoid getting hats mixed up in places that will damage their shape. Take a pick on your favorite hat storage below.

    Genius and Lovely Hat Storage Ideas

    1. caps in simple dress hangers and hooks

    Organizing hats is not as hard as it seems; one must only know what works and what does not in storing hats. This is a simple setup for a hat rack organizer, using just a clothes hanger and hooks. For people who have little space, this can be a wonderful initial idea for storing your precious items.

    1. CAPS IN SIMPLE DRESS HANGER AND HOOKS

    2. hanging compartments for easy storage

    Hanging caps and hats is the usual way of storage, but this idea is also very useful, especially for baseball caps. Organizing hats by color, use, or brand will also make things easier. Each hat rack compartment can accommodate one hat at a time which makes it clutter-free.

    2. HANGING COMPARTMENTS FOR EASY STORAGE

    Source

    3. accent the wall with hats

    Colorful and different kinds of hats need to be flaunted and this is a very lovely way of doing so. Having a wall dedicated to the hats to hold and display creates a unique décor inside the home. This way of hat storage hits two birds with one stone.

    3. ACCENT THE WALL WITH HATS

    Source

    4. fashionable display in an organized way

    Hat storage need not only have hats- displaying other personal accessories also looks clean and sharp when added with caps and hats. Layering the jewelry with other fancy items in the hat rack presents an effective all-in-one approach for storage.

    4. FASHIONABLE DISPLAY IN AN ORGANIZED WAY

    Source

    5. by clip and by a copper tube

    When the cabinet is not spacious enough and the wall has no other display, this hat storage idea can be a better option. Not only is this hat rack useful for storing hats, but other items may also be displayed along with the hats, like photographs.

    5. BY CLIP AND BY COPPER TUBE

    Source

    6. classic distressed wood and hook

    Hooks are the usual way for hat storage and it is truly an effective way. The usual hooks are boring but making these hooks more interesting is possible. One way is using distressed wood as a base and painting each base in bold colors that complement your wall finish.

    6. CLASSIC DISTRESSED WOOD AND HOOK

    Source

    7. layers upon layers of hats

    Spaces behind doors are often unused and left bare, and is the best place to put on hat hangers. Simple bath towel rods have enough space to hang multiple hats and caps on. The usual hooks can secure the hats in place but do not make it hard for anyone to grab a hat easily, useful hat rack, especially for big volumes.

    7. LAYERS UPON LAYERS OF HATS

    Source

    8. keeping the balance of wood and textile

    Wood is lovely and can be used in virtually anything for storage and decoration use. Using wood as the main way of storing and displaying hats is a great example of mixing the beauty of wood with textiles. The wood sets a lovely background while the hats provide a lively mix of colors and simple and efficient hat rack.

    8. KEEPING THE BALANCE OF WOOD AND TEXTILE

    Source

    9. neatly snuggled inside drawers

    Displaying hats on walls is a great idea, but keeping them organized inside drawers is also a useful one. Hats are protected from dust and other elements that might affect the vibrancy of the hats' colors. Neatly lining up the hats will also make quite a display, the hat rack for valuable hats that shouldn't see direct sunlight or dust particles often.

    9. NEATLY SNUGGLED INSIDE DRAWERS

    Source

    10. maximizing the space just above the cabinets

    When the space behind the doors and the usual wall is already occupied by other displays and decorations, using the space above cabinets can be an alternative for hat storage. It will be a stunning display for a hat collection and a unique place to store hats.

    10. MAXIMIZING THE SPACE JUST ABOVE THE CABINETS

    Source

    11. display your love for hats

    Creating an accent wall with hats as the center of attraction is lovely and will definitely amaze guests. While many prefer paintings and photographs, this unique way of displaying hats will save space and is an ultimate stunner, a pretty at-rack idea that doubles as wall art.

    11. DISPLAY YOUR LOVE FOR HATS

    Source

    12. Vertical display of colorful hats

    Horizontal hat storage is the usual way, but doing it in a vertical way can make a huge difference. Not only will this hat rack fit more hats in a limited space, but it can also be a colorful display against the wall. The use of the wood board is lovely, especially in between the solid wall color and the mix of colors of the hats.

    12. VERTICAL DISPLAY OF COLORFUL HATS

    Source

    13. hanging by the door

    Starting with something simple for hat storage is fine if space is not a luxury in a home. Using the back of the door as a hat rack is the most convenient for many since hats can be grabbed easily on the way out. Though this hat storage is very simple, the function and neatness it presents are still something to consider.

    13. HANGING BY THE DOOR

    Source

    14. going steampunk for hat storage

    Steampunk works for almost anything and every type of storage at home, even hat racks. Because of its design, this pipe hat storage can fit well into the steampunk category and still be of great use for many things besides hats. This is a nice example of a functional steampunk display that many people would commend a homeowner for.

    14. GOING STEAMPUNK FOR HAT STORAGE

    Source

    15. larger hooks for better display

    Hats of any sort must be displayed and should be seen from every angle. However, some diy hat storage have small hooks which will often leave a hat displayed only on one side of it, with this hat rack though you can control the viewing angle with ease.

    15. LARGER HOOKS FOR BETTER DISPLAY

    Source

    16. wire mesh and clips for unique hat storage

    While most would opt for wood planks or copper bars, this unique use of wire mesh hat racks can actually be a fashionable alternative. The mesh provides the right space and support for the clips and the hats. It is also an easy alternative to wood boards and copper bars.

    16. WIRE MESH AND CLIPS FOR UNIQUE HAT STORAGE

    Source

    17. chained up for display

    Hanging hats for storage is taken literally in this diy hat storage idea. A chain is used to support the clips and the hats, making banderillas or flags of hats. This hat rack idea is great for small walk-in cabinets or just for the corner of the bedroom.

    17. CHAINED UP FOR DISPLAY

     

    Types of Hat Storage

    Wall-Mounted Hat Racks

    These racks are mounted directly on the wall and can include individual hooks, pegboard systems, or decorative racks. When hanging hats, ensure they are evenly spaced to avoid overcrowding and misshaping.

    Over-the-Door Hat Storage

    Over-the-door hooks and hangers are ideal for saving space and can be used to store multiple hats. Alternatively, repurpose a hanging shoe organizer for storing hats in individual compartments.

    Freestanding Hat Racks and Stands

    Traditional hat stands or multi-tiered storage racks provide an organized, vertical storage solution. Coat racks with hat storage can also be used as a combined storage option.

    Hat Storage Boxes and Containers

    Stackable storage boxes, hat storage bags, or clear plastic bins are perfect for protecting hats from dust and damage. When using boxes or containers, place tissue paper between hats to prevent them from rubbing against each other and causing wear.

    DIY Hat Storage Ideas

    Get creative with repurposed items like old ladders, pallets, or pipes to create a unique storage solution. Hanging rope or chain systems can also be used to display hats while saving space.

    Hat Storage Tips 

    1. Store hats in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to prevent fading and damage.
    2. Categorize hats by style or frequency of use to make them easily accessible and organized.
    3. Rotate seasonal hats, storing off-season hats in airtight containers or storage bags to protect them when not in use.
    4. Maintain the shape of your hats by storing them upside-down or on a flat surface. For structured hats, consider using a hat form or stuffing with tissue paper to retain their shape.
    5. Regularly dust and clean your hats according to the manufacturer's recommendations to keep them looking their best.

    How do you store your hats if you have such a passion? Feel free to share your hat rack ideas and hat collection in the comment section below.

    Interior decoration is very important not just for the beauty of the house but also for the mood of those living in it. A well-designed and coolly decorated room gives the owner a sense of satisfaction and confidence to host their friends and family. Fortunately, there are many décor options you can choose to meet your needs. 

    For instance, you could mix paint colors on your walls to bring out whatever mood you want. Contrasting neutral colors also serves as one of the most effective decorations for your living room or any other space in your home. Another great option is the use of artwork. This is one of the most common décor ideas that have been around since time immemorial. 

    You can either display your artwork without frames or decide to frame them. The latter is preferred by most people because of the benefits it brings. For one, it preserves your artwork and ensures that it remains clean and stunning for a lifetime. There’s also a wide range of beautiful frames designed to enhance the beauty of your art piece. 

    It’s common, however, to find people displaying their artwork without frames. This option makes your drawings and pictures appear as natural as possible. So, how can you display your unframed art prints while enhancing your interior design? This article aims to discuss all the best ways of doing this in any of your rooms.

    Read on to learn more!

    Ways to Display Artwork Without Framing

    Ways to Display Artwork Without Framing

    How to protect the unframed artwork

    The primary purpose of frames is to protect your art against external conditions. For instance, UV rays, damaging humidity levels, and erratic temperatures are some of the factors that will reduce the lifespan of your artwork. So, what can you do to avoid such? 

    First, make sure to keep all the unframed art prints away from direct sunlight. Doing so will prevent the UV rays from reaching your favorite pieces, which would have otherwise tampered with their durability. Dirt and dust are other culprits when it comes to an artwork’s lifespan. Therefore, be sure to clean your hands before handling any print. While at it, it’s recommended that you lightly dust the pieces regularly to avoid a build-up of unwanted particles.  

    Another way to protect your unframed art is to finish it with a mat; this applies to framed art prints as well. Mats ensure that your pieces maintain their original shape and also prevent unnecessary scratches. They also give the art a border that helps highlight and accent your print.

    Now that you know all the essential precautions when it comes to unframed artwork, what display options do you have? Read on to learn more!

    Ways to display unframed artwork

    • Photo ledge shelf

    Shelves are among the most common options when it comes to hanging artwork, both framed and unframed. If you’re constantly changing the house’s setup and décor, this is the perfect option for you. For one, you won’t have to pull things off the wall and install them in other sections of your rooms when making changes. 

    Additionally, you can also use this idea to create a gallery wall if you like those kinds of art displays. This is the ideal option if you have a variety of art sizes. The best way to show off such prints is to mix the bigger and smaller sizes all on one shelf. This will create a unique feel in your room, which is everyone’s dream.

    There are various options when it comes to shelved artwork, too. For instance, you can use your bookshelves to display the prints. All you need to do is find a way to match the books and your art. Alternatively, you might want to try floating shelves. One of the main advantages of installing these features or ledges is the fact that they aren’t bulky, like most wall cabinets.

    Floating shelves are also strikingly different from what most people are used to seeing in most homes. As such, they’ll attract a lot of eyeballs, making them ideal for your artwork. You would want something that attracts the attention of the guests to your artwork, and floating shelves can do a good job at that. 

    • Use skirt hangers

    You most likely have several skirt hangers left lying around after your spring-cleaning routine. Rather than throwing them away, you can put this old junk to good use. A skirt hanger is probably the last thing you can think of when it comes to displaying your artwork. However, this item can do a great job in your next décor project by adding a surprisingly sophisticated feature to your room’s walls. 

    So, how will you go about it? The beauty of art is that you don’t have to complicate things for them to look beautiful. All you need are a few adhesive hooks and skirt hangers with tight clips that can hold your art prints. (2)

    Once you have all the materials in place, install the adhesive hooks strategically on the wall. Make sure you leave enough allowance for both the skirt hangers and the respective artwork. To be on the safer side, measure the length and width of the hangers and the corresponding prints, and then transfer the exact measurements to the walls while leaving enough space between one piece and the other.

    • Strings and clips

    Still unsure about the best method to use in your DIY wall art project? Strings and clips could be your best bet. This is one of the oldest and most popular methods of hanging your art prints. Despite its simplicity, this technique is still one of the best when it comes to wall décor projects.

    So, what’s the best way to display your art using this method? Among the materials, you’ll need include nails or adhesive hooks, strings, and clips. Now you have two options: you either go with a vertical or horizontal rail depending on your preference.

    • Vertical rail

    Vertical picture rails use one vertical string to hold several pictures. All you need to do is have nails arranged horizontally on your wall and attach a string to each of them. You can then clip your art prints on these strings using any combination. 

    The best thing about strings and clips is the fact that they’re versatile. As such, they give you a lot of room to be creative with your wall décor. At the end of the day, you’ll have a space full of bohemian vibes that’ll leave your guests relaxed. 

    • Horizontal rail

    If you opt for a horizontal picture rail, you’ll need nails on either end of the wall. Install the nails or adhesive hooks in such a way that the strings will form a zigzag-like shape. Once everything is in place, the next step is to hang your unframed art using either pegs or any other type of clips that pleases you.

    • Use clipboards

    Clipboards, just like skirt hangers, aren’t too popular in the world of wall decoration. Nonetheless, they can do a great job at creating a nice and unique atmosphere in your living room or bedroom. With a standard clipboard, there are many ways to display your artwork, but the most commonly used one is clipping. 

    All you need to get started are clipboards, nails, and your art prints. Install the nails at strategic locations on the wall–be sure to consider the length and width of the walls in your calculations. You’ll use these nails to hang your clipboards in any desirable order. Using an asymmetric arrangement is the best option because it creates a sense of vibrancy and brings out the much-needed contrast between your art pieces.

    Before clipping the pictures, you can go a step further and paint these clipboards. Many people prefer painting the surface with black chalkboard paint and then spraying the handles with silvery or gold colors. Remember to cover the rest of the clipboard’s surface when spraying the handle.

    This combination doesn’t only look beautiful, but it also creates a perfect background for your artwork. Make sure, though, that you choose a color combination that best matches your walls. Once done, you can then clip the pictures on the clipboard and hang them on the wall. 

    • Washi tape

    Washi tape is another superb option for anyone looking to hang unframed art in their homes. So, what is it, and how can you use this tool to enhance your wall décor? Washi tape is a decorative adhesive tape originating from Japan. It’s more like ordinary masking tape but with a wide range of unique decorative colors and patterns. 

    This crafting essential is a product of Japanese shrubs, like hemp and Kozo. So, if you’re into a sustainable lifestyle, this is the perfect option for you because it’s made entirely from biodegradable materials. Another thing that makes washi tape special is the fact that it’s renewable, durable, and waterproof.

    Now that you already know about this amazing material, how will you use it with your unframed art? Simply tear off specific lengths of this tape that match your paper prints. Apply the washi tape around the edges of the unframed art to form a border-like structure. Now, secure your piece on the wall, and voila! You’ve made strides in your décor project. 

    As mentioned earlier, there are many color pattern combinations in the market. Therefore, be sure to choose washi tape rolls that match your art prints. Don’t be afraid to mix up a few colors here and there, provided you don’t overdo it. 

    Washi tape doesn’t stick too much, which makes it ideal for almost every type of paper. However, if you’re looking to hang some fancy art on your wall, this wouldn’t be the best option. Instead, try using strings and clips or clipboards because they guarantee the safety of your prints. 

    Why use art prints for your wall décor?

    The world of home décor features many design options, all of which are aimed at satisfying various needs. But why should you choose art prints to brighten up your walls? 

    • Gives your room a focal point

    Every room needs a focal point that attracts the guests’ attention. A good piece of art draws people into the space and gives them an idea of what to expect. For instance, rather than having your TV as the focal point in your living room, you can put a few art prints on the wall to add a different and more natural feel to the space. 

    However, you need to be careful when deciding on which pieces to use for this purpose. Size is one of the most important factors to keep in mind. If you select art that’s too small, it might struggle to make any significant impression in your room. On the other hand, one that’s bigger than the desired size is likely to be a source of distraction. Therefore, be sure to get the balance right in your selection. 

    • Provides vibrancy

    Is your room looking a little boring and too neutral? Hanging art pieces, whether framed or unframed, on the walls can go a long way in brightening up the space. Using the right art selection for this purpose can give your home an instant lift with the extra vibrance. 

    Conclusion

    Artwork is one of the easiest ways you can use to brighten up your room. Without the right techniques, though, you might not be able to meet the desired standards, especially if you’re looking to create something unique. The tips provided in our article will help you display your unframed pieces without messing with their quality. 

    For instance, skirt hangers, clipboards, and photo shelves can give your room the vibrancy it needs. While at it, be sure to mix things up to avoid a monotonous and boring appearance in your rooms. If you choose to use washi tape, make sure you don’t stick it to your fancy things because any wrong move can leave you frustrated. 

    13 Websites With Copyright and Royalty Free Art

    What Size Nails Do You Need for Framing?

    15 Best Canvas Printing Services Today

    111 Best, Fun and Cool Things to Draw

    Best Acrylic Paint Brushes for Artists & Students Reviewed

    What is 3D modeling?

    How is it used?

    It is a computer graphics technique that allows you to develop a digital 3D representation of any object, living or inanimate. This representation is called a 3D model. You may choose to create a physical representation of the model using a 3D printer.

    You would need specialized software to create 3D models of objects. These 3D models can be used for various purposes like illustration, architecture, movies, engineering, video games, commercial advertising, and so on. We use a 3D rendering process to view a 2D image of a 3D model.

    To get a better understanding of 3D modeling, let’s talk about 3D models and the modeling process, followed by their uses.

    What is 3D Modeling?

    Model Courtesy of marcologue.artstation.com 

    First of all, it is imperative that you gain a comprehensive understanding of 3D modeling. To give you an in-depth analysis, we have divided this section into two parts – Representation and Modeling Process.

    Representation

    How are 3D models represented? All 3D models can be broadly classified into two groups:

    1. Shell or Boundary

    When a model represents only the surface or the boundary but not the volume of the object, it is a shell model. Almost all of the visual models in films and games are shell models. For a shell model to be a meaningful object, it must not have any cracks or holes.

    2. Solid

    When a model represents the volume of the object, it is called a solid model. Solid models are generally built using constructive solid geometry. These models prove to be useful in medical and engineering simulations.

    You can use either of the two model types to create almost identical objects. Although the two objects created using each of these models will have no difference in terms of functionality, the following differences may be observed:

    • Differences in the conventions of use in several fields.
    • Differences in the way the models are created and edited.
    • Differences in approximation types between reality and the model.

    You can choose from three ways of representing a 3D model:

    • Curve Modeling

    You use curves to define surfaces. Weighted control points influence each trajectory to make it fall into shape – the more weight you put on a point, the closer the curve moves to it. There are various curve types, including splines, geometric primitives, patches, and non-uniform rational B-spline (NURBS).

    • Polygonal Modeling

    You create a polygon mesh by using line segments to connect vertices (points in 3D space). It is one of the most widely used methods to represent 3D models because it has the following benefits:

    • It provides exceptional flexibility to the 3D artist.
    • It can be rendered very quickly by computer.

    As good as textured polygon models are, they suffer from the limited scope of being planar and are capable of merely approximating curved surfaces.

    • Digital Sculpting

    Digital sculpting is a relatively new way of representing 3D models. It has become popular among artists because they get avenues to explore their creative side. You can choose from three methods of digital sculpting:

    • Displacement
    • Volumetric
    • Dynamic Tessellation

    Image via aarne.co.uk 

    Modeling Process

    An in-depth understanding of 3D modeling is possible only if you know the process that goes into each modeling task. Without further ado, let’s dive into all the details of the 3D modeling process.

    We can list the steps of 3D modeling as:

    • Generate a primitive (plane, cube, or sphere) to get a starting shape.
    • Use various modeling tools to manipulate the primitive – start simple and build upon complexity.
    • You may have to place individual vertices to get accurate contouring of the object.
    • If you are animating the 3D model, divide the polygons in the mesh into smaller shapes. For instance, to animate a character’s elbow or knee to bend.
    • If you are creating a character design, you can use mirroring options in 3D modeling software to apply symmetrical changes to each half or quarter of the object.
    • If you are working on a complex project that involves experimental modeling, you should use a surface subdivision tool for simulating a higher polygon count, thereby preserving your original work.
    • You can use various tools to quickly deform your model’s surface if it goes wrong.
    • Paint and texture are applied to the surface of the completed model.

    How is 3D Modeling Used?

    Now that you know what 3D Modeling is, it is time to explore all the different ways it can be used. To get a better understanding of its uses, we have divided this section into two parts – Applications and Software – each of which is equally important to make the most out of 3D modeling.

    Applications of 3D Modeling

    3D modeling is used in various fields nowadays. With the advent of digitalization, 3D models are becoming increasingly popular and useful in many spheres of life. Some of the most common applications of 3D modeling include:

    1. 3D Printing

    3D Printing has seen exponential growth in recent years. Many companies offer personalized 3D models of objects that are designed in CAD software. Some of the industries where 3D printed models are being used off late include:

    • Jewelry and mold making
    • Customizable gifts
    • Consumable art

    3D printing essentially creates a three-dimensional object by using successive layers of material. Some of the benefits of 3D printing are:

    • You can create objects without first creating their molds.
    • You can edit a 3D-printed part by editing its model.
    • It is a great way to test an idea by getting its physical form without incurring considerable costs.

    2. 3D Model Markets

    3D modeling is also frequently used in a wide array of creative fields by professionals. Individuals who create original 3D models can sell them online on websites like CGTRader, TurboSquid, and Sketchfab.

    On the flip side, numerous on-demand 3D printing services have emerged to cater to the rising demand for 3D models.

    3. Other Uses

    Some of the creative fields and industries where 3D modeling is most commonly used are:

    • Animators and game developers use it to get a realistic look at their ideas and assess their viability.
    • Architects, interior designers, and engineers use it for planning and designing.
    • Films and television shows use it for special effects, speeding up production, and reducing costs. For instance, the top-rated HBO show, Game of Thrones used 3D modeling with animation before filming each episode.
    • It is used in the medical industry to represent human anatomy in interactive ways.
    • Industrial products are modeled using it to run tests before commercial production or client presentations.
    • It is used in a set or stage design in media shows and events.
    • It is used by fashion designers and artists to create dynamic 3D clothing for virtual catalogs.

    3D Modeling Software

    Irrespective of the 3D modeling project you wish to undertake, you can find software that will do it for you. There is a wide range of software available in the market for 3D modeling, but we have shortlisted the best software that you should consider. Each of these options is known to have highly efficient 3D modeling features and tools.

    • 3DS MAX

    Possibly the best well know modeling software out there, 3DS Max is a jack of all trades serving a wide array of industries from animation to architecture, product design, and advanced prototyping.

    • Blender

    Blender offers a free, open-source animation and 3D modeling framework. It comes equipped with a diverse set of tools, which are good enough to produce top-notch animations and almost professional assets. The best part is that you can avail of these features for free with Blender.

    Blender has a steep learning curve, and beginners may face severe challenges while using it initially.

    •  SketchUp

    SketchUp is the go-to software for landscape designers and architects. If you are studying architecture and need 3D modeling software that is easy to use, SketchUp is the ideal option for you. Its interface is thoughtfully designed for beginners who want to get started with 3D modeling.

    SketchUp is also used for other drawing applications like video games and film design, and mechanical and civil engineering.

    • Maya

    Maya is the benchmark for animation and 3D modeling software. It is one of the most popular 3D modeling software out there. It is also used in a majority of the universities that provide 3D modeling courses. If you have not used Maya before, you should put in the effort to learn it and gain some experience.

    • Cinema4D

    If you want to use 3D modeling for motion graphics, you should try Cinema4D. It is one of the most popular software because of its streamlined and integrated interface that works with standard tools like Adobe After Effects. Beginners and students can breathe easily – the learning curve here is not as steep as in Maya.

    Needless to say that a dozen more 3d Modelling and Rendering Software out there and each industry has a favorite.

    Summing It Up

    3D modeling is not one of those things that you can suddenly start and expect to master. It requires a decent understanding of fundamental art skills. So, if you are a beginner in 3D modeling, know that it will take time to get it right. Irrespective of what you use them for, creating the first few 3D models will require significant effort and patience.

    With that in mind, keep practicing and keep learning. Use the software or tools that work best for you and give you optimal results.

    Till next time, keep modeling!
    Related Articles

    31 Best Free Maya Rigs | Legendary Creativity Collection

    Wondering if there’s a way where you won’t need a log or mix-up sand and cement to build a house? Guess what, there is! 

    Using the traditional method to build a house is tiresome, and opting for Quonset hut homes is a better solution. These uniquely-styled homes were first built during World War I as camps providing prehab facilities to soldiers. But who would have thought that they will become a popular solution for modern housing?

    A Quonset home is known for its durability against extreme weather conditions, and you don’t need to be a professional builder to build it. As long as you know the rules, you’re fine. 

    That’s why we have curated this guide to help you understand all about its types and advantages in detail. Plus, we’ll answer some of the common questions that most people have regarding a Quonset home. 

    So, without further ado, dive in!

    What Is A Quonset Hut Home?

    Quonset Hut Homes

    Quonset homes are lightweight homes featuring semicircular designs and are made of galvanized steel. They generally cost less and stand out aesthetically. 

    Although the design was first introduced during WWI, it was produced in bulk during World War II (in 1941) when the United States Navy needed a lightweight building that could easily be transported and assembled. And these structures still hold relevance in modern times due to their easy construction and appealing looks. 

    You will find these prefabricated metal buildings serving various living and storage purposes. Plus, the characteristics make them suitable for functioning as garages, houses, workshops, or even barns. 

    Types Of Quonset Hut Home

    Quonset hut homes can be designed differently depending on the climate and the builder’s aesthetic preferences. These include:

    A. Q Model

    The Q model is an entirely arch-shaped and military-style Quonset building that is designed in a way to enhance its structural integrity. Provided its simple geometric shape, you won’t have much scope to make any further modifications. However, it’s the cheapest among the other options that we will discuss later.

    B. S Model

    In this particular model, you’ll see straight and high sidewalls with a domed roof. This design allows heavy snow and rain to slide off easily, making it a viable option for people to live in areas that receive a lot of snow or rain. 

    Apart from that, its straight sidewalls provide greater access to the interior space than the Q model. The combination of extra space and added durability has made it a common choice amongst Quonset hut home builders. 

    C. P Model

    The next one comes with high sidewalls and a peaked roof and comes close to a traditional house in terms of looks. Its roof is arched enough to effectively shed snow and rain while delivering the look of a gable roof. Its only downside is that you have to spend more on this model than the previous two. 

    D. A Model

    A model looks quite similar to the P model, so they’re often grouped together. In fact, many construction companies offer P/A models. Its roof is arched with a slight peak, as seen in a P model, ensuring easy fall for snow or rain. 

    The only thing that sets it apart is that its largely straight exterior walls are angled slightly inward, creating an arched shape, which is not the case with the Q and S models. 

    Pros And Cons Of A Quonset Hut Home

    Since Quonset homes have been around for some time, their designs have evolved quite a lot, and you’ll find many options in terms of design and looks. However, you must know about the basic advantages and disadvantages on offer, which will help decide if this arched house will be the right fit for you.

    Pros

    1. Efficient Build

    Quonset homes are highly efficient and generate very little waste. Plus, they are very flexible and are a great option for small warehouses, retail shops, and storage. 

    1. Long Lifespan

    Galvanized steel is used to build these homes, which makes them rust and corrosion-resistant. It means there are very less chance that these homes will wear down due to snow and rain. Also, you won’t have to spend much on maintaining them, which is a bonus! 

    1. Easy To Build

    Building Quonset hut homes are much more straightforward than traditional homes. Only a few people (maximum 4 to 5) are needed to build one such structure and that too within a few days. Besides, only a few standard construction tools are required for the purpose. 

    1. Spacious

    These huts span up to a maximum of 80 feet. Although it's not ideal for multi-story Quonset buildings, having a bigger span like this means less hassle. And compared to other homes with straight walls, they are much easier to build and maintain. 

    1. Cheaper

    Quonset homes generally come with many hidden costs, the prominent one being insulation. But even after considering that, they are usually cheaper than others. 

    Cons

    1. Less Space

    Constructing an arched-shaped building means less usable square footage. Also, due to the pitched roof, these homes have less headspace, and you may not have enough space to accommodate all your furniture and fixtures. 

    In that sense, they are more suited for small warehouses or people requiring smaller spaces. 

    1. Less Versatile

    Although Quonset homes have a greater span, it’s much lesser when compared to a rigid frame structure, with a clear span of around 300 ft. Also, the latter offers much more headspace compared to these arched-style homes. 

    So, make sure to go through these pros and cons when thinking of building a Quonset hut home. It's clear that despite offering so many benefits, it has certain limitations. And if these are not a problem for you, we would definitely recommend building one. 

    Design Ideas For A Quonset Hut Home

    A. Traditional Quonset Hut Homes

    Traditional Quonset Hut Homes

    Photography by Jenny Gorman

    For people who prefer living in a vintage-style house and love its aesthetic, this particularly-styled home can be the ideal option for them. Its old-school exterior has a gorgeous interior, which is an absolute delight for people living in it.  Moreover, you can equip the house with almost all modern amenities and enjoy a relaxed and comfortable living space.  

    B. Modern Quonset Hut Homes

    Modern Quonset Hut Homes

    Source: showyourvote.org

    Unlike traditional hut homes, the interior and exterior walls of this home are designed in a contemporary style. Sporting a simple yet unique design, it delivers an aesthetic look to the home. 

    These houses employ high-quality materials so that you can stay warm and cozy. And the premium glass windows have a sleek look while allowing the circulation of fresh air and natural light. 

    Although these houses are expensive compared to the previous type, the cost is surely justified for the features it delivers.  

    C. Desert-Themed Quonset Homes 

    Desert-Themed Quonset Homes

    Photography by Matt Kisiday

    As the name suggests, these homes are great for living in desert areas or other regions also. Being made of metal, these structures are different in design compared to other models. 

    Their ability to handle excruciating heat stemming from their unique designs is what makes them stand out and makes them work even in the desert. 

    D. Wood-Based Quonset Huts

    Wood-Based Quonset Huts

    Source: southernliving.com

    Most Quonset homes are made of prefabricated steel, but you’ll also find some made of wood, especially in the countryside. 

    As compared to steel, these huts have some unique benefits and you can change their look and design according to your preferences without breaking the bank. Furthermore, you can decorate your house with creative items and pieces to get the best visuals and a completely contrasting experience. 

    However, the design is not completely free from limitations. Although the building cost is generally less, the maintenance costs can become overwhelming in the long run. Aside from that, these are more difficult to build than their steel counterparts. 

    E. Backyard Quonset Huts

    Backyard Quonset Huts

    Source: European Property

    If you want to build a small Quonset home in the backyard where you can spend some alone time, then consider this design. These backyard Quonset huts come in several attractive and stylish color options. 

    For example, the red and maroon combinations have been trending in recent years, or you can select any color combination that blends well with your main house or building. 

    F. Simplistic Quonset Homes

    Simplistic Quonset Homes

    Source: manual10.biz

    Simplistic homes are cute-looking homes boasting a simple design with little or no major exterior decor. The only feature that sets it apart from others is its huge glass windows in the front. 

    According to the designers, the main motive behind these large windows installed right in the middle is for the entire house to receive quality lighting. You should definitely go for it if you have a knack for simplistic or minimalist-designed homes. 

    G. Military-Style Quonset Homes

    Military-Style Quonset Homes

    Image Source

    Reprinted from THE RED BULLetin, newsletter of the Red Bull Historic Military Vehicle Assoc. © 2010 Red Bull HMVA. All photos courtesy of Jack Kane and Gary Wirth.

    Some Quonset huts don’t have to be fancy-looking or boast extravagant designs to look good. Like this Military-style Quonset home, a simple design delivers an old-school look and works wonders here. 

    The primary idea behind building a home is to live a relaxing and comfortable life, so for many, interior design and comfort surpass exterior designs. In terms of comfort, this design stays by leaps and bounds compared to others. This Quonset hut offers a great deal of interior space to work with and allows you to accommodate your things effortlessly. 

    H. Colorful Quonset Homes

    Colorful Quonset Homes

    Image Source

    The stunning Quonset home does not have a simple design, but it is not overly complicated. This house is distinguished by the use of a distinct palette of colors. It can be more subdued or bold and bright, and you can paint it to suit your taste and style.

    I. Nature-Like Quonset Huts

    Nature-Like Quonset Huts

    Photos by Arched Cabins

    You will find a wide array of designs under nature-like Quonset huts, and the most common one amongst them is the swamp-themed one that blends well with nature. These huts boast a unique lighting system along with delivering an aesthetic look. 

    Quonset Home Floor Plans

    Like any other home, these Quonset huts also come with a specific structure. And, its floor plan ideas should fit perfectly with the size of the room. Here are some popular floor plans to help you segregate the rooms well. 

    A. 24’x24’ (about 576 square feet)

    Generally fits with a Q and S-model Quonset hut, this small space has been a popular choice and is utilized primarily like a double car garage. Apart from that, it’s suitable to accommodate a single person, fitting a bathroom, a bedroom, a dining room, a kitchen, and a living room. Due to its smaller size, it's a practical and cheaper option to consider. 

    B. 40’x30’ (about 800 square feet)

    This floor plan provides adequate living space for a family of three people. You can easily build a smaller bedroom, a master bedroom, a kitchen, and two bathrooms. Plus, you can add a dining room and a living room to make your hut more functional. 

    C. 30’x40’ (about 1200 square feet)

    The largest among the three, this floor space is ideal for large Quonset homes, where you can build a mezzanine to double up the storage capacity. Its size is enough to accommodate two masters and two smaller bedrooms to give a family of six a comfortable living experience. 

    Add to that a dining room, a kitchen, and a multipurpose room to make it a livable space. 

    Establishing a floor plan before building or purchasing a Quonset hut is crucial to get a better result. You'll get different sizes of floors from various brands, and need to discuss your plans with them and seek expert advice.

    Quonset Homes Vs. Steel Buildings

    Although both building types are similar in nature, there’s a striking difference in their architectural styles. Quonset buildings have arch-type frames, while there are rigid frames in corrugated steel buildings. The interior walls of the former building type are generally much taller, which provides more significant space to store your things. 

    On the other hand, being easily accessible and DIY-friendly, Quonset homes are much cheaper compared to its counterpart. These structures are pre-made and self-supporting, making them easier to assemble for a person without any prior building experience. And, you won’t need any columns either. As you’re building a Quonset home by yourself, it saves a lot on construction costs. 

    Steel buildings, however, have complicated designs and require skilled labor to build. Depending on its location and property, these cost much more than the Quonsets. 

    Quonset Hut Home Frequently Asked Questions

    Q1. How to build a Quonset hut home?

    Constructing a Quonset hut is very simple, but it can get complicated if you don’t know where to start. So, here we’re discussing some factors to be kept in mind before you begin constructing.

    1. Material

    Traditionally, these huts used to be made of aluminum with interlocking arches for storing baggage and used as shelters. After the war, other Quonset hut home kits included metal panels, steel frames, and paper insulation. And, after not that long, wooden arches also became available.

    Modern Quonset homes are generally made of prefabricated steel, making them durable and long-lasting. Plus, they are also not that heavy and easy to carry around.

    2. Quonset Hut Insulation

    Insulation is probably the most important process in building an arch-shaped home. Ideally, the metal sheet is designed to be weather-proof, watertight, and free of moisture. But, even the most well-planned project can go through dire situations. If these metal sheets aren’t stacked well, heat waves during summer, and cold chills during winter enter through these holes and make your lives miserable.

    We’d recommend insulating the house with double-sided tape, and super metal sealant rounded all over the sheets. Also, a closed-cell spray can be a great option to insulate your hut from external weather conditions.

    3. Interior Design

    You don’t need any fancy stuff to make your interior stand out. Just select the right furnishings that blend well with the color. You can always find inspiration for these designs out there or can contact a designer to get it done for you.

    4. End Walls

    Custom or steel end walls are a great option for an open-ended building, whether you’re planning for a sectional or sliding door. It’s important to add adequate ventilation and windows to enhance the airflow or install a skylight that acts as a light panel.

    Q2. Do Quonset huts make good houses?

    Quonset huts are durable, distinctive, and affordable and have gained popularity amongst DIY and eco-friendly crowds. Despite being originated as drafty military structures, these huts have evolved over the period to deliver first-rate comfort once integrated with modern amenities and creatively decorated.

    Q3. Are Quonset hut homes cheaper?

    Although Quonset homes are cheaper than most traditional homes, the costs add up quickly once you start building these. If you’re considering building one of these, take note of all materials required and the steps involved to establish an appropriate budget.

    Yes, these homes are now permitted to be built for commercial purposes, and you have full freedom to live in these. You won’t have to worry about getting inflicted by any legal issues. And the interior and exterior of the hut can be painted with complete creative freedom.

    Q5. How much does it cost to build a Quonset hut house?

    The cost involved in building such a home varies from the kind of materials you’re using and the designs. But, here are the average prices you’ll find on the market.

    Small hut building kits generally come in the range of $1500 to $2000, and with appointing interior designers and workers, it might go up to $3000 to $25000.

    The costs fall in the range of $5000 to $35000 for medium-sized homes and depending on its size, location, accessories, and workers, the costs go as high as $10000 to $50000. At the same time, a fully built and complete hut costs around $40000, and an 80-inch x 400-inch hut goes up to a maximum of $10000.

    Final Words

    So, this is all we have to share about a Quonset hut home. These unique-style homes are much simpler in design but don’t lack in terms of functionality. 

    High-quality corrugated galvanized steel and other materials are used for its construction, making it durable and long-lasting. Apart from living, this multi-purpose space is useful as a garage, store, or storage building. 

    Preliminary, these huts were developed to withstand extreme weather conditions, but nowadays, these are explicitly manufactured as residential homes. You can build anything that suits your personality, from traditional and straightforward huts to desert-themed ones. Many companies offer prefabricated Quonset hut home kits that are super easy to assemble and decorate in recent times. 

    We hope you loved our informative guide about Quonset homes and will continue to bring such unique and informative content to this space, so keep an eye on it. 

    Goodbye until next time and take care. Bye!

    Related Articles

    What Is A Victorian House

    What is the first thing that comes to your mind when you think of Victorian houses? It would either be an intricate design or a dark, haunted building!

    While the media today generally shows us both of these, you should know that Victorian-style houses refer to a particular era and not any architectural style per se. We are talking about the period between 1837 and 1901 when Great Britain was ruled by Queen Victoria.

    At that time, there were specific patterns, colors, styles, decorations, and materials used, and those defined the houses of that era. However, today, Victorian-style houses are generally designed like Romanesque or Medieval Gothic structures. 

    For a better understanding, we will discuss the different styles of Victorian houses that became popular over the years. So, dive in! 

    What Is A Victorian House

    What Is A Victorian House

    Features Of A Victorian House

    There are a host of features that define a Victorian-style house, and here we will talk about them. While some of them may not be common for all such homes, you can use this list as a reference point if you plan to build one in the future. 

    1. Interior 

    Victorian House Interior

    First of all, let us discuss the interiors, and then we will move on to the exterior of these houses. Most Victorian houses are 2-3 stories high and will have a high ceiling. The ceiling height is always more as that adds to the grandeur of each room. Plus, it makes the structure look even bigger. 

    Next, you will see a lot of intricate detailing work around ceilings and walls. The ceilings and windows would usually have ornate patterns, and there is generally a very well-decorated staircase in the middle of the house. 

    Plus, there are beautifully decorated nooks and corners with flower vases and paintings, which are the two other features that you may get to see a lot in Victorian homes. 

    1. Exterior 

    You must have noticed that houses during Queen Victoria’s reign had large towers, dormers, and turrets, which would add to the structure and make it look grand. Moreover, the roofs would be steep and gabled along with well-shaped windows with rounded or an ornate top. The windows would generally be large and would overlook gardens or a decorated backyard.

    Apart from that, a lot of stained glass would be used, which enhanced the look while preventing direct sunlight from entering the rooms. These would generally be paired with long and heavy drapes with floral designs, and the drapes would be thick to keep out the cold. 

    Besides, a lot of bright colors were used to enhance and highlight the walls, which was, in turn,  accompanied by intricate and well-decorated woodwork. Moreover, you would notice rounded edges and angles instead of straight bends, which is another major characteristic of these houses. 

    Types Of Victorian Houses

    There are many styles of Victorian houses that have existed over time, and in this section, we will discuss them in detail. While some might look similar from the outside, there are key differences, and you can read on to know about them. 

    1. Gothic Revival Houses

    Gothic Revival Houses Victoria House

    Have you seen those castle-like structures that will remind you of medieval churches? That is what a gothic revival house would look like, and you can recognize it by its grand structure. These usually have a lot of decorated wooden trims or vergeboards. 

    Beyond that, there are pointed arches, gables in the front, and a high-pitched roof. These homes are very close to royal houses and usually comprise several rooms inside. 

    1. Italian Renaissance Villa 

    Italian Renaissance Villa Victorian House

    These villas belonged to the period between 1840 -1870 and were generally lower in height than the gothic revival homes. Italianate-style houses were made by taking inspiration from Italian homes belonging to the 16th century. The homes were mostly 2 stories high and had broad weaves along with lower roofs. 

    Hence, they were not very tall but would cover a large area. Adding to the design, there were ornamental brackets that were widely used to make the place look even more beautiful. 

    Moreover, there would be tall thin windows, which had round decorated tops. Some houses even had square-shaped towers and cupolas accompanying the structure. Italianate-style houses were seen in the mid-19th century when a lot of them were made in American cities. They were most popular in Brooklyn, New York, Cincinnati, New Orleans, Ohio, and some parts of San Francisco. 

    1. Second Empire 

    Second Empire House Victorian Home

    These houses were mostly built in France from 1852 to 1870 when Napoleon III was reigning. Their architectural style would be grand, although the base of the house would be square or rectangular. 

    But they would be accompanied by a mansard roof along with a lot of ornate designs on the walls and windows outside. The roof would usually be sloping down on all sides, creating a wonderful effect. 

    1. Stick-Eastlake Wooden Homes 

    Stick-Eastlake Wooden Homes Victorian

    The Stick- Eastlake houses were popularly found between the years 1860 to 1890 and were generally made from wood. Wood at the time was easily available and was pretty cheap too. Hence, most of the houses would be made with decorative wooden trim work. 

    They would also sport angled wooden frameworks with shingled sloping roofs. This increased the height of the structure, making it look bigger and taller. Moreover, there would be double-hung windows around the house, which added to the design. 

    1. Folk Victorian Homes

    Folk Victorian Homes

    These houses were generally seen between 1870 to 1910, and they were much simpler when compared to the previous designs. They belonged to the local people and not the royals or barons, and hence, you would not see towers or high roofs here. 

    The structures were smaller, and they were accompanied by a square base. This had no complicated floor plans, and you would not find heavily shingled roofs. However, the Victorian roots were visible, and you could find designed and patterned wooden trims around the roof and the porch. These would go around the house, highlighting the design and structure. 

    Also, there would be beveled corners, and a lot of lace would be used for curtains and tables. The lace-like designs could be found around windows and edges of the house too. 

    1. Queen Anne 

    Queen Anne Victorian Home

    This is a very popular style and is still used today as inspiration for designs. The houses became popular between 1875 to 1905, and they looked very grand. However, they were mainly inspired by the reigning period of Queen Anne, which extended from 1702 to 1714. 

    There was heavy ornamentation used, and you could find high gabled roofs, which would slope down at steep angles. They would be paired with large windows with rounded and decorated trims. Some would also have high towers, which would add to the grandeur. 

    The wrap-around porches looked beautiful and provided space for walking around in bad weather. Plus, you would find a lot of accent colors being used for some walls. Queen Anne-style homes were indeed very grand and would generally belong to the upper class and royals during that period. 

    Final Words

    The Victorian era officially lasted between 1837 and 1901, but the architectural designs and styles kept growing and transforming for another 2 decades. After that, people started disliking these designs, and many houses earned the title of haunted homes, especially after the onset of the Colonial revival movement. 

    However, post that, there was a steady rise of Victorian-style structures in many countries, and it slowly became inspirational. Today after more than a hundred years, you will still find houses that are designed in the “Italianate” or “Queen Anne” style with some modern modifications, of course. 

    On that note, we will say our goodbyes. Watch this space for more interesting reads. 

    Signing off! 

    Learn What is The Difference Between Terrace And Balcony Today

    What is the Mansard Roof

    What is an Ottoman Bed & How to Use Them

    What Is the Craftsman House Style & Why It’s Popular Today

    What is a Shed | Sheds Defined, Structure Types 

    Learn What is Faux Leather  

    What is the Difference Between Wicker and Rattan Furniture? 

    How To Solve The Problem Of Bay Window Curtains

    What is the Difference Between Wicker and Rattan Furniture?

    "Rattan" and " Wicker" are terms often confused, and interchanged by mistake due to their popularity for both indoor and outdoor furniture alike. Despite the confusion, both "rattan furniture" and "wicker furniture" have simply mesmerized the patios of millions of households, living rooms with airy ambiance, and households that seek to embrace the natural material as much as possible. Long story short, rattan is a material used to make furniture whereas wicker is actually a technique that involves weaving natural materials like willow or bamboo in complex, intricate patterns.

    The beautiful intricate solutions of wicker are known to have been used as far back as ancient Egypt, mesmerizing our world throughout its existence.

    In the following article, we will go into detail about the difference between the two and showcase simply extraordinary design solutions from both spheres. Cast a glance and don`t be a stranger, leave your valuable feedback in the comment section below.

    the roots

    The process that used reeds, rushes, willow, and even bamboo, and wicker, is known to have been used by ancestors for thousands of years. In ancient Egypt and in the ash-covered Pompeii alike wicker baskets and stools have been discovered, the exact same weaving techniques used back then, thousands of years ago, are used today to shape recycled materials into eco-friendly furniture and home furnishing, a beautiful technique that we use today to emphasize sustainability and the correct, responsible, use of materials.

    Jungle Vine

    Southeast Asia produces intensively the jungle vine from which Rattan is produced, one could say that rattan is a jungle vine, it is basically a solid cane, a strong vertical grain that when harvested is sliced into standard lengths and most often than not steamed so it can be shaped into curves. The new pieces of cane are to shape indoor or outdoor furniture of great sturdiness with a really exotic vibe as these furnishings are highly popular in tropical climates. Rattan is actually the skin of the vine in question, the rattan peel is stripped of the cane and soaked well to produce a thing, pliable strips that will enclose the structures once the peel dries.

    The video illustrates how the jungle vine is manipulated prior to peeling and how it reaches the right form that is to be used for weaving. The skin will now create beautiful patterns of great furnishing.

    Resilience versatility durability

    Known to be one very strong natural material, rattan comes in a wide variety of colors yet the canes can be painted and the Victorians were renowned for painting the rattan to resemble the bamboo canes thus reaching the "faux bamboo" status, having the bamboo`s distinctive rings painted on as well.

    the canes of antiquity

    Antiques of old rattan and wicker furniture are at a high level, with individuals parting great amounts of money to own Victorian wicker and various vintage rattan pieces sculpted in the Hawaiian Islands or the Philippines in the 1940s and 1950s. The exquisite pieces of rattan often feature colorful bark-cloth cushions and present a tropical design of great beauty.

    WHAT IS WICKER?

    Basically, any product that contains woven vines or stems is or should be referred to as a wicker. The world is believed to have a Scandinavian origin, the words "wika" translates into "to bend" and "vikker" means willow in Swedish. The rattan vine is a material used for wicker products traditionally in this country, the practice going back at least 150 years; to date, rattan is still the most sought material for wicker furniture. Located in Southeast and East Asia, Africa, and South and Central America, rattan plants are climbing plants that thrive in rain forests only; the highest quality type is the honey rattan and it can be found in Southeast Asia.

    Rattan, if woven properly, should last at least 100 years old if the materials are picked right and the procedure is respected, this being said there is no surprise that wicker antiques from the Victorian period are still used effortlessly yet the most surprising and impressive pieces of wicker furniture to date have been created in the midst of the Egyptian Empire. These exotics include chests made from reed and papyrus, wig boxes made from both reed and rush, and splendid wicker hassocks and chairs.

    What is the Difference Between Wicker and Rattan Furniture

    via atlantahomesmag.com

    The property of the materials involved naturally dictates the wicker`s durability. The rattan vine can be sliced to various lengths and widths and it contains fibers running lengthwise through it offering the vine the immense strength of a multi-strand cable, the dense the fibers the more powerful the material. The vine can be bent yet unlike wood it would not splinter nor break. It is known that many individuals mistake the wicker's flexibility for weakness yet this is certainly not the case.

    The process that would transform harvested vines into a piece of furniture involves numerous steps, most of them being realized by hand. Each thorny leaf is removed by pulling across each length a forked stick driven into the ground. In the harvesting process, the bundles of rattan often use water power, floating down the river through the jungle till they reach the sea in most cases, at this point the sun`s warmth would have cured the material well thus making it ready to be shipped to the factory. Once they reach the factory certain machines cut the vines into different shapes and lengths. The strongest part, the smooth outer skin known as "the cane" is used to make the chair seats, "cane seats" as they are referred to locally. The cane seats are most often than not woven by a machine.

    Workers are used to manipulating the rattan core products that are still pliable, and green. If the material dries out, rigidly, it will be soaked for a few minutes to regain its flexibility in the manufacturing process. When the material is steamed, rattan vines can be twisted and bent, as soon as the material cools and dries it gains rigidity and the molded shapes can remain permanent making the process ideal in the manufacturing process.

    wicker patio set

    via athomearkansas.com

    The original form of rattan is a close relative to a tropical palm tree, rattan starts to grow in a vertical direction, upwards yet it bends back to the ground and snakes through the rain forest soon afterward, very much like a vine. The vines is being harvested after years of growth and after harvest, they`re sliced into 12 to 18-foot or 3.7 to 5.5 meters sections to be dried efficiently.

    Today, rattan is considered one of the strongest types of wood available as its grains grow vertically rather than horizontally in concentric rings like other hardwood. Certain pieces of straight rattan are always steamed and shaped directly into certain standard forms that will be used industrially when the rattan dries, retaining its shape forever. These standard pieces do form most of the structure of the end furnishing pieces, pieces we are to call later on either rattan or wicker furniture.

    The difference between rattan and wicker lies here, where rattan is a specific material, and wicker is the general process that will shape finished goods from certain vines, these vines can be rattan, willow, bamboo, or any other vine. No material in our world is called wicker, the internet clearly proves that even manufacturers can misuse the terms yet you now know the difference, a wicker furniture piece may contain rattan as a structure for example yet the woven pieces may or may not be rattan but any other vine.

    most beautiful wick set

    via casatreschic.blogspot.ro

    It is worth noting that rattan vines can be mechanically peeled to form the thin slats later used for weaving. The curved outer layer can also be used as a decorative trim as this can cover some rough areas in the wicker process. Bamboo can also be used for trimming yet it cannot successfully form the frame as it's hollow and it can easily crack when steamed and bent whereas Rattan is a very lightweight-solid material.

    epic wicker small side table in teal

    via apositivelybeautifulblog2.tumblr.com

    blue wicker furniture set

    Photo Courtesy to Julian Wass

    epic natural wicker lounge area

    black wicker patio set

    via blog.wickerparadise.com

    cool patio natural wicker set

    via oliverandrust.com

    splendid wicker rocking chair and white and simple white armchair

    Source Unknown

    natural armchair patio set

    via vibekedesign.blogspot.ro

    red wicker patio set nestled in stark white

    via oldhouseonline.com

    What is Rattan?

    Rattan comes from the Malay word "rotan", a word known to cover no less than 600 old species of climbing plants that fall under the subfamily of Calamoideae. Rattan has also been named after the main ports of shipment, Manila and Malacca City, today being able to be identified as manila or malacca as well. In southeast Asia, rattan can also be called manau from the Malay "rottan manau", the trade name for canes.

    Rattan has been a material that has shaped tools for fishing, planting, harvesting, and construction of homes and furniture for centuries in the midst of the Egyptian Empire as the earliest piece of wicker found in Egypt dated back to 1400 B.C. In the late 1800s, Rattan became along with wicker easier to access, boosting the popularity of both. Today Rattan is known to be part of the palm family also known as Genus Clamu.

    sculptural rattan furniture pieces

    The plant grows in a long slender stem that maintains a uniform diameter on its entire length. Its growth is very similar to a vine yet it has an inner core and is not hollow as bamboo is. Rattan grows in such a manner due to the dense rain forests in which it grows, climbing on tree limbs being one option to reach light throughout the dense shade of the forests. The inner portion of the plant is somewhat porous and soft, and light, whereas the outer portion is extremely durable, hard, and resilient.

    Rattan has now declared harvesting season as it grows all year round. Due to the difficult landscape and great inaccessibility of the jungle in which it can be found the rattan can be only harvested manually, by hand. The largest poles will be used for frame and structure construction. The making of the wicker is realized semi-automatically, a machine extrudes the outer layer to produce the wicker that will, later on, be weaved onto a frame.

    superb wicker set on iron frame

    via myscandinavianhome.com

    rattan chair seats of great beauty

    sculptural rattan chair

    rattan furniture set sculpting space

    via f-h-l.dk

    timeless rattan two person couch

    via planete-deco.fr

    super cool rattan furniture collection

    via housedoctordk.blogspot.ro

    sculptural rattan set

    8160898c9f8c95d38420fce9bb7e1658

    Source Unknown

    the making of rattan furniture pieces

    via vosgesparis.com

    brilliant rattan and wood chair

    via anthropologie.com

    etraordinary airy rattan dinning area

    dinning area made out of rattan breathing

    the most brilliant rattan chair

    PaulinaArcklin-LETOILE-1384

    via paulinaarcklin.net

    close shot rattan chair detail

    rattan chair side table

    sculptural rattan bookshelves

    via urbanoutfitters.com

    brilliant sculptural rattan chair

    via labiciazul.es

    fade-up-rattan-floor-basket-aqua

    via landofnod.com

    What do you think? Do you have wicker furniture pieces in your household? We would love to hear your valuable feedback on the subject in the comment section below.

    19 Different Types of Mid-Century Modern Furniture

    Unusual and Bizarre Furniture Designs You Have Ever Seen

    13 Best Paint for Furniture

    9 Best Hand Sanders For Furniture

    For those in the woodworking line, be it professionally or as a hobbyist, there can be moments of failure when it comes to getting a clean, smooth finish across the wood. 

    Either as a mistake or a natural kink in the wood itself, these holes can be a nuisance and bring down the quality of your project. To work around this slight bump in the road, so to speak, many woodworkers use either wood filler or wood putty; sometimes even both. 

    Both have the same purpose of restoring wood, so you won’t need to restart from scratch. They also come with their own strengths that make one an ideal choice over the other in specific restoration projects. 

    The two materials are hands down one of the best, if not the only, materials needed if you make a mistake or need to hide natural blemishes in your wood. Knowing what the strengths of wood putty and filler are can help you choose which one you need to add a clean finish to the project.

    Wood Filler Vs Wood Putty

    a set of wax pencils and a soldering iron for repairing chips and scratches on a wood surface.

    An Introduction To Wood Filler

    Wood is by no means a flat, smooth surface when taken as is. It has a number of holes, cracks, and scratches, be it from natural wear and tears, or just a result of the conditions the tree was grown in.

    These imperfections can be smoothed over with a wood filler. To better understand what a wood filler is, looking at the composition can provide insight into what situation it should be used for. 

    It is made of a combination of epoxy, lacquer, clay, and polyurethane. Having a combination of these materials as well as different bases gives the filler unique properties, allowing it to replicate the look and feel of natural wood. 

    Sawdust can be added into the mix to lend an almost seamless integration with the rest of the board, almost like the filler is a part of the wood itself. 

    Thus, it’s ideal for more significant blemishes and holes in the wood. As it spreads well, it gives an even finish and is almost indistinguishable from the actual wood once set. 

    Additionally, the filler comes in a neutral color, so it can be dyed and tinted to match the look of the wood. As it can be dyed to match the raw wood, it should be applied before any staining is done on the project to have a cleaner match with the finished product. 

    On the flip side, it  is an excellent choice if you are short on time or want a fast fix for your project. Some variants of wood filler begin drying around ten minutes after application and dry completely within a few hours. 

    To sum up, wood filler is the go-to choice for any indoor pieces that need to be touched up or restored. Combine this with the fast-drying property, and it is the perfect restoration material for indoor wood projects.

    Precautions When Using Wood Filler

    If a wood filler is to be used on wood that has already been stained, it can be challenging to match the shade and finish precisely. However, when there is no other option, a small amount of filler should be used with the stain until it matches the wood’s finished color. This gives you the proportion of filler to stain - to match the rest of the wood filler to the finished wood.

    For projects which are exposed to the elements or regular changes in temperature, the wood filler may not be a good option to use to seal cracks. As it can not expand, it will crack when the wood shifts and pulls or pushes against it due to temperature changes. Furthermore, heat will cause the filler to contract and deform the piece further.

    Another point to be noted is the lack of a bonding agent in the composition of the wood filler. The compound will not be able to stick to the wood, so it needs a seal to hold it in place. 

    Wood filler is ideal for surfaces that are porous to allow the filler to seep in. Wood types, such as ash, walnut, and oak would be great to use with it. These wood types, when unfinished, can give an uneven appearance to the filler. In such cases, sanding the filler away once it has dried to make it flush with the surface of the wood is a quick fix. 

    The surfaces the filler is to be applied on can affect how well it smooths over the blemish or crack. Consequently, sanding down this surface before using the wood filler can help if the particular wood type is not cooperating with the filler. 

    Types Of Wood Filler

    Wood fillers can have different bases to give the filler unique qualities that make it ideal for specific use cases. These qualities give the wood filler diverse application potential. 

    Many filter types are water-based to keep it from damaging the wood and keeping the option to dye open. It is also easier to apply, but if it is still too thick for your project, you can always add more water to thin it out more. 

    Other filter types have solvents as their bases. These solvent-based fillers are comparatively thicker in consistency than the water-based variants. With a thicker consistency, it is able to fulfill more heavy-duty jobs or larger cracks. 

    1. Latex Wood Filler

    This water-based filler is one of the more versatile of wood filler types. As such, it is the most commonly used filler due to the easy clean-up. It is ideal for sealing raw wood to prevent any damage or water from entering the lumber and causing warps. 

    1. Epoxy Wood Filler

    An epoxy wood filler is a filler that requires pre-sanding in order to have a quality application. These filters are ideal for use on unfinished wood. They will seal and bond to the wood tightly.; however, it is susceptible to becoming brittle. To combat this, you can use a sealant to protect the filler from breaking down. 

    1. Polyurethane Wood Filler

    Using polyurethane along with wood filler is ideal for use on furniture. The added polyurethane in the compound mixture allows it to act as a sealant or protective layer. It keeps the wood from being exposed to humidity and moisture. 

    Pros of Wood Filler 

    1. Versatility

    Having several wood filler types to choose from can make for a more versatile experience. Working with different materials and build characteristics does not have to be an issue. It is simply a matter of choosing a suitable wood filler type for your project. 

    1. Functionality

    Another beneficial application of wood fillers is the functionality it brings. Not only is it perfect for indoor furniture, but it can also be used on any piece which is not regularly exposed to the sun or rain.

    1. Dye Selection

    Finding a perfect match to the wood’s finishing color can be challenging to find. However, the ability to dye your own filler to match any finish you have is a welcome convenience. The option to have control in customization and control of how the filler matches with the rest of the wood helps in blending the filler to the wood. 

    Cons Of Wood Filler

    1. Rigid Shape

    When wood filler is dried, it will harden to fill the negative space. As such, it cannot contract on itself to accommodate the wood shrinking due to changes in temperature. Additionally, if the filler is pulled by expanding wood, it will result in a crack in the putty. 

    1. No Adhesive Properties

    Looking at the composition of the wood filler, no adhesive ingredients or properties are present. This means the filler needs an extra coating of a seal over it after application. The seal will hold the shape and protect the filler. 

    An Introduction To Wood Putty

    Also known as “wood plastic,” wood putty is another common wood-filling compound used by many woodworkers. 

    The composition of this compound is more intricate than a wood filler to keep the compound’s ingredients from damaging the raw wood. It is advised to apply wood putty only after the project or piece has been stained and varnished. 

    By staining and varnishing the entire piece, it acts as a protective layer that the wood putty binds to in order to fill in the gaps and give a seamless surface. 

    While the actual proportion and chemicals in wood putty can change depending on the manufacturer, the base remains the same - which is oil. The most essential ingredient in every wood putty is boiled linseed oil, some colorant, and a bit of calcium carbonate. 

    When mixed, the putty compound becomes sticky until water is added to give it a more malleable shape. Application of the wood putty is done with a special putty knife which helps spread it evenly. 

    This makes it ideal for large areas as it spreads smoothly, giving a clean surface when dry. Additionally, for small areas, a simple dab will be sufficient to hide those more minor blemishes. 

    Wood putty does not require any extra work to be applied beyond the occasional acetone to bring the putty back to a clay-like consistency. This acetone is added in a small quantity to the putty when it has dried out. 

    By being able to restore your putty in the container, the shelf life exponentially increases. What’s more, you won’t have to buy more putty if it can never go bad, which in turn gives you so much more value for your money. 

    Adding even more value for money, the wood putty’s durability is strong. After applying it to a project, there will be no requirement ever to touch up the repair. This, along with the ability to restore putty after it has dried out, can make even a tiny tub of wood putty go a long way.

    The ideal piece that wood putty can be used for is outdoor furniture. These pieces are arguably the most susceptible to getting chipped and weathered away. Additionally, as the days pass, these pieces of furniture will stretch and shrink with the ebb and flow of heat. 

    Wood putty is not affected by the shrinkage of the wood it is attached to. In fact, it resists this shrinkage which can boost the life of your furniture or wooden pieces. What’s more, the wood putty can negate the effects of the sun and rain in preserving the quality of the wood it is coating. 

    Precautions When Using Wood Putty 

    After the putty is spread across the cracks and blemishes, it takes a long time to dry as compared to the wood filler. There are methods for some putty to dry faster by adding in a drying agent to expedite the hardening process.

    However, this drying agent is limited to a specific few putties and may not work on all types. An area where putty does not need any added materials is the adhesion to the wood surface. As it has adhesive chemicals within it already, there is no need for a sealing agent to keep it on the wood. 

    One of the drawbacks of using wood putty is this long dry time. While waiting for the wood putty to dry, it remains open to contaminants settling onto the putty. 

    Contaminants such as dust and dirt stuck to the putty after it has been dried will be evident after it has dried. These contaminants can also affect the color of the putty after it has dried, giving it a darker shade than what was intended. 

    On the topic of colors, wood putty is not as versatile in its color availability as a wood filler. As this putty is a pre-mixed combination, the different shades available are limited. However, there is a large inventory of colors available to choose from to find a shade that matches the wood finish you are working with. 

    Pros Of Wood Putty

    1. No Sealant Required

    Oil-based putty has adhesive properties within the putty itself. After applying the putty to the surface of the wood, it does not require a coat of sealant to keep its shape. The putty will hold on its own after it dries. 

    1. Durable

    Wood putty has the best value for money when it comes to restoring or covering up blemishes in the wood. It can be restored to its clay-like state by adding some acetone. Additionally, the putty will not require any further touch-ups; it is durable and holds against the test of time. 

    1. Resistant To Shrinking

    As evident from its alternative name, “plastic wood”, wood putty is malleable, making it an ideal choice for outdoor pieces. What’s more, the putty itself is resistant to shrinking and negates the effect that rain or sun can have on your furniture or outdoor projects. 

    Cons Of Wood Putty

    1. Long Drying Time

    One of the biggest drawbacks to using wood putty is the time it takes to dry after application. Due to the large window of time needed to dry completely, the putty can be darkened due to the accumulation of outside contaminants on the putty. This discoloration can offset the seamless integration between the putty and the finished wood. 

    1. Limited Color Options

    Coloring putty is not possible as the ratio of chemical components is already set. Furthermore, the clay-like consistency would make coloring it yourself a difficult task. 

    To match different wood finishes there are a large number of shades available. However, this can backfire if the putty becomes discolored; you would need to remove the putty and apply a fresh layer.

     How Do They Differ? 

    Now that the basic features of each wood restoration option are known, the differences between them will highlight where each shines or falls short. 

    1. Composition

    Perhaps the most significant difference between wood filler and wood putty is in their composition. While the wood filler has different bases for specific materials, wood putty is largely oil-based. This difference in what they are made up of dictates the qualities that each possesses.

    On the one hand, the wood filler can be mixed with sawdust to create a more natural look when applying it to a piece. Moreover, it requires a sealing agent applied after application in order to adhere to the wood surface. 

    The way it works is it seeps into the wood and hardens to maintain the shape of the wood. Thus, a sealing agent is needed to be applied on top to preserve the filler. 

    On the other hand, wood putty does not need any sealing agent as it has adhesive qualities in its composition. Similarly, it does not harden the way wood filler does; it is thus ideal to apply putty after the wood has been finished. 

    1. Dyeing

    When it comes to the coloring of each, the wood filler has more versatility as it can be dyed to your convenience by mixing it into the compound. Wood putty, on the other hand, comes pre-mixed to match different wood finishes to blend in. 

    1. Drying Time

    After the application of the wood filler or putty, it must be given time to set and dry. The time difference of this drying time also differs and can be the deciding factor for many when choosing which option to go for. 

    Wood filler will be dried within 15-20 minutes. Once fully dried it is ready to be sanded down to be flush with the regular wood surface. Wood putty takes a considerably longer time to dry and set. Often lasting several hours to even a full day depending on the size of the blemish being covered. 

    1. Functionality

    As wood fillers have hardening agents, they are less flexible and can break or damage the wood if it contracts or expands due to heat. Because of this quality, it is advised to use it on pieces that are not exposed to the elements or regular changes in temperature. 

    Wood putty is highly elastic and can hold fast to the wood even if it changes shape due to heat and humidity. This allows them to be used for both indoor and outdoor pieces alike with no damage done to the wood or the putty itself. Additionally, it is great at resisting water and heat, making it the go-to option for retouches on outdoor wooden pieces. 

    Frequently Asked Questions

    1. How long does wood putty last?

    Wood putty is clay-like in nature and can be rejuvenated if it dries out while stored away. As a result, it can last for years with no problem. Furthermore, once it has been applied to a project it will adjust to the natural contraction and expansion of the wood. 

    1. What can you use if the wood filler is unavailable?

    Other types of sealants are available if you don’t have access to any wood filler. Wood glue and epoxy glue are common alternatives to look for. It should be noted, however, that these may dry faster than wood filler and should be used carefully. 

    A woman worker filling wood filler under fishing boat

    Conclusion

    Now that both products have been briefed regarding where they work and where they may fall short or cause further damage, what is the ideal choice between them?

    For those who work with indoor projects or are under a time constraint, using a wood filler is the way to go. With a fast-drying and natural look, it has no problem filling in the gaps in your wood before it has been stained.

    However, if larger projects outside are what you work on, wood putty is the ideal choice. It may take more time to set, but once it is in then it is assured to stay there with no problem of cracks forming. 

    Whatever the project you may be working on, it is always a good idea to have one, if not both, options at your disposal. The safety net that each provides will help your end product come out looking professional and clean!

    Related Articles  

    9 Best Primers for Bare Wood [Reviews & Buyer's Guide]

     

    A bath is a treat, a treat like no other. We get to enjoy it every now and then with a glass of wine and a good book in dim light, surrounded by bubbles. Tranquility and peaceful relaxation at their best.

    An experience that we are going to cherish and encourage today with a drop of spice. We are going to cover the wooden bathtub, a long-lasting tradition in many cultures around the world, today an exotic presence that speaks of exclusivity and the highest degree of exclusivity often hand carved by craftsmen around the world.

    Wood naturally speaks of warmth, coziness and it presents a degree of uniqueness unparalleled in the world, a pattern, a texture grown through years, wooden bathtubs also require the manual input of a craftsman, a carpenter that shapes and curves the sculptural presence towards the highest standard of detailing.

    We invite you to cast a glance over the gallery that follows, you will hopefully find soothing tranquility immortalized in photography.

    Wooden Bathtub Design

    35 Super Epic Wooden Bathtub Design Ideas to Consider

    35 Super Epic Wooden Bathtub Design Ideas to Consider

    The first outstanding presence in the gallery is the work of a master craftsman entitled Seth Rolland and it goes by the name "Salish Sea". The name has been inspired by the water along British Columbia and Washington state as the sculptural item takes the shape of a boat, an extraordinary graphic presence. Notice how the overflow is present in the offset-ed second interior trim, a design cue that clearly surges inspiration from the world of yachts, simply an extraordinary design piece that speaks of great detailing.

    via Seth Rolland

    All bathtubs in this guide are extraordinarily beautiful, there is no doubt about that yet the one above is something different, something different entirely. As you can see it is far more rugged, harsh, and rustic; it features a constant but evolving pattern, it has been sculpted in one single piece of wood. Surreal. An immense piece of wood has been carefully carved to provide one of the most exotic bathtubs in the world, one that grew over hundreds of years to become material in an exclusive setting. Its uniqueness cannot be comprehended in words and in theory, it is priceless.

    You might not like the rustic look, you might not like the busy pattern that the tree grew slowly, and steadily but this is nature at its best, sculpted, frozen in time, a presence that greatly transcends the utilitarian nature of the bathtub.

    via Pinterest

    You might have heard of Alegna, a company that produces insanely beautiful, luxury wooden bathtubs inspired by yacht makers and marine woods, they shine, and they represent sculptural jewels on land. The wood`s attributes are carefully emphasized through extraordinary craftsmanship, and sculptural volumes that simply flow are directing the wood`s fiber towards a certain point or direction thus manipulating perspective to the craftsman`s advantage.

    The design presented above is entitled the Laguna Pearl Solid Bathtub,  a free-standing round wooden bathtub that features a compact design in a glamorous, busy texture that simply cannot be overlooked, it exudes sophistication and luxury and it will become the focal point in the bathroom as soon as it enters the room. Notice that in the setup above, simple chrome controls and a really small incision that represents the overflow are items subdued that will not influence the balance of the wooden bathtub, the seductive shape and the extraordinary finishing cannot be contested by mundane elements such as the overflow or the battery.

    via Alegna

    While the craftsman behind the beautiful presence above is unknown its beauty cannot be contested. Interesting in the wood tub above is the playful pattern arrangement that slightly disrupts the the natural wood circles but maintains the overall image of the section through wood, the playful texture thus creates depth and offers the viewer the chance to better understand the shape of the tub.

    via Elsa De Geus

    The three images above are showcasing the insanely graphic Laguna Basic Bathtub by Alegna, the sumptuous design is defined by the wood`s fiber flowing into a central drain, everything seems to flow naturally towards the center, a powerful image that is greatly accentuated in the overall image by the rectangular shape of the tub that contradicts this naturalness in the volume. The Laguna Basic`s feat of strength is that it can add stylish warmth in most bathrooms thanks to its rectangular shapes in a way in which no other rectangular bathtub can. The swooping wood fiber simply sculpts its way into an oval basin, there is absolutely no trail of a rim or edge, it uses sharp straight lines to define an unnatural naturalness through soft curves, a really powerful contrast.

    via Alegna

    The image above showcases one of the most beautiful bathtubs that we have ever laid eyes on. This too describes a natural line through an unnatural technique as the tub appears to be composed of layers of wood one on top of each other in the bathtub`s shape before the craftsman started carving. The insane procedure has two immense advantages, the first one is clearly the versatility, you can carve any object, and you can sculpt any shape in theory. The second big advantage is that this bathtub has been constructed with smaller wood chunks, carefully tailored together and carved, sculpted afterward; as a result, it uses fewer resources and does not require big blocks of wood from the same tree.

    Source Unknown

    A bathtub that yet again uses the would fiber to create focus towards a certain point, here in an oval shape. In the setting above, however, the tub does not shine as a way to many wooden patterns and directions clutter the image and distract from the extraordinarily sumptuous elegant beauty of the oval object.

    via Pinterest

    The wooden`s fiber here follows the bathtub`s curvature from one end to the other, emphasizing the sculpture and highlighting the wooden materiality of the object.

    Source Unknown

    Only one block of wood has been used to shape the bathtub above, the noble look of the object thus greatly surpasses the expression of the ones composed as this speaks of age, memory, and growth firsthand. Craftsmanship is naturally mean that brought this bathtub into existence yet is no longer the defining factor, it is simply a means, executed perfectly. A one-piece wooden bathtub simply makes the bathroom.

    Source Unknown

    A "furo" or the more polite and more common form, "ofuro", is a Japanese bath that in its inception was a short and steep-sided wooden bathtub; these have been and are present all over Japan today, from inns to houses and apartments, they are however in contemporaneity fabricated in plastic or stainless steel. Compared to traditional western bathtubs these are a tad deeper and more importantly, they are square, not sloped, they`re not featuring the overflow that so many Western bathtubs present. The furo is part of the Japanese ritual of bathing this aspect greatly highlights its importance in one`s home.

    It is worth noting that luxury models and high-end exclusive bathtubs are still realized in wood, both traditional and exclusive expensive woods such as Hinoki; some also feature Oidaki, re-circulation systems that filter and reheat water.

    The example above is, as clearly as it is mentioned, a product of Zen Bath Works, a genuine Hinoki Japanese Bathtub

    via rivasecostore.com

    Bigger blocks of wood translate into objects executed faster, and easier, items a little bit more accessible. The above blocks arranged in a regular pattern describe the ellipses that shape the bathtub in horizontal layers the expression thus grounding the tub whilst highlighting its curvature throughout.

    via Imgur

    The traditional Forfur featured sloped walls yet numerous reinterpretations inspired by the sculptural piece feature straight, rectangular walls as seen above. One can argue that comfort should not be completely neglected in the form`s favor for hours yet this is a two-way street, it is all relative.

    via forfur.com

    A tub that uses an old construction technique, one that is relatively affordable yet still describes with coziness and warmth an extraordinary bathtub that greatly sets itself apart from it contemporary plastic counterparts. Highly recommended option, especially in industrial settings and shabby chic, bohemian settings.

    via pvppve.com

    The bathtub above presents a very smooth curvature in both directions with an extraordinary elegance that almost seems inspired by sea shells or leaves. The natural material condensed in layers in this object creates a density that grounds the really spectacular shape creating the illusion of balance and equilibrium.

    via qualitybath.com

    A wooden bathtub can simply emphasize any bathroom yet in serene settings, in lush vegetation, it is the place in which it really shines. It creates a beautiful dialogue, one that seems anchored in the material`s origins.

    via Pinterest

    Wooden bathtubs can hardly be described as simple bathtubs, regardless of their shape, size, or color, they are anything but mundane as their pattern brings forward a sense of experience, quality, growth, and elegance.

    via bath-in-wood.com

    A big majority of bathtubs realized in wood today on the market are freestanding wooden bathtubs and they are envisioned as great focal points in the bathroom, items that you notice in the first second you step in, items that you can hardly take your eyes of afterward. It goes without saying that pricing affects this design choice as well, the bathtub should not be visually challenged in your décor, it ought to dominate its surroundings.

    via homeportfolio.com

    One of the few bathtubs adjoins a wall in our gallery. The bathtub above has a far simpler construction, and above beautifully visually sustained through the contrast of a black background wall, a black wooden wall. Notice how the mirror complements the composition and the small water faucet that crates further contrast and thus depth with the black wall itself through its yellow presence.

    via urbismagazine.com

    NK Woodworking are handcrafting and designing bathtubs in a studio in Seattle. They realize wooden bathtubs carved in exotic hardwoods that they finish with a clear composite that ensures the tub`s resilience and longevity whilst offering the object a fine, premium finish. Their work can be described easily as sumptuous elegance in wood.

    via NK Woodworking

    Triangular-shaped wooden bathtubs are possible too, any shape is possible thanks to gifted craftsmen around the world that pick up custom orders. You can choose the material, the fine finish applied, the pattern of the joinery and last but not least, the shape.

    Source Unknown

    Simple designs have always worked, and they always will and yet when they are realized in wood, they are not that simple anymore, new possibilities are open, and new patterns bring the coziness and warmth of wood into the picture rapidly, shaping something epic, and memorable.

    via Karpenter

    Wooden bathtubs can be nestled in any décor, any lighting, they will win the day.

    via interiorno.ru

    35 Super Epic Wooden Bathtub Design Ideas to Consider

    An interesting design the one above is, it presents a geometric, unfinished carcass that is somehow far too regular for wood, an assembly of wooden blocks, wooden elements that get together in an arrangement to shape the extraordinarily smooth naturalness of the interior carving, the object seems to provide protection from the exterior to create an extraordinary interior.

    via home.walla.co.il

    35 Super Epic Wooden Bathtub Design Ideas to Consider

    An attic space in stark white with natural stone flooring receives a new, immense bathtub, all wood in front of an immense wall chimney. Few bathrooms in the world can compare to the image described, few bathrooms can provide such an extraordinary mix.

    via sunshineandpearls.tumblr.com

    The wooden fiber can follow straight volume, you decide or dictate the design, and the greater the craftsman the greater the opportunities.
    Source Unknown

    Sunken sitting areas and sunken bathtubs alike have always offered an entirely different experience to the individual as they exude a strong, grounded feeling of appurtenance, a design choice that seems to bring us closer to our origins in a very comfortable manner.
    via Pinterest

    In small spaces, corner wooden bathtubs are an option as well but it goes without saying that they are oppressed in the corner, they ought to be freestanding, possibly neighboring a glazed wall with expansive views.
    via iltasanomat.fi

    A wooden tub can be supported by wooden surroundings yet the design tends to clutter rapidly in this amalgam of textures. In the image above happily, the same wood essence complements the tub yet as you can clearly see the fibers are perpendicular one to another, a small trick that differentiates the tub from the surrounding wall, bringing it towards the viewer, and pushing it further. The question is if you actually need the support of wooden walls and whether your bathtub is not greatly contested thus losing its thunder a tad.
    via lifeandtimes.com

    A simple, spectacular bathtub design that will surely embed in a visitor's mind, the composition is splendid, and the curvature line followed by the wooden piece could have been smoother, far more linear though. It is possible that the bathtub filled with water and bubbles might look even better than portrayed above, empty. How do you see the mix of this wood and glass bathtub? The piece is entitled the Wave Diamond Tub and it has been designed by Bagno Sasso Mobili.
    Entitled Deep Wooden Tub Khis and designed by Frant Seer the tub above sets itself apart thanks to the position of the wooden pieces, carefully arranged vertically in a sculptural shape, accentuated beautifully here by the exterior overflow finished here in gold, a great complement to the dark wood finish of the bathtub, a functional presence that emphasizes the whole beautifully through elegance, simply splendid.


    Notice the beautiful discrete contrast between the violet rug that grounds the tub and the light wood essence. The naturalness of the rim is also worth pointing out as it frames the tub in an organic, sculptural manner.
    via e-Legno Group


    A beautiful gradient on a wooden bathtub has been executed beautifully above by Wooden Baths Ltd in Scotland. The object wears the name of a Scottish Village, Rosemarkie, probably the origin of the handcrafted masterpiece that you can today purchase in various types of woods such as ash, American long-leaf pine, and iroko.


    Wood & Water, a craftsmanship studio with its origins in Australia offers custom hand-made solid wood bathtubs, exclusivity on an entirely different level. Your imagination is the only limit, you can craft absolutely anything thanks to this design studio, even an exquisite, high-end heart-shaped wooden bathtub like the one above.


    Bamboo bathtubs are also an option as you might have already imagined, the German company responsible for the model above is entitled Niewendick. Entitled Bamwan and featuring an epic retro look the designer tub above can size two people comfortably, supposedly the design has been adapted ergonomically to the human body to obtain the highest degree of comfort.
    According to the company the laminated bamboo, water-resistant hardwood essence, is being held together with boat and aircraft-grade adhesive.

    The gallery above contains the exponent of master craftsmen around the world, sculptural presences that are changing bathrooms around the world into exclusive spaces that somehow continue an old tradition. What are your thoughts on wooden bathtubs? We would love to hear from you in the comment section below!

    39 Spectacular Tree Logs Ideas for Cozy Households

    13 Best Kohler Shower Heads

    11 Best Shower Curtain Rod

    9 Best Drop-in Bathtub

    15 Best Acrylic Bathtubs

     

    Over the past couple of years, a lot of interior design enthusiasts and home architects are leaning towards walk-in showers. In fact, they’ve become a fad among users to give their washrooms a sleek and trendy look. In addition to the visual and aesthetic front, these walk-in showers are also said to be efficient in terms of space usage.

    However, a question remains. Are walk-in showers really as functional as people claim them to be? Come, read along as we list down the pros and cons of Walk-in showers along with a few tips and tricks. And don’t forget to look out for some amazing ideas we’re going to talk about today. Who knows? This might probably help you with your bathroom design or your next washroom remodeling project.

    Walk-in Showers 101

    What is a Walk-in Shower?

    For those who aren’t aware, walk-in showers are those showers where you don’t have to jump in, step up or tip right over to get to the shower space. Neither are they a combination of a tub or a shower curtain. These are spaces in the washroom with a glass enclosure, and plastic flooring. Usually, these walk-in showers are doorless for easy functionality, but there are some people who opt for a simple glass door to not let the water out into the rest of the washroom area or to make them look tidier.

    There are a lot of shower designs you can find in the market these days. Each one is unique in its construct and can be customized as per the requirements of the individual. But, there are both benefits and limitations to the design one needs to be aware of while considering this option for their washrooms.

     

    via Pinterest

    Pros of Walk-in Showers

    1. Easy to Get In

    One thing we have to have to admit is that these walk-in showers are amazing when it comes to mobility. You don’t have to step in, as you do in a bathtub here. Neither do you have to climb onto an elevated platform and step down into that shower space behind the curtain? And for a typical walk-in shower, there’s no barrier of a door too.

    So basically, you’re getting rid of everything that becomes a hurdle between you and that water faucet. Imagine coming back home after a stressful day at school or work, and walking straight into the shower without having to deal with any headaches. Pure bliss, right?

    via Pinterest 

    1. Gives the Bathroom a More Spacious Look

    Be it any kind of bathroom; a walk-in shower can make it looks bigger and more spacious, as you can just see through the shower, without any opaque hindrance. in between. This works especially well when you remodel your bathroom by replacing the bathtubs with open glass shower doors.

    And since the shower itself becomes visible to the individual, the bathroom looks almost double the size. This happens due to the footage being covered by the shower area being contributed to the whole bathroom in a visual sense.

    1. You Cannot Believe How Durable They Are

    A lot of people think walk-in showers are fragile; given they are made of glass. But in reality, these showers are designed in a way that they can endure all the wear and tear that comes with years of usage. Then there’s the continuous flow of water, which also needs to be taken care of. So, if you manage to get your walk-in shower installed properly, rest assured, you don’t have to worry about changing it for a long, long time. Just consider it a long-term investment, and relax.

    via Pinterest

    1. The Maintenance is Low

    Walk-in showers are easy to clean and have lower requirements for maintenance when compared to the other shower spaces. You can quickly get off the dirt, as there are not a lot of curves on the glass where the water can get trapped. Also, you can work on the maintenance yourself, since it is spacious and functional.

    1. The Minimalist Contemporary Design

    The usage of glass and plastic flooring itself gives a stylish look to the whole bathroom. And you don’t have to worry about the rest of the décor.

    But if you want to make it more elegant, you can always customize the tiles, walls, shapes, textures, and the type of glass (tinted, glazed, transparent, colored, frosted, or tempered glass. The perfect design is right at your creative disposal.

    1. Ditching the Door Can Save Some Dough

    The whole enclosure setup using glass in the walk-in shower could be expensive. And if you opt for low-quality alternatives, they will make your entire bathroom décor look cheaper. Also, the curtains can get dirty and nasty – just imagine all the water, soap, and dirt over them. Getting rid of the door could save you from all these troubles while putting a reasonable amount into your savings jar.

    1. Doubled up as a Walking Space

    This might sound strange, but you can actually put your walk-in shower to good use as a walkway. You might say that you would need a lot of space to take a walk, but that’s not necessary. In a lot of Asian and European countries, where houses are much smaller, people use to walk in showers as a continuous space, and double it up for other purposes, like you know, taking a walk.

    via Pinterest

    Cons of a Walk in Shower

    1. There is Less Privacy, Of Course

    This could be singled out as one of the two most prominent cons of a walk-in shower. Given the usage of glass, and the no-door thing in the shower, you might not really have the kind of privacy you would have wanted.

    For example, in situations where you share your apartment with some other, only one of you would be allowed to use the restroom at a time. And if you’re a parent with a tight schedule, you would definitely not want your kids to barge into the door during your moments of relaxing solitude.

    So, it is better to get your glass frosted and invest in getting a translucent glass shower door to make the required amends.

    1. Water Here, Water There, Water Everywhere!

    What can you expect when there’s no door in the shower? The water can splash out of the shower area, into the whole bathroom. So, it is necessary to plan carefully and install small drainage by the splash guard to avoid the situation as much as possible.

    1. Slippery Slopes

    This is related to the point above. All the water splashing doesn’t just make the ground wet; it can also trigger the hazard of getting slipped in the washroom. This could probably mean a broken rib, bone, or something else, and of course a big fat hospital bill.

    via Pinterest

    1. It Could Be Hot and Steamy

    Let’s admit it, you would not want to walk into a shower after a long day and see everything steamed up and look hazy. This is due to the circulation of hot air, and moisture build-up in the shower area. To avoid this, you could install a heated flooring system, so that the overall heat and temperature of the enclosure are balanced. Else, you could not just end up with hot steam and water droplets not only on your shower glass but also the entire bathroom.

    1. Not Really Cost Effective

    When compared to bathtubs, or shower spaces with curtains, walk-in showers could be quite expensive. This is not just because of the usage of glass for the construction, but also the necessity of having an advanced drain system, which could cost you a bomb.

    But if you are hell-bent on having a Walk-in-shower, it is better to have it installed by professionals ones, so you don’t have to go over the renovation and other expenses after a short while

    1. Renovation Can Be a Pain

    Getting a walk-in shower at a new home is quick and easy. But if you’re remodeling your washroom and want to turn that large bathtub into a walk-in shower, you might need to plan ahead carefully. As there are a lot of things that need to be taken care of, like the placement of the drainage system, the slant angle and direction of the floor, and methods to avoid mold and mildew.

     

    via Pinterest

    Tips and Tricks to Get the Perfect Walk-in Shower

    If you looking at getting a walk-in shower for your place, then you might want to consider looking at these few tips by design experts. After all, who wouldn’t want their bathroom to look classy?

    1. Go with a Corner Placement

    Walk-in showers can be much less intrusive if you decide to keep it in the corner of the bathroom, than in other areas. When you go with this design, you can make use of the surface of the wall to give the whole place a much more spacious look and feel.

    1. Pick the Perfect Showerhead

    The right kind of showerhead can easily get you rid of the splashing trouble in the shower. So, when going for showerhead shopping, try and choose the ones that aim right above your head, instead of traditional showers, or tilted ones. Going with a rain-mount option can be a good choice for this kind of shower space.

    1. Strategically Place the Drain

    I have been emphasizing the importance of drain placement in a walk-in shower in the article before. This is because it is much simpler and less messy to place the drain where the pipe is located, rather than setting it elsewhere in the shower area.

    1. Go with a Non-Slippery Flooring

    More often than not, people do tend to choose a different kind of flooring for the walk-in shower, which is from the rest of the washroom. This could be irrespective of whether the shower has or not having a door. So, it is better to go with a non-slippery floor for the whole space, and not just for the shower area to take a measure beforehand and save yourself from all the skidding and falling.

    via Pinterest

    1. Build a Half Wall

    Building a half-wall or a raised platform, especially for the walk-in showers without doors, could help with all the splattering and scattering of water. But this could be a little tricky when you’re in a hurry, as you could easily trip and fall.

    1. Try and Allow the Water to Flow into the Shower Drain

    This is one of the simple yet effective strategies to keep the whole washroom as dry as possible. All you have to do is construct your washroom slope at such an angle that all the excess water can directly flow into the drain rather than placing a new one elsewhere in the bathroom. Efficient, isn’t it?

    1. Pick Different, Albeit Matching Materials for the Washroom and Shower Space

    You have all the freedom in the world to experiment with the choices and combinations of materials used in the shower area and the rest of the washroom. But make sure whatever you choose is not entirely contrasting and distinct, but complements each other well.

    For example, you can install your shower components like faucets, showerheads, etc. in a sleek metallic shade, while you can always make use of earthy tones and wood-colored material elsewhere. This can add incredibly well to the look of the whole washroom.

    1. Keep it Straight and Simple

    There’s only one mantra for you while designing the washroom. Keep it as simple as you can. The simpler your design is, the better the chances are of your shower area looking chic and elegant. It’s as easy as that!

    via Pinterest

    A Few Ideas for Walk-In Showers

    Here are a few ideas for the walk-in showers, that you can easily get installed at home, to give it an incredible look and make the showering experience all the better for you.

    1. Combining Glass and Light

    Using glass with lighting can give your shower space a bright and airy look. Good quality transparent glass panels mounted from the ceiling to the floor, and lighting – both natural and artificial – working on the brightness and other ambiance-related aspects can give your walk-in shower a great look.

    Adding a window, or a skylight, regardless of the dimensions, can also make a huge difference in the feel you want to give your washroom. Also, throw in a little bit of décor to give it a more edgy feel.

     

    via Pinterest

    1. Installing Shower and Steam Room in the Same Place 

    You don’t have to worry about the space of the shower area for this. Just choose a small steam generator and get it installed in the walk-in curtain. Now you can get a relaxing steam bath before hitting the shower – a complete spa experience, right from the convenience of your own bathroom.

    1. Smaller Shower Unit

    If you have an incredibly small space for a washroom and are still inclined towards getting that walk-in shower space, just get one with a smaller surface area instead.  It works almost as well as the regular long ones.

     

    via Pinterest

    But if you aren’t satisfied with the look and feel of the space, you could simply create an illusion of making it look bigger by making use of simpler materials and glass that makes sure that the whole transition is seamless. Also, glass-free doors would make for excellent mini shower units.

    1. Round Shower Walk-Ins

    These have come into trend more or less recently, but have grabbed quite a few eyeballs. Round showers are more stylish, and glamorous, and can change the look of your whole bathroom. They would look incredibly pretty, especially when designed with clear glass. But of course, do note that these kinds of showers are not compatible with larger bathroom spaces.

    1. Nature Inspired

    This might come off as too ambitious, but if you have an extensive bathroom footage area, you could actually bring in some log frames for your shower enclosures and frame the glass panels in those. Furthermore, you could use stone flooring to give the whole shower space a chic nature-inspired look.

     

    via Pinterest

    1. Luxury Showers

    You can’t quite put the finger on what makes a shower space look royal, but a perfect blend of décor, materials, and flooring can never fail to elevate the overall ambiance to get the desired effect. So, if you’re into all that classy and elegant stuff, try to experiment with the color scheme, shade, and material choices of the shower space.

     

    via Pinterest

    Are Walk-in Showers Worth In The End?

    In the end, walk-in showers can offer you a great deal of versatility in efficiency, design, and functionality. They can be personalized be made to look as per your choices – be it colors, patterns, materials, door types, etc. Just go with your gut, and pay a trained professional to get the job done according to your desires. And in no time, you’ll be all set to enhance your overall showering experience!

    Related Articles

    Top 10 Best High-Pressure Shower Heads    

    7 Best Grout Sealers For Shower

    How to Remove Calcium Deposits from Shower-heads With Vinegar 

    99 Super Cool Shower Curtains to Transform Your Bathroom Today

    13 Best Kohler Shower Heads

     

    Difficult stains and streaks making your fiberglass shower and tub look dull? It’s time for some scrubbing action!

    However, that’s not always required, provided you clean and maintain your bathroom fixtures regularly using the right cleaning agents. No, we don’t mean going in for abrasive cleaning solutions and scouring pads; unless absolutely necessary.

    It’s a common misconception that only commercial cleaners can help remove mold and mildew formation. Today, we’re set to clear the air surrounding this topic.

    For this, we’ve carefully created this comprehensive guide explaining how cleaning a white fiberglass shower or tub actually works. And to help facilitate better understanding, we’ve provided a few crucial cleaning tips and techniques for you to consider.

    So, without further ado, let’s begin!

    Cleaning a White Fiberglass Shower or Tub

    portrait of young woman cleaning shower door

    Soap and hard water build-up tend to cause stains and streaking on the surface of your fiberglass tub or shower, making it dull and shabby. You may consider abrasive cleaners to remove them, but you’ll only end up causing more damage.

    Abrasives and scouring pads lead to permanent scratches when used on fiberglass surfaces, which, in turn, collect more dirt and dust. So, if you wish to maintain the glistening aesthetic of your white shower or tub, choose a safer yet effective cleaning technique.

    That’s not all; we’d recommend giving equal importance to regular cleaning since it acts as the best defense against mineral deposits and soap scum.

    Cleaning Tips & Techniques

    In this section, we’ve explained a few critical tips and techniques for cleaning a white fiberglass shower or tub.

    1. Regular Maintenance

    As mentioned earlier, regular cleaning is crucial to prevent mineral deposits and scum build-up. Therefore, spending a few minutes of your time wiping down your fixture or tub using a non-abrasive terry cloth towel or a soft sponge after every use goes a long way.

    It wicks away moisture, preventing the formation of mold and mildew. Additionally, opening doors and windows to promote proper ventilation plays a vital role.

    1. Using Natural Cleansers

    Cleaning fiberglass fixtures using the combination of vinegar and baking soda can help bring back their lost shine. All you need to do is sprinkle baking soda on your shower or tub, and then spray with vinegar to form a paste.

    After allowing it to sit for a few minutes, use a non-abrasive sponge to scrub the surface. You can rinse away the residue with clean water once you’re satisfied with the results. But don’t forget to wipe the surfaces dry with a soft towel to prevent the possibility of stains.

    1. Removing Difficult Stains

    Natural cleansers like vinegar and baking soda may not be effective in removing difficult water spots and stains, even after you leave the paste to sit for over an hour. In such cases, you may opt for commercial cleaning solutions as recommended by the manufacturer.

    Using a drop of soap with hydrogen peroxide can help combat stubborn stains. However, if you need a stronger solution, we’d suggest upgrading to a more potent combination of borax and lemon.

    1. Necessary Precautions & Preparations

    Before you dive into the cleaning process, it’s better to take a few precautions from your end to avoid the unnecessary hassle of removing stubborn stains and mineral deposits.

    That said, leaving toiletries and other bathing products on the floor of your shower or the surface of the tub is not just inconvenient, it also leads to the formation of rings and debris. Investing in a wall-mountable bathroom shelf or cabinet can help prevent this. Plus, it provides an accessible storage space for all your bathroom essentials.

    It’s crucial to note that loofahs and shower curtains can also harbor mildew and mold. So, make sure you keep them clean by laundering separately.

    Modern apartment's white and beige bathroom interior

    Final Words

    Showers and tubs made using fiberglass are not only durable, but they’re also known for their glistening, elegant finish. And being white in color, they manage to transform the entire aesthetic appearance of your bathroom, adding a touch of sophistication to its decor.

    However, without regular cleaning using the right technique and cleanser, fiberglass fixtures, tubs, and showers are prone to stains, streaks, and spots. This is because of mineral deposits and soap scum, which are usually difficult to remove. On that note, we now come to the end of our informative guide.

    With this, we’ll take your leave. Till next time!

    11 Best Shower Body Sprays

    How to Remove Calcium Deposits from Shower-heads With Vinegar

    Top 10 Best High Pressure Shower Heads of 2022 | Editor’s Top Choices

    Walk-in Showers 101 | Pros & Cons, Tips & Tricks, Design Ideas

    99 Super Cool Shower Curtains to Transform Your Bathroom Today

    15 Easy DIY Tricks on How to Get Stickers Off Glass Rapidly

    5 Best Shower Systems With Body Jets

    11 Best Shower Curtain Rod Reviewed

    7 Best Grout Sealers For Shower

    11 Best Dual Shower Head

    How to Get Fiberglass Out of Skin Safely & Easily

    Working from home can be a bliss; you have the option to snooze the alarm, avoid morning commutes, work in pyjamas and enjoy all the comfort.  

    But there is always a flip side to it. And in this case, you have plenty of distractions going around such as pets, children, family members, and television, to name a few. 

    However, the good news is, the solution to this issue is a home office. It’s like the uber-productive section of your home that screams all things ‘business’. And, you also get to have the freedom to be creative while decorating this space, which gives you control over your budget. 

    Now, it can get overwhelming when you’re presented with a myriad of options that you can work with. So, to make it slightly easier for you, we have handpicked 13 of the best budget ideas for outfitting a home office.

    So, without further ado, let’s get started!

    Home Office Ideas on a Budget

    1. Create a Plan

    You might think that you just need to move the furniture around for the office space to work in your favor. But that may not be the case always, which is why it’s best to stick to a plan. 

    The most important thing here is that the office space should work for you. In other words, you need to put your business at the top of your list. You can start by taking measurements of your space; this will give you an idea about how to work on your floor plan. 

    And once the floor plan is ready, you should start measuring the furniture that will fit comfortably in your office space. This should help you understand whether a particular desk, chair or bookshelf will help you reach the goal or not.

    1. Repurpose Existing Space Into an Office 

    There is no denying that one of the most efficient home office makeover ideas is to make use of the space that is already available in the house. This can be the space beneath the staircase landing, a kitchen nook, a vacant room or even a spare corner in your living room. 

    Irrespective of your work type and individual preferences, this tip will be helpful for anyone who is looking to revamp any room available on a budget. And if you do have space for a stay-at-home office, then this task won’t be very challenging. 

    Moreover, with a separate room for your home office, you’ll notice a significant difference in your productivity. In the end, you need to be comfortable in the space you’re selecting to set up a home office, so that your workflow is not hampered. 

    1. Repurpose Items for Furnishing the Home Office 

    You don’t need to go and splurge in Target or Ikea for purchasing any office decoration supplies right after finalizing a space. This means that you should aim to reuse the items that are lying around in the house. For instance, mason jar works perfectly for organizing your stationery, and cardboard boxes can be used for placing your files. 

    If you look around the house, you'll find a host of solutions which can be smartly used to keep you from busting the budget. And once you’re done re-purposing the items that you already own, check Craigslist or other thrift shops for office furniture. This is where you need to use your creativity to ensure that you get the best deal and make great use of it.

    1. Shop Around for a Good Bargain

    You’ll be surprised by what you can possibly find at thrift stores, flea markets, garage sales, and consignment shops. With high rates of product-consumption, people are always replacing older items with new ones. So, you can easily find book racks and office desks in excellent condition within an affordable price range. 

    On an interesting note, if any piece of furniture has caught your eye, focus on how you can give a finishing touch to it. This way, you can add a spark of life to even the dullest furniture that may come at a great discount. All in all, you’ll just need to sand them down and add a coat of paint or a few trimmings to repurpose any table or chair to save a few dollars. 

    But for those who don’t prefer hand-me-downs, you should look out for furniture sales both online and in brick-and-mortar stores. 

    1. Exchange with Friends

    You can consider trading a few pieces of furniture with your friends. For instance, if you have a dining table that doesn’t fit your office space, how about swapping it with someone who has a smaller desk? Or if you have children’s furniture, you can exchange it for bookshelves which would be of great use in the home office. 

    Plus, you can also offer your decorating skills to a neighbor in exchange for a chair. The main factor that lies here is that you always have something valuable that you can offer whether it’s your skills or some product. Not only does it help you cut down your expenses but it also helps both the parties find just the required items, without having to fill the house with unrequited furniture.

    1. Keep An Eye for Affordable Wall Decor 

    Most of us have some phrases or quotes that top our favorites list because we find them inspiring or motivating. And these are the same pieces that you can print out along with a few images to deck up your office area. 

    For super affordable frames, you can check out Ikea as well as dollar stores that usually have a good collection. We must say that when you print and frame your artwork; it cost way less in comparison to buying the ready-made prints in a retail store. And adding artwork can instantly revamp the entire decor; and it’s also one of the best ideas while working on a budget. 

    Moreover, if you’re a fan of planners, then don’t hesitate to include a calendar on the wall. They might not be an example of traditional ‘art’, but they do help in making the overall space and walls have an official look to them. 

    Also, if you prefer using an electronic calendar for scheduling your programs, a beautiful wall calendar works as a decorative piece. It is more than a useful planning tool. And you may also add new artwork to improve the existing decor of your space. 

    1. Add a Clock

    If you’re on a budget, then the concept of “time is money” should always be at the forefront of your mind. With that said, something as simple as hanging a big clock on your wall can do wonders in keeping you focused and productive while at work.

    It’s vital to ensure that whatever time you plan to keep for your work should be a productive one. Thus your office should be well-equipped with the things that you generally require without you having to take frequent breaks to get each item. 

    Many of you might be familiar with time-blocking, which is known to help many professionals. If you can figure out the time-blocking method correctly, then you’ll be amazed by the rate at which your productivity improves. This method is relatively simple; all you need to do is block out time for prioritizing the most important tasks. 

    And once they are completed, you can add in the less important tasks for the day. But don’t forget to set a timer for completing the tasks, this way you won’t have room for any interruption and you’ll be mindful with each passing second.

    1. Add Greens

    Adding some potted plants in your office space will allow you to breathe some life even in confined areas, and they are super affordable and easy to maintain. This way you’ll feel like working for longer durations because it cleans the air and keeps you feeling calm, and it looks pretty too. You can fill the vacant spots with plants from a local nursery or even a discount store.

    And the best part is that plants help improve your health, while it also sharpens your focus. You can opt for any plant that is suitable for indoors and is low maintenance like a snake plant or even a bamboo palm. 

    Plus, getting a cute planter for keeping the plant works to your benefit as it takes your decorative game to the next level. Overall, you need to ensure that everything that you incorporate helps you get a balanced office space- practical, comfortable, ergonomic and most importantly, clean.

    1. Ergonomics on the Cheap

    The essential factors in your working environment are your health and safety, which should never be sacrificed regardless of your budget. So, when you’re picking a piece of furniture, do keep an eye for ergonomic designs as it makes things easier for you to use. 

    The task chair that you plan to use in your home office should balance your back and shoulder correctly. And this applies mainly to those who will be working on a laptop or desktop the entire day. In addition to that, you should also consider footrests, soft keyboard pads and ergonomic mouse instruments that fit your hand correctly. 

    Plus, even if you work for long hours the ergonomic office furniture and accessories will be less stressful to your body. Your main aim should be on purchasing or trading products that will help enhance the work experience. A decent ergonomic office chair these days for example could be had for less than $200.

    1. Get an Exercise Ball 

    Sitting for long hours on the office chair can result in a lot of health issues later in life, which is why exercise is important. Replacing the office chair completely for the exercise ball is not a feasible option, but you can use the exercise ball during the day as part of your fitness regime.  

    In addition to that, using exercise balls has been the latest strategy for reducing discomfort, fatigue and back pain. That’s because when you sit on an exercise ball, the instability helps increase trunk muscle activation, which improves posture, increases core strength and decrease discomfort. This further keeps you feeling awake and motivated without any lethargy.

    Another benefit that most users claim to have witnessed is increased calorie burning. You don’t even have to break the bank for other exercise equipment because this unit serves the purpose pretty well. So, keep an eye for a new stability ball, or you can even get one from a thrift store. 

    1. Keep your Office Space Clean

    First and foremost, you need to clean the entire space and arrange the office supplies accordingly. We know this might sound like a pretty obvious statement that you’re told now and then, but cleaning your office space is essential. It is the key to making even the smallest of rooms appear spacious enough for working at ease

    In short, if you keep piles of paperwork on the table, sticky notes and heaps of receipts, then you won’t be able to keep track of anything. Therefore, getting organized is an essential factor that needs to be focused on when you’re looking for affordable home office ideas. On the whole, being messy can cost you heavily in terms of lost ideas, lost productivity and lost time. 

    These days a messy desk usually means a messy computer desktop; and this is why you need to ensure that you organize the virtual files in the right order. And when you commit to saving the files in separate folders, you can work peacefully without having to waste time looking for items on the desktop. Overall, a clean office will help you stay more focused and productive during work.

    1. Paint the Walls

    Adding a coat of fresh paint can change the entire aura of your office and give it a new look for cheap. You have the freedom to select any colour of your choice, but ensure that it provides a sense of space. For instance, light-coloured walls have a brilliant way of making the room look more spacious, while dark colours make the room look smaller.

    The quality of paint that you select can also determine the effect that the room will have. And the best part is that you can easily find a paint jar that suits your budget. You can DIY the entire painting process over the weekend, and we believe this is a fun project that you’ll be taking up soon. 

    Plus, if you want different coloured walls then you can also opt for that, it gives a unique finish to the entire space. It’s advisable to select a colour of paint that you think will match the photo frames and the other furniture that you plan to put up.

    1. Take Advantage of Special Programs

    Another effective way to shop on a budget is to look out for promotions and special offers on office supplies. This includes stationery, electronic items, inkjet refills, a stack of blank papers etc. During the once-a-year sale in most stores, you can strike a great deal with some of the essential office supply programs. 

    Moreover, you should watch for tax season promotions, Black Friday specials, August deals and September clearance, when there is an excellent discount on office supplies. In truth, you need to plan strategically to ensure that you’re picking only the required items without wasting a penny.  You can stock up on everything that you’ll need, but don’t forget to keep an eye on your budget. 

    Since office supplies are fun to shop, you might end up overspending on pens, stickers and a host of other unnecessary items. It’s best to make a list of all the things that you want to purchase before you visit the store. This should help you avoid buying anything other than what you actually require.

    1. Move around

    You must have pinned down a lot of “office inspiration ideas” that you want to apply to your office space. The best fix is that you don’t need to go all-out while you’re giving your home office a beautiful makeover. And since most of our work is generally virtual these days, you can get it done from anywhere around the house. 

    You don’t have to wait until you’re done refurbishing the office space because you can use your laptop to work from anywhere. Whereas, waiting for the ‘perfect setting’ to get started with your work is more like procrastination in disguise.

    So, even if the office isn’t huge, you can get comfortable on the couch to complete the tasks. For those who want a breath of fresh air during your work, you can even sit in the living room or the balcony. A change of scenery will always work to your benefit, as it keeps you alert, focused and more productive throughout the day. 

    1. Proper Lighting Makes a Huge Difference

    Another essential factor that you need to pay attention to is the lighting. Ideally, you should focus on having a maximum amount of natural light in your office space. And if there is a large window, then it will easily enhance the lighting in the working area. Proper lighting is key to making a shabby office space look more spacious and inviting.

    Daylight is undoubtedly the most reliable source of white light that is available with an equal proportion of colour on the spectrum. However, if you don’t have a window around your home office, then a combination of task and general lighting will be required.

    You will need a high-quality task light for the cloudy days and late nights. And if the home office is located in a basement or a room without windows, then you should check-out the daylight-replicating light sources. This will provide you with energy-efficient, full-spectrum lighting that has a positive impact on your workflow.

    To avoid glare, you shouldn’t place the overhead lighting above your computer screen or even directly in front of the computer screen. That will cause eyestrain. But, thanks to energy-saving guidelines, It is now way easier to pick units with reduced light intensity than what it was before. The most critical factor for choosing the right lighting is ensuring that it allows you to control the intensity and brightness. 

    1. Have the Right Amount of Privacy

    None of us can work effectively in a sea of interruptions or noise. Especially when you’re planning an office area, you should ensure that it provides the right amount of privacy from surrounding activities. 

    While headphones might help to isolate certain sounds, no one wants to wear headphones all the time. One of the budget-friendly options here is that you can opt for low fans and air filters that operate quietly to muffle other noises. 

    You can also use portable screens for shielding the work area from any nearby activities. Alternatively, wall dividers that work as bookshelves won’t just help to add privacy but also provide storage solutions. 

    On the other hand, if you can’t add a door to your office, then it might be helpful to add signage that says, “Quiet Please” or “No Interruptions”. This will help remind others that it’s “work time” and they need to behave accordingly.  

    1. Know when to splurge and when to save

    When we speak about saving, you might be having a rough estimate of the products that will cost you significantly. For instance, a high-end chair, artwork or other electronics generally come with an expensive price tag. But on the other hand, you can save up a considerable amount when purchasing lights, shelves, window coverings, and desks. 

    That being said, you need to be smart enough in finding the right place to buy your products from. Plus, it’s important to stay on budget even when you enjoy a few splurges along the way.

    1. Consider Everyone’s Needs

    Want to use your office area as a homework corner for the kids? If so, then you should keep them in mind when you’re designing this space. This will allow you to incorporate design elements that you believe will work for your kids comfortably. 

    For proper arrangements, you can also take your kid along when you’re picking the fabrics or other office supplies that will be shared by them. It will help both of you to showcase your individuality as you customize the space according to your preferences. 

    From the right chair size to the colour of your wall, it can make a difference when it comes to productivity. And the shelves should also have a separate corner for keeping children's books, so losing them in between the piles of official documents won’t happen easily!

    1. Be a Minimalist!

    There are several reasons as to why minimalism is favoured by some of the most successful people in the world. A clutter-free space that comes outfitted with pretty simple furnishings and neutral colour palette has a distinct way of sparking creativity and freeing the mind.

    This instead helps you stick to the budget, as it enables you to pick only the products that you require. It also makes it easy for you to clean your office space, which, in turn, gives it a professional look and feel all the time. Plus, your focus and efficiency tend to increase significantly because you will no longer be searching for a single item in a large pile of papers. 

    1. Improve your D.I.Y Skills

    Instead of depending on electricians, painters and furniture assemblers you should try and do everything yourself. It will be a creative and fun way to learn new skills that will help you save a lot of dollars on these otherwise costly services. 

    Plus, when you learn to do things yourself, you’ll be able to understand the details of what makes a high-priced service or product costly. Another benefit is that you’ll know the main features that you should look for in an affordable unit. 

    The price between high-end and ultra-high-end products can be thousands of dollars. And when you know that a lower-priced option will work for you, then you can use the remaining money for other essentials. Overall, you don’t have to be an excellent handyman to ace the DIY skills, because what matters is the way you complete the task.

    Final words

    When you want to work from home, it’s essential to improve the working environment to maximize the benefits of such an arrangement! This not only helps in enhancing productivity but also enables you to complete the tasks more efficiently. 

    And one of the joys of getting to work from home is the freedom to be in a place that you love and feel comfortable in. Even though you need to invest time and energy to incorporate some of the best home office ideas, the rewards are plenty. This makes it worth all the efforts!

    Now that we have come to the end of our guide, we hope it has helped you find what you have been looking for. So, go ahead and pull together an organized, chic home office on a budget right now!

    8 Best Bauhaus Wall Clocks for Clock-A-Holics Everywhere

    17 of the Best Wall Clocks to Consider for Your Home

    8 Best Gold Wall Clock to Feature in Your Living Room

    7 Best Concrete Wall Clocks to Consider Today

    Do you remember all those places that you have visited? 

    That café down the road, that coffee house where you sip that favorite cappuccino, that restaurant where you eat those delicious tacos...Oh, How mesmerizing those places are!

    But if you imagine those places without all the art, they certainly will not be the same again. These places are beautiful and captivating because of the art pieces that are displayed. Otherwise, they would have been dreary, dull, and monotonous. 

    That art plays quite a significant role in the décor of a space cannot be denied. So, you must add a sense of flair even to your home to enhance the beauty of the space. 

    With myriad varieties of art, we know how challenging it is to lay your hands on that perfect piece that will complement your space. To make it easy, we are discussing the different types of art which you can consider to add color to your home today. 

    Different Types Of Art

    Different Types Of Art

    Categories Of Art

    The decor of your living space would look dull and boring without art. And, the arena of art is vast, and so there is quite a variety to choose from. So, let us take a look at the different types of art.

    1. Fine Art

    Fine Art is basically creative art. To put it in a nutshell, this art form is recognized for its aesthetic design and elegance. Illustrations and visualizations such as paintings, sculptures, and the like are the heart of fine art. Creating works of art through printing also comes under the arena of fine art. Fine art is that Bumbershoot which envelopes a wide range of artistic disciplines. 

    1. Applied Art

    Applied art implies decorating your objects of everyday use to make them aesthetically appealing. This kind of art generally beautifies useful things by designing them artistically. The art items are constructed imaginatively, keeping beauty and function in mind, unlike fine art, which just focuses on the aesthetic appeal of the object. 

    1. Visual Art

    Visual Art encompasses a variety of artistic works that are visually appealing. Painting, sculpture, printmaking, drawing, architecture, crafts, and ceramics fall under the category of visual art. Visual art also includes all the artworks that fall within the category of applied art, such as graphic art, illustration, calligraphy, printmaking, drawing, and others similar to them. 

    1. Decorative Art

    Decorative art involves those artworks in which objects of daily use are designed creatively, and are valued for their functional quality. Basketry, pottery, and ceramics are some examples of such art forms.  

    1. Plastic Art

    To put it concisely, any art which requires molding or modeling into any form is referred to as plastic art. Sculpting, Ceramic pottery, Chinese porcelain, and Origami paper folding are some examples of plastic art. 

    Types Of Art

    Are you planning to spruce up your living space with works of art? Then you need to ensure that the piece is both useful and appealing to the eyes. Among all artworks, the most popular type is paintings, followed by sculptures, the second most popular artwork type. 

    So, we have curated a list of the different types of art which you can consider to enhance your living space. 

    Based On Style

    1. Abstract Artwork 

    Abstract Artwork 

    Do you remember those paintings you've come across countless times at museums or art galleries with prints and designs? They are what we call abstract artworks. People have been using abstract artworks for decades to enhance the atmosphere of their living spaces.

    What is beautiful about this form of artwork is that everyone is free to interpret it in their own way. With abstract pieces of art, your imagination is limitless, and you can reach any conclusion without any barriers. 

    Want your space to look complete without cluttering? Then abstract art is an excellent choice. They not only add aesthetic value to your space but also jazz up its décor.

    1. Contemporary Art

    Contemporary Art

    If you want to decorate your walls with something fresh and innovative, then contemporary art is best. Contemporary art has been gaining popularity because it is unique and aesthetically appealing. 

    Contemporary art gives birth to new perspectives through its vibrant colors, shapes, outlines, and forms. With its strong designs and bold colors, it can breathe new life into any space of your home. So, if you want to improve the atmosphere of your room, add some pieces of contemporary artwork with ample spacing between them. 

    1. Graffiti Art

    Graffiti Art

    Since the 1960s, Graffiti art has been highly popular. Often referred to as street art, this art had its origin in the cities of Philadelphia and New York. Spray paint, stencils, acrylics, and markers were used to color up the walls of the buildings, subways, billboards, and public spaces.

    This form of art was basically used by people to express their dissatisfaction with life. Since most countries view this form of art as vandalism, you can use it to decorate the walls of your home.  Because they are kaleidoscopic, Graffiti arts are captivating. 

    If you want to transform the dull and monotonous atmosphere of your home into a cheerful one, then Graffiti art is the way to go. You can hang the canvases of Graffiti art and spruce up the décor of your living room. Their vibrant hues will make your spaces look welcoming and joyful. 

    1. Mosaic Art

    Mosaic Art

    If you are in quest of an art piece that is unique and exquisite, then Mosaic Art is an excellent option. Mosaic art entails arraying a bunch of bite-sized tiles of varying colors to create a masterpiece for your place. 

    Mosaic arts can be used in numerous ways. You can decorate the living space with ornamental pieces made of mosaic, and you can also design an entire wall with mosaic pieces. Because these art pieces produce incredibly beautiful effects, they are ideal for sparking life into your home. 

    Because of their high versatility, you may use them to design your nameplate or place pots of mosaic on the windowsill. Their vibrant hues are perfect for transforming your dull space into a lively one, and guess what - you'll love them!

    1. Cubism

    Cubism

    In the 20th Century, Cubism which began as an art movement later came to be recognized as an art form. The artists of contemporary times draw inspiration from this it. In this art form, the object is painted in a way that can be viewed from multiple angles. 

    Cubism art has become one of the most popular artworks among those who love to decorate their dwelling place with sophisticated pieces. Because of their sober colors, they add a simple, minimalist, and very elegant touch to any living area.

    1. Sculpture Art

    Sculpture Art

    Art is highly versatile as it can be in any form and not just confined to the walls. One such example is Sculpture art. If you want to add a tinge of classiness and sophistication to your dwelling space, then adding a few sculptures will help with that. 

    Though they are slightly on the expensive side, they impart a lavish look to your space. Such pieces are sure to capture people's attention. 

    1. Calligraphy Art

    Calligraphy Art

    If you have plain walls and want them to look elegant without adding vibrant colors, then calligraphy art is your go-to option. Initially sighted in Chinese arts, words are so skillfully fashioned into evocative pictures that it nearly seems like a pictograph. 

    This form of art is predominantly practiced in the Far East. Because of its intricacy and elegance, it beautifies an otherwise uninteresting wall too. 

    1. Chinese Art

    Chinese Art

    Chinese artwork is unique and creative and can transform your living space in unimaginable ways. Chinese ceramics, calligraphy, metalworking, jade carvings, terracotta sculptures, crafts like lacquer, and jewelry art are all myriad forms of art that you can incorporate into your home. 

    If you are fond of Chinese art, then you'll love ink art painting done on silk paper. You can hang them on the wall of your living room, and let their subtlety transform it. This artwork is perfect for the minimalist who would love to incorporate a simple yet elegant piece in their home décor. 

    1. Stained Glass Art 

    Stained Glass Art 

    If you are one who loves beautifying their space and constantly looking for something with an aesthetic appeal, then stained glass art is the one for you. This artwork is highly versatile, and it works with almost any style, complementing any window or aperture. 

    You can enhance the aesthetic appeal of your space by replacing regular glass panels with this stained glass. Be it the window of your bathroom, kitchen, or living room, you can transform its décor with this art form. 

    Also, stained glass pieces can be used on ceilings as well - surprising, isn't it? Your room will look breathtakingly beautiful with sunlight falling upon this glass art. Though they are available in numerous colors and designs, they can even be customized to your liking. 

    1. Japanese Art

    Japanese Art

    Japanese art will furnish your home décor with elegance because it is gentle, simple, and peaceful. If you are looking to add life to the wall of your living room, then hanging canvases of Japanese art will be an ideal option. You will be stunned by its phenomenal beauty. 

    Ceramics, textiles, lacquer, and woodblock prints are some forms of Japanese art that you can incorporate into your home and enhance its aesthetic appeal. In case you are looking for one for your bedroom, then a cherry blossom design would be perfect.

    Along with that, the art exhibiting the ancient battle prints would perfectly complement your space. So, without waiting any further, get one for your dwelling place. 

    1. African Art

    African Art

    African art was recognized as an art form only after the 20th Century. The pieces of this art form are breathtakingly beautiful and will leave you in awe of their beauty. Because they are created with such intrinsic details, every piece of this art form seems to convey a story. 

    If you are planning to transform the décor of your home and make them alluring and captivating, then you must definitely try African artworks, for their spirits will furnish your home with a rich appearance. You can use them in any way you want and transform the atmosphere of your home. 

    Sculptures of African artworks will perfectly complement that dull corner of your living room. And, their paintings are sure to spruce up your blank walls.

    1. Aboriginal Art

    Aboriginal Art

    This art form had its origin in Australia around 60,000 years ago. Primarily, rocks, and grounds were used for this art form, but in contemporary times, canvases are used for Aboriginal arts. Dot painting is the most well-known Aboriginal art.  

    Because the aboriginal people lacked a language, they relied on drawings and symbols to communicate, which has now become a prominent kind of art. Earthy tones and colors of the sea are primarily used for this art form. At times, vibrant hues are also used. 

    You can use this art form to jazz up the plain décor of your space, and it would be ideal for the hallways and living rooms. 

    Based On Design

    1. Metal

    Metal art

    Metallic artwork would complement the décor of your home in a wonderful manner. They are perfect for adding sparkle to your space. Metal wall art is highly versatile. You can easily get a sculpture or a canvas for your home. 

    If your wall is plain white, then you can accentuate your space with canvases of metal art. Because of the sparkling and glittering metallic colors, metal wall arts brighten up your dwelling spaces. 

    1. Textured

    Textured art

    If you have a fetish for unique things and want something that would stand out, then you must take a look at the textured wall art. It will add life to your home décor. You can invest in decoupaged antlers, wall hangings, dishes, and similar things to make your walls attractive. 

    So, you must choose artfully to match the texture of the art to the theme of your space. In case you prefer boho, then you must choose tapestries and ancient keys if your theme is industrial. But, plates would be ideal if your setup is modern. 

    1. Retro-inspired

    Retro-inspired art

    Do you wish to preserve the essence of the past in your modern dwelling? People are increasingly using vintage or retro-inspired pieces in the decor of their homes. 

    If you are somebody who is fond of traditional and classic designs, then retro-inspired art would perfectly complement your personality. You can give your space a complete makeover by using antique art pieces in your space. 

    Because of their subdued hues and bold lines, the vintage art creates an evocative atmosphere. So, adding vintage wall art to the blank walls of your living space will perfectly accentuate your home décor. 

    1. Map

    Map art

    Are you a person filled with wanderlust? Then you must consider a world map mural for your dwelling space. It will gracefully accentuate the explorer within you and will perfectly complement your personality. 

    Not only will they be a great conversation starters, but they will also bring sophistication and culture to your home. You can customize them according to your taste and, of course, space! They are unique, and their vibrant aesthetic features will add life to whichever space you wish. 

    1. Coastal

    Coastal art

    Coastal artwork might be a fantastic addition to a room that is tiny and cramped or one without a window. The coastal scenery will make your compact room appear to be capacious. 

    When you return home after a long and exhausting day at work, you can immerse yourself in the coastal art beauty and escape from the hustle-bustle of life. It will help you to soothe your mind. The clear water of the sea, the turbulent surf, and the white sand beaches will calm your mind. 

    The coastal artwork is perfect if you are on the lookout for an aesthetically pleasing piece for your living space. If you are planning to get coastal art for your living room, the multi-panel coastal art would be excellent. 

    1. Watercolor Art

    Watercolor Art

    Watercolor art makes a perfect piece for almost any living space because of the marvelous colors used to create it. They can make any space look charming and elegant. The watercolor wall hanging can spruce up the atmosphere of your living space.

    If you have plain white walls in your living room, consider hanging three-panel wall art, and see how your living space is brightened up due to the vibrant hues.

    The arena of watercolor art is really diverse, and you may choose any size, and any color tone you wish to have. You may even use more than one canvas on the walls. Make sure to have ample spaces between the hangings so that the vibrant hues of every canvas are clearly seen. 

    1. Animal Art

    Animal Art

    Have you ever heard of animal art? If not, then we have something for the animal lover that you are. If you are an animal lover or a pet owner, then you can adorn your home with art pieces of animals. 

    These art pieces are not just limited to wall hangings. You can buy sculptures and place them in any corner of your living room and let the art do its magic. If you do not really prefer sculptures, then you may even opt for 3D paintings. 

    3D art hanging on the central wall of your living room will arrest the attention of every guest that walks in and will jazz up the atmosphere of your space. 

    1. Prints

    Prints art

    For decades the most popular form of art has been print. With this form of art, you can get anything for your walls. 

    Want to frame that exquisite picture of the sea you took while vacationing in the Maldives? Or, the breathtakingly beautiful mountains which you clicked during your visit to the Alaska Range? You can get anything printed in frames and hang them on the walls of any space you wish to. 

    You can enhance the aesthetic appeal of your room with such exquisite pictures and grab the attention of anybody visiting your home. 

    Based On Features

    1. Personalized

    Personalized art

    If you are fond of collecting things out of the ordinary to decorate your space, then consider getting personalized wall art. Personalized art is something that you will not come across in anybody's home. It will not only be unique but a special one for you. 

    For personalized wall art, you can get your name or your initials framed. There are people who also use their wedding anniversary date to get the personalized wall art. These names, initials, and dates are only yours and would really make up great art for your home décor. 

    You can customize them in any shape and size that you want. The personalized wall art will not only accentuate the walls of your space but will also honor your special moments. 

    1. Hand Painted Murals

    Hand Painted Murals art

    You can revive those empty walls of your home by adding hand-painted art to them. One thing that you will surely love about hand-painted art is that they are unique. 

    The hand-painted pieces you will get to decorate your living rooms will only be yours, and nowhere else to find. And so they might cost slightly on the expensive side. But because they are unique in essence, they are worth every buck that you spend. 

    In this way, you even get to support and boost the confidence of the artist whose hand-painted art you consider worthy enough to adorn your space. Such pieces also furnish your walls with a soul and enhance the aesthetic appeal of your space.

    1. Collection Of Artwork

    Collection Of Artwork

    Are you looking for a unique artwork that will sweep people off their feet? Then you must consider adorning just one wall of your space with a collection of artwork. People usually use this type of artwork for the wall going down the staircase. 

    Apart from the staircase, the wall right or left of your couch will be perfect for this type of artwork. It will be aesthetically appealing and will also spark a conversation among the people sitting in the living room. 

    Moreover, you don't need to worry about matching pieces. Just keep in mind that you need to incorporate the pieces of the same elements to produce a stunning effect. You can adorn your space with a collection of artwork without much hassle. 

    1. Framed Art

    framed art

    The market is saturated with pieces of artwork, both framed and non-framed. If you buy non-framed ones, you will have to get them framed, which will again take a day or two. 

    You can also customize the type of frame you want. Customized frames accentuate the artwork and also add life to the décor of your home. Those visiting your home will love this and definitely talk about it. And, surely your artwork will last you longer than you can imagine. 

    1. Interior Or Exterior Artwork

    Interior Or Exterior Artwork

    Did you know that art pieces can be used not only indoors but outdoors too? Those designed for outdoor purposes are highly durable, for they can withstand all the elements. But, there are also art pieces that are explicitly designed indoors. These are delicate and require handling with care. 

    You can use art pieces to adorn your verandah, balcony, or walkway. Bright and vibrant hues will liven and brighten up your walkways, creating a welcoming atmosphere for your guests. 

    Based On Different Materials

    1. Canvas

    Canvas art

    It is an undeniable fact that canvas art is captivating. You can use printed images and posters to decorate your walls, but they wouldn't create the aesthetic appeal that canvases will. Moreover, you don't have to worry about the details being lost on canvases, thanks to their large size. 

    Bright color canvases can drastically improve the décor of your home and will also spruce up the atmosphere of your space. Canvases are ideal for living rooms where all your guests are honored. They will brighten up your space, thereby enhancing the décor. Also, you can customize the style and the size as per your preference. 

    1. Wood

    Wood art

    For decades wood has been used to enhance the décor of the home. If you are looking for stunning art for decorating your living room or dining area, then wood art pieces will be an excellent option.

    It isn't just a simple artwork, but much more than that. Because of its versatility, you can use this anywhere you want. You can customize wooden art by adding quotes and placing them in your dining area. You are sure to receive compliments from your guests. 

    Different Type Of Art Based On Rooms

    Art is highly diverse because it is a vast arena. The art that will enhance the bedroom décor will be unfit for decorating your living area. Incorporating art in the décor of your home will add beauty and warmth to the space, thereby enhancing the atmosphere of your home. 

    Living Room Art Idea

    Without a doubt, the living room is that space of the home where families spend the majority of their time, and so it is of utmost importance. Your living room is a reflection of your personal style, décor, and home environment. It is also the place where the guests are welcomed. So, the atmosphere of the living room should be a warm and welcoming one.  

    No matter how good the furniture is, or how beautiful the walls are painted, if you don't decorate the walls of the living space, they will appear to be dull and dreary. So, the need of the hour is a good artwork that can add life to your space. So, let us explore some of the artworks which you can incorporate in your living room and jazz up the appearance. 

    1. Postcard Art 

    Postcard Art 

    For those whose hobby has been collecting postcards, then decorating their living space with postcards is an excellent idea. Postcards really make up for stunning décor. The bold and vibrant hues of the postcard art will liven up your space. You can either frame it to furnish your space with a refined look or keep it non-framed. 

    1. Coral Art 

    Coral Art 

    The décor of the living room should be warm and welcoming, and so adding coral artwork in the space will enhance its appearance. Because of its bold and vibrant colors, the coral artwork brightens up the room no matter how dull or boring it appears to be.  

    1. Squirt Art

    Squirt Art

    Wondering what kind of décor will be suitable for the white walls of your living room? Try Squirt Art, for you wouldn't be disappointed. The kaleidoscopic painting is so incredibly beautiful that you can not help but stare. Place it against a white wall and let the artwork do its magic. It will transform the bleak atmosphere into a bright and cheery one. 

    1. Contemporary Wall Art In Black And White

    Contemporary Wall Art In Black And White

    For the minimalist in you who loves to keep things classy, then contemporary wall art is an ideal option. It will add a touch of classiness to your living room while also keeping it easy on the eye. Not every time do you need to make use of colors to make your space attractive and alluring. Black and white will also make your space aesthetically appealing only if you use it correctly. 

    Contemporary black-and-white art has an undeniable allure and beauty that will quickly change the ambiance of your living room into a classy one. 

    1. Metallic Sculpture Art

    Metallic Sculpture Art

    You can transform your living room by adding metallic sculpture art and making it look more sophisticated and graceful. You can fix them on any wall that you want. Be it above the couch, opposite to it, or place it above the furnace. If you're going to give the décor of your living room a complete makeover, then Metallic Sculpture is perfect. It will provide an elegant yet fashionable appearance to your space. 

    Dining Room Art Ideas

    Not to forget, the dining room is the second most important area where dinner is served to the guests. As such, the decor of the dining room should be inviting and pleasant. It is also a place where the whole family meets after a long, exhausting day to eat supper together. Hence, the decor must be lively and, as such, a brightening one. 

    So, let us explore some artworks which you can use to spruce up your dining room. 

    1. Wooden Wall Art

    Wooden Wall Art

    The decor of the dining room should be minimalistic. And, one of the ways to make your dining room classy is by adding wooden wall art to your decor. The wooden wall art goes with almost everything and never looks excessive. 

    So, if you are on a quest for something which is easy on the pocketbook but also furnishes an elegant look to the dining room, then wooden art is what you must go for. 

    1. Monotone Art

    Monotone Art

    We asked a few interior designers about the best art for the dining room, and monotone art is what they said. A monotone art is sure to attract the attention of your guests. So, if you are someone who is known for class, elegance, and style, then monotone art is what you should head to buy. 

    1. 3D Art

    3D Art

    Spruce up the dull and boring walls of your dining room by adding 3D Art. Presumably, all the people that come over to your place will be having dinner as well. You must attempt to make your dining room as pleasing as you can. So, by adding 3D Art, you are sure to give their eyes something to feast on. 

    1. Realistic Style Wall Mural

    The dining room is that space of your home where during dinner, your family shares the details of their day with each other, and the place where you host your guest for lunch or high tea. So, this demands a calm and tranquil atmosphere which at the same time must be aesthetically appealing. 

    Installing coastal or nature scenery will not only be aesthetically appealing but also create a tranquil atmosphere for your friends and family to dine in. 

    Kids Bedroom Art

    The bedroom of your child is equally important when it comes to furnishing it with art pieces. After school, that is the only place where he spends the majority of his day. So, don't you think that space must also be decorated with art pieces? You must attempt to make your child's bedroom as attractive as you can. 

    You can never go wrong with large canvases. So, try to include large canvases of nature, seashores, and other similar canvases because children love nature. You can also get sculptures for them. Sculptures of animals fascinate kids, and so your kid will also love that. 

    Children are captivated by colors, and so squirt art will also allure them. Whatever you decide to incorporate in the decor of your child's space, just make sure they are in accordance with his liking. 

    Bathroom Art Ideas

    You can transform your bathroom using artwork without costing a fortune. Art has a significant impact on the appearance of your bathroom. Choosing a good artwork will modify the décor of your bathroom, turning it capacious and illuminated, while a bad one will make it look cramped.

    1. Tile Art

    Tile Art

    Since tile is the most common material used in the bathroom, how about using it creatively to make art out of it? Tile art transforms your bathroom, giving it a refreshing look. Your bathroom décor will get a whole lot better if you use innovative patterns to create tile art. Tile art will breathe life into your otherwise dull bathroom and will create soothing décor.

    1. Contemporary Art Canvas

    Contemporary Art Canvas

    You can jazz up the décor of your bathroom by simply hanging a canvas with contemporary art. You must choose a canvas that is in consonance with the theme of your bathroom. An appropriate canvas is going to spruce up the look of your bedroom.

    1. Nature's Touch

    Nature's Touch

    If you want to give your bathroom a sense of vitality and freshness, then you must spruce up the decor with natural artwork. Nature has a significant impact on the human mind, and with its vibrant hues, it is sure to furnish your bathroom with positivity. And, that's what you need the most in the morning, isn't it? 

    As such, you can get real flowers pressed and framed, or hang paintings of flowers, plants, or sceneries. 

    1. Seashell Art

    Seashell Art

    If you want to include something unique in the décor of your bathroom, then seashell art is excellent. You may create any pattern that you wish to with the seashells and stick it on any bathroom wall that you want to. You can design any pattern you want on the canvas and hang it on the walls of the bathroom. Seashell art can spruce up your bathroom décor by being easy on your pocket. 

    How To Choose The Perfect Art For Your Space

    Artwork enhances the aesthetic appeal of your already beautiful home. It is like the icing on the cake. Along with pulling your living space together, the artwork also catches your eyes and also adds warmth to your space.  

    But with tons of art pieces available in the market, how do you know which one will be an ideal pick for your space? Finding, buying, and installing an appropriate piece of art is quite a challenge. 

    Art not only enhances the appearance of your space but also adds individuality to it. Though there are no hard and fast rules for sprucing up the décor of your home, keeping in mind certain rules will help you choose the ideal art piece to complement the home's individuality. The possibilities are endless when it comes to theme, inspiration, color, size, style, and floor layout. 

    1. Choose What You Love

    When you decide to buy any piece of art, remember that you are going to look at it every time you enter that space. Be it the living room, dining room, bedroom, or any other space; you must go for only those pieces which you love. Because art is meant to be loved, so your piece must be a feast for the eyes. 

    It must make you happy. Just follow a straightforward rule while choosing art for your personal space - if you don't like it, don't hang it on your wall. Choose a piece that will make you happy, calm your mind and evoke positive feelings when you stare at it after a long, hectic day. 

    1. Style Matters 

    Every home has a style, and so does yours, isn't it? So while choosing an artwork, you must go for a piece that will complement the style of your home. No matter what your home style is, with such diversity in art, there is a piece for complementing your space. 

    Be it classic, simple Scandi, or coastal chic- the art piece that you choose for your space will help you define and enhance the style of your home. So, make sure you choose with all your wits. You can choose beach art if you want your art to reflect positivity. After a strenuous day, when you return home, the beach art will be your escape from the mundane life. 

    Black and white contemporary art perfectly complements the modern space. And, if you feel the art piece isn't adding much to your space, customize the frame and see the difference.

    1. Theme 

    Not to forget the theme of your space while selecting an art piece. You must spruce up your décor only with art pieces that go in accordance with the theme of your living space. If the theme of your home is a mid-century modern one, then artwork with bursts of blue, green, red, and whimsical geometry would perfectly complement the theme of your space. 

    But none of these colors would work if your house is on the shoreside, then artwork of light colors combined with blue and green colors would be perfect to spruce up your décor. So, choose your artwork according to the theme to spruce up the décor of your space perfectly. 

    1. Size

    Artworks accentuate the décor only when they are placed according to the size available on the wall. Not only that, but you must also take into consideration the size of the piece while buying one. You must also consider whether you want to place the pieces on top of the desk, buffet, or coffee table or hang them on a wall. 

    If you want to place the piece above the sofa, then more prominent pieces of sculptures would perfectly grab the attention of your visitors. And in case you want to adorn the entire space with multiple artworks, then proceed from large pieces to small ones. 

    1. Color Schemes

    Colors play a huge role in accentuating the décor of your space. They can either brighten up your space or make it look like a disaster; there's no in-between. 

    You can use accent colors and trifles with different tones and hues of the existing color palette to intensify the décor of the space. This will give you a sophisticated finish. Or, if you want, you may even use bold colors and create a powerful impact that will leave your visitors in awe. 

    Through art pieces, you can go bold, too, without being excessive. But keep in mind the existing color tones. 

    Canvas wall art on a wooden shelf with cactus

    Summing It Up

    There is no denying the fact that artworks are the perfect option to spruce up the décor of your living space. Moreover, the impact of an appropriate art piece can not be ignored, for it reflects your style, accentuates the décor, and brightens up your dwelling. 

    Buying the correct piece isn't much of a challenge if you love that art piece, and it complements your living space. Brighten up your house with unique and amazing art pieces available on the market. And, let us know what's your favorite art piece. 

    Till then, keep decorating your space!

    Related Articles

    What is Abstract Art? | Definition, Characteristics, History, Types

    Types of Digital Art Right Now Explained

    5 Types of Concept Art to Consider Today

    40 Types of Art for Your Home [All You Need to Know]

    15 Best Canvas Printing Services Today

    Arranging furniture has never been an easy task. We tend to shop uncontrollably up to a central point where we find it difficult to organize and place all those items around the house. Every piece of furniture can influence a room, from the way it is perceived to its atmosphere, functionality and overall design line. Every furniture arrangement influences the entire room so if you get tired someday and don't really afford a real makeover you can try mixing things up and changing the layout of your room for a fresh look. Here are some Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams to help you in your endeavors meant to revive your home. We will focus on the living room set up as it is the focal point and heart of any home.

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams

    The first thing you should try before starting to move things around is simulating your desired room on a computer. Try the room planner at Urban Barn, Arrange a Room at BHG, or the room planner at Pottery Barn.  They are very easy to use and permit you to recreate your room and then arrange it in different ways so you can get an idea on how certain changes will influence your room.

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And DiagramsFurniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams

    Now you can start by cleaning the room from all the unnecessary clutter and small items. Leave the big volumes though because they are the ones that generate the entire design scheme. Try and move them around until you find that perfect position for every item. Try to create more than one focus point in the room rather than simply arranging the furniture aligned with your walls. The diagram below is such an example where several interest points and sitting areas were created.

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (4)

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (2)

    If you are tired of the classical "everything aligned" scheme, go diagonal all the way! A diagonal arrangement offers a wider angle of perception of the room and a more dynamic feel to it.  If you can not really place every single item diagonally try moving the smaller ones for creating different angles and generating alveolar spaces.

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (2)

    You can still make your room cozy and functional even if the space is very small. It's just a matter of rearranging the smaller items of furniture and positioning them to generate intimate functional spaces.

     

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (3)

     

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (1)

    There are many possibilities for arranging a small living room with just 5 pieces of furniture or less. But we recommend you to use small items and to avoid big heavy furniture pieces. As you can see in the diagrams below, although you can find a proper arrangement, the room seems suffocated by the big sofas.

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams

    A very important aspect for every room is natural light. The lack of it limits the room, making it feel cluttered and suffocating. Limit yourself to low pieces of furniture placed in front of the windows. Keep the walking corridors and paths unblocked and clear all the time to let the room be visible from the adjacent room and make it thus seem larger.

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (5)

    Clutter is your biggest enemy so try and sort out all your furniture pieces and decide if they are used properly or if you could rethink their purpose all together and upcycle them. They might serve perfectly in another room or context. Sometimes less is more so don't be afraid to give up on old items and let your room breathe.

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams

    Bigger rooms allow multiple variations for furniture arrangements and possible multiple entries into the room so the furniture must be kept out of those paths and the visibility not blocked. You can create one big ample space with every item in direct relation with the other pieces. The 4 5 and 6 diagrams offer multiple sitting spaces including spaces destined especially for the coffee ritual.

     

    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (1)

     

    Moving on to spaces that include an additional function like a desk or a dinning table you can choose to adopt a separative attitude and place the furniture with its back to these spaces or one of communication where every piece is in a visual relationship with the others. 
    Furniture Arranging Tricks And Diagrams_homesthetics.net (6)

    furniture arranging tricks

    8cbad7bdba274d3ba058f1b952c1b21c

    Don't arrange your furniture accordingly to the TV placement. It should never be your focus point. “You don’t want to ignore the fireplace or something else that would architecturally be a natural main element in the room,” “It benefits the layout to group main items together.”

    Couches should be surrounded by a little space.“Placing a couch even a few inches away from the wall will create a little breathing room and make a space seem larger.”

    32bd9b1b316f044d3594b40bd89ac7a7

    arrange furniture

    Arranging furniture in a long and narrow living room with many entrance doors, archways and windows might seem complicated but simply keep the furniture away from the walls and use the length of the room to your advantage.

    Some ideas for arranging furniture in a long and narrow living room with many entrance doors, archways and windows

     

    In the end we recommend you a few other articles regarding small spaces and methods of un-cluttering your home we hope you will find helpful.

    19 Different Types of Mid-Century Modern Furniture

    Unusual and Bizarre Furniture Designs You Have Ever Seen

    10 Tips on Small Bedroom Interior Design

    Image Credits: Pottery Barn, CafeMom, Fred Gonsowski Garden Home, How to Decorate